TAMWORTH PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE AND ...

TAMWORTH PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE AND CULTURAL PRECINCT FUNCTIONAL AND TECHNICAL DESIGN BRIEF Issue: A February 2021

TPAC Functional & Technical Design Brief_A_210208.docx 3 / 117

Cover image: Concept Design indicative Peel street façade (from flythrough). The FTDB is set in Arial Narrow 9, 11 and 14 pt. Document Status:

Issue / Revision

Status Date Prepared By

Reviewed By

A Issue for Council approval 8/2/21 VR PR


TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................................................6

2 BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE ....................................................................................................................................................8 2.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 2.2 The History of TPAC ............................................................................................................................................................................. 8 2.3 Information and Resources .................................................................................................................................................................. 9 2.4 Abbreviations and Terminology ............................................................................................................................................................ 9 2.5 Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct – Business Case ....................................................................................... 10 2.6 TPAC Functional and Technical Design Brief - Purpose .................................................................................................................... 16 2.7 Development Financial Model ............................................................................................................................................................ 17 2.8 Reference Documents ........................................................................................................................................................................ 19 3 THE NATURE OF FACILITIES REQUIRED ................................................................................................................................ 20 3.1 Usage Patterns, Types of Events ....................................................................................................................................................... 20 3.2 Centre Occupancy Numbers .............................................................................................................................................................. 23 3.3 Redevelopment Criteria ...................................................................................................................................................................... 25 4 BUILDING FACILITY REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................................... 27 4.1 Design Team Disciplines .................................................................................................................................................................... 28 4.2 Development Site ............................................................................................................................................................................... 29 4.3 Design Life and Future-proofing of Elements, Structures .................................................................................................................. 32 4.4 Partner Organisations ......................................................................................................................................................................... 34 4.5 Building Components ......................................................................................................................................................................... 40 4.6 Food and Beverage Services ............................................................................................................................................................. 48 4.7 Disability Access ................................................................................................................................................................................. 49 4.8 Security Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................ 50 4.9 Fixtures, Fittings and Equipment (FF&E) ........................................................................................................................................... 51 4.10 Vehicle Provision, Service Access and Load-in ................................................................................................................................. 51 4.11 TPAC Brand Identify and Signage ...................................................................................................................................................... 53 5 THE PERFORMANCE VENUES ................................................................................................................................................... 55 5.1 Venue Design ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 55 5.2 Actor-Audience Relationship and Sightlines ...................................................................................................................................... 56 5.3 Theatre Seating .................................................................................................................................................................................. 57 5.4 The Proscenium Theatre (500) ........................................................................................................................................................... 58 5.5 The Studio Theatre (600) ................................................................................................................................................................... 60 5.6 The Salon (700) .................................................................................................................................................................................. 61 5.7 Recording Studio (710) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 61 6 FUNCTIONS AND REHEARSAL ROOMS (400) ........................................................................................................................ 62 6.1 General Requirements ....................................................................................................................................................................... 62 6.2 Board Room ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 63 6.3 Rehearsal Studios .............................................................................................................................................................................. 63 7 BACKSTAGE REQUIREMENTS (800) ........................................................................................................................................ 64 7.1 Production and Stage Support (820) .................................................................................................................................................. 64 7.2 Performer and Crew Support .............................................................................................................................................................. 66 8 VENUE TECHNICAL INSTALLATIONS AND OPERATIONS .................................................................................................. 70 8.1 Technical Installations ........................................................................................................................................................................ 70 8.2 The Proscenium Theatre .................................................................................................................................................................... 73 8.3 Studio Theatre .................................................................................................................................................................................... 77 8.4 The Salon ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 78 8.5 Function Rooms.................................................................................................................................................................................. 79 8.6 Events Plaza and Outdoor Theatre .................................................................................................................................................... 79 8.7 Architectural Lighting .......................................................................................................................................................................... 82


8.8 Stage Management Systems and CCTV............................................................................................................................................ 83 8.9 Front of House / Foyer Sound System ............................................................................................................................................... 83 8.10 Outside Broadcast and Temporary Cabling ....................................................................................................................................... 84 8.11 Safe Access ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 84 8.12 Structural Engineering ........................................................................................................................................................................ 84 9 BUILDING SERVICES REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................... 86 9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 86 9.2 Mechanical Services ........................................................................................................................................................................... 86 9.3 Electrical Services .............................................................................................................................................................................. 89 9.4 Hydraulic Services .............................................................................................................................................................................. 94 10 ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................................................... 96 10.1 Room Acoustics .................................................................................................................................................................................. 96 10.2 Sound Insulation ................................................................................................................................................................................. 98 11 BUILDING CODE OF AUSTRALIA COMPLIANCE ................................................................................................................. 100

12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN ...................................................................................................................... 101

13 PUBLIC ART AND PLACE-MAKING ......................................................................................................................................... 103 14 TYPICAL THREE MONTH CALENDAR .................................................................................................................................... 104

15 TRAG SELECTED ARTWORKS ................................................................................................................................................ 105 16 TRAG TRUCK ACCESS AND DELIVERIES REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................. 106

17 TPAC EXISTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................................. 107

18 FACILITY SPACE PROGRAM AND ROOM DATA SHEET INDEX ....................................................................................... 108 18.1 Zones and Spaces: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 109 19 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS .......................................................................................................................................................... 110

20 CONCEPT DESIGN COST ESTIMATE ...................................................................................................................................... 111

21 CONCEPT DESIGN TECHNICAL BUDGET ............................................................................................................................. 112 22 BUSINESS CASE CONCEPT DESIGN DRAWINGS ............................................................................................................... 113

23 ROOM DATA SHEETS ................................................................................................................................................................ 114 23.1 Room Data Sheet – Fields Interpretation ......................................................................................................................................... 114

1: Executive Summary


1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Functional and Technical Design Brief comprises the following sections with information as noted. Section 2: Background and Purpose TPAC history, project background and business case findings, abbreviations used, concept design capital cost estimate. Section 3: The Nature of Facilities Required The type of events, anticipated centre occupancy, hirers and staff profile, redevelopment criteria. Section 4: Building Facility Requirements Design team disciplines, development site issues, requirements of partner organisations, qualitative requirements for the various building components, including the design life of materials, disability access, security, vehicle provision and brand identity. Section 5: The Performance Venues (Zones 500, 600, 700) Performance venue functional requirements and formats are described. The actor-audience relationship is discussed and theatre seating requirements detailed. Section 6: Functions, Board Room and Rehearsal Studios Venues (Zone 400) Requirements for the function rooms, board room and rehearsal studios. Section 7: Backstage Requirements (Zone 800s) General descriptions of functional requirements for backstage areas, stage support and performer support facilities. Section 8: Venue Technical Installations and Operations Theatre theatrical operations and installation requirements are described for the various performance venues and related backstage spaces. Section 9: Building Services Requirements Building services standards and requirements are described for energy consumption, staging, mechanical, electrical, hydraulic, lift and fire engineering. Section 10: Acoustic Requirements Acoustic requirements including room acoustics, sound isolation, services noise guidelines and terminology. Section 11: Building Code of Australia Compliance New facilities are required to be fully compliant with the Building Code of Australia. Section 12: Environmentally Sustainable Design The facility is to be designed to achieve equivalence to 5 Star GreenStar for new building components and fit-out. The project will not seek GreenStar or other sustainability benchmark accreditation. Section 13: Public Art and Place-making Requirements for consideration and integration of artworks into the facility working in conjunction with Tamworth Regional Art Gallery and Council, including existing artworks within the TRAG collection and a program to commission new artworks for inclusion in the facility, potentially integrated into the building fabric. Section 14: Typical Three Month Calendar Indicative calendar of a typical three month period in the proposed centre is included to assist the design team to understand the variety of events likely in the centre. Section 15: TRAG Selected Artworks A list of artworks in the TRAG collection that are available for display in the new facility.

1: Executive Summary


Section 16: TRAG Truck Access and Deliveries Requirements A description of access and loading requirements for the TRAG gallery loading dock. Section 17: TPAC Existing Equipment Schedule Schedule of existing equipment in the Capitol Theatre to be relocated in the TPAC and taken into account in design for their location and storage. Section 18: Facility Space Program and Room Data Sheets Index The FTDB Facility Space Program defines spatial allocations and anticipated occupancies of the functional spaces and forms the index to the Room Data Sheets. Section 19: Functional Diagrams of the Zones Functional diagrams describing the relationships and connectivity of spaces required within each building zone (except the Library and Art Gallery and ABC Studios). Alternate format layouts are shown in some spaces. Section 20: Business Case Concept Design – Cost Estimate The 2019 Cost Estimate for the then concept design prepared for the Business Case. Changes in the briefing process have increased building area, making this cost estimate somewhat out of date. Section 21: Concept Design Stage Technical Budgets Venue technical installations budgets, updated February 2021 in the FTDB process. Section 22: Business Case Concept Design The Business Case concept design has been updated November 2020 to reflect further information gained during the Brief preparation process, but remains essentially similar to before. Section 23: Room Data Sheets Room Data Sheets are provided for the majority of spaces in the development, grouped in functional zones. These may require update during the early design phases.

2: Background and Purpose


2 BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

2.1 Introduction

However, the Design Brief should not be modified solely to reflect the approved design. The Design Brief must remain the reference description of requirements approved by TRC against which all design and construction can be evaluated. The FTDB builds upon the prior work of the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre Business Case (2019) – and should be read in conjunction with the business case documents, including the concept design. However, the FTDB does not rely upon the concept design layouts, which are not fully resolved. Functionally desirable relationships depicted within the concept design are referenced where important – such as the cafe location in between the TPAC, TCL and TRAG, and the Events Plaza – which emerged as an opportunity in the concept design. Otherwise, the FTDB is intended to be ‘agnostic’ as to design. The design of a theatre is a complex, highly interactive process requiring the successful integration of functional needs and requirements of many disciplines in the service of making intimate performance spaces with a dynamic actor-audience relationship. These auditoria are the heart of a complex facility which must be able to operate efficiently and effectively, especially as funding for arts operations is invariably tight. This Brief identifies both qualitative and quantitative requirements for the venues. It allows for conceptual relationships in the design to develop. Some aspects of this Brief are negotiable as the style and relationship of spaces are ultimately dependent upon the final design. This document defines requirements for the design and development of the facility as identified in the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct – Business Case with reference to the area analysis and concept design drawings forming part of the Business Case. This Brief, although informed by the concept design, does not rely upon it.

2.2 The History of TPAC

The Capitol is used by: • Community hirers • Commercial hirers • Government and NFP organisations • Entertainment Venues (self-presented events)

Council has the right to use the Capitol Theatre throughout the year other than school holiday periods at which time use of the Capitol Theatre reverts to the cinema operators. The school holiday periods total 85 days per annum or 23% of the year.

The Capitol Theatre is leased and was adapted from a large cinema space during its construction as part of the Centrepoint shopping centre November 2008. The sublease is due to expire on 12 November 2023. Council undertook the theatrical fit out of the space.

Tamworth Regional Council operates an effective suite of performance and events facilities, comprising the Tamworth Regional Entertainment and Conference Centre (TRECC), Capitol Theatre, Tamworth War Memorial Town Hall and Tamworth Community Centre.

The Capitol has proven the demand for performing arts activity in the Tamworth community and demand now exceeds its capacity to serve. The theatre is fundamentally constrained and inadequate due to its origin as a cinema, with major functional limits and lack of necessary spaces. The TPAC development is intended to replace the Capitol Theatre with a new, AA 5 Star (best practice) proscenium theatre, together with other performance venues and facilities.

The Functional and Technical Design Brief (FTDB) defines optimum functional design requirements for the development of the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre (TPAC). It is assumed that the design team will further develop this Brief as a prescriptive tool to be included in the construction contract documentation. It should also be updated to reflect evolution of the functional brief agreed with TPAC. Specialised requirements of particular disciplines such as acoustic, food and beverage, traffic, waste management, etc. should be investigated and added in the Schematic Design phase.



The growth in utilisation and audiences at the Capitol Theatre over the past twelve years combined with the constraints of the current facility have driven the need for an expanded and upgraded suite of performing arts venues. Entertainment Venues was established to manage a number of Council venues including: • Capitol Theatre • Tamworth Town Hall • Tamworth Regional Entertainment and Conference Centre (TRECC) • Tamworth Community Centre The Business Case, Functional Concept Design and Costings were developed across 2018 and 2019. This included: • New Performing Arts Centre Business Case - a full business case which outlined the future business model of a new

performing arts centre. • New Performing Arts Centre Functional Concept Design & Costings - the functional concept design provided a base

to confirm the direction and cost of the project to all stakeholders and as a tool to seek financial support for the project.

Council adopted the Business Case on 17 December 2019. It agreed to: • Approve the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct Business Case. • Provide funding to prepare the Functional and Technical Design Brief.

2.3 Information and Resources The following information and resources were obtained or sourced during the business case and concept design process and are available to inform the building design and procurement process: Government Policies and Plans: • TRC Keychange 2017–2027 • TRC Blueprint 100 Strategic Plan • NSW State Government, Create NSW Infrastructure Plan 2025+ • TPAC and Cultural Precinct Business Case Site Information • Site address: 468 -474 Peel Street Tamworth, owned by Tamworth Regional Council • Certificates of Title • Feature and Level Survey, Brown & Kippner including plans, elevations (2D & 3D), point cloud data • Plan of Easements Details, Brown & Kippner • Contract documentation (architectural and structural) of the Library and Art Gallery building

2.4 Abbreviations and Terminology The following abbreviations are used in the Brief: ABC ABC North West Studio BOH Back-of-House, also Backstage BCA Building Code of Australia, also known

as the National Construction Code (NCC)

CD Contract Documentation (phase) DD Developed Design (phase) FOH Front-of-House F&B Food and Beverage services

FF&E Fixtures, Fittings (incl. furniture) and Equipment

Lm Lineal metres Lx Theatrical lighting related item LxWxH Length x Width x Height/High NCC National Construction Code, also

known as the Building Code of Australia

OB Outside Broadcast



PBD Pinboard POS Point of Sale facility SD Schematic Design (phase) SMC Stage Manager’s Control (position) Sx Theatrical sound related item TCL Tamworth City Library TEV Tamworth Entertainment Venues

TRC Tamworth Regional Council TRAG Tamworth Regional Art Gallery TRCM Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of

Music (or the ‘Con’) TWG Tension Wire Grid (trampoline grid) WBD Whiteboard

2.5 Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct – Business Case

2.5.1 Background In developing the Business Case processes included: • In-depth consultation with stakeholders and theatre users. • Analysis of current activity and usage of the Capitol and other Entertainment Venues facilities. • Demographic and economic research. • Benchmarking of similar facilities The findings informed the development of the Needs Analysis which considered the demand, nature, size and competitive market for the different elements of the project. Once the market and needs analysis was confirmed, this enabled the definition of the type and capacity of venues required to support those activities and the development of the Concept Design.

2.5.2 Entertainment Venues Division - Vision and Objectives Entertainment Venues division sits in the Growth & Prosperity Directorate of Tamworth Regional Council. This division is responsible for the programming and management of the Tamworth Regional Entertainment and Conference Centre (TRECC), Capitol Theatre Tamworth, Tamworth Town Hall and Tamworth Community Centre. It will be responsible for the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Tamworth Cultural Precinct on completion of these major projects. The division is charged with: • Presenting local, regional, state, national and international productions throughout the year; • Building capacity and usage in the venues; • Building the cultural capacity of the community; and • Arts marketing to attract and support major performance events in the region The division aims to maximize resources, deliver a consistent and unified level of service and enable opportunities associated with our venues to be optimized in partnership with entertainment industry, business and community groups. Entertainment Venues will contribute to the success of the creative ecosystem of the Cultural Precinct. VISION: Enriching lives through live entertainment and cultural engagement MISSION: To deliver excellence in programming, venue and event management and level of service to our community and the creative industries in order to entertain and engage audiences while enriching the cultural and social fabric of the region.

Tamworth is projecting steady growth in population over the next 20 years with the average annual growth from 2016 to 2041 sitting at 1.06% pa. This will see an increase in the forecast population from 64,563 in 2021 to 79,468 in 2041. A similar growth in households and dwellings is projected which will contribute to further growth in Tamworth.



Objectives Provide access to a wide range of entertainment and events for residents of and visitors to the Tamworth Region: 1. Build capacity of events and audiences within the venues 2. Support the success of key tenants and partners in the Cultural Precinct 3. Maximise revenue streams to grow and support the Division’s facilities and activities 4. Nurture a safe and healthy team environment through honest communication, cooperation, respect and a shared

responsibility for the services we provide 5. Contribute to the overall mix and lifestyle of the region to assist with economic and residential growth As stated during consultation: “It’s all about return audiences and hirers. Audiences = customers, hirers = business.”

2.5.3 Community User Groups The following community user groups were consulted during the Business Case process and would be likely to use the new TPAC. Further consultation will be required with these users during Schematic Design to confirm their requirements and to inform them of the design proposal as it develops. Community users often have larger casts and crew than professional productions and may use a rehearsal studio as a marshalling / dressing room for large casts.

Table 2.1 Community User Groups

User Group Types of Events Events Timing, Frequency

Performers & Crew Numbers

Typical Audience Numbers per performance

Tamworth Dramatic Society Drama 3 productions pa with up to 7 performances

2 in Studio, 1 in Proscenium

10 - 20 cast & crew

100 – 150 in Studio

250 – 350 in Proscenium

Tamworth Musical Society Musical theatre 3 productions pa with up to 15 performances

50 cast & crew 20 musicians

300-500

Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music

Concerts across venues including lunchtime concerts in amphitheatre

Regular student concerts

Presentation of professional touring artists and groups

10 – 30 musicians

Musica Viva and artists/ groups direct

80 – 100

50 - 80

Schools Concerts, drama and musical theatre

Up to 6 performances in school term time. Graduation events November and December,

50 – 100 cast & crew 20 - 50 musicians

500 - 600

Dance Schools – Tamworth City Dance Academy, The Studio and Elysians

Dance Up to 8performances typically in June, November and December

80 – 200 students

500 - 600

Tamworth Country Music Festival

Country music concerts TPAC is a Festival hub for 10 days. Up to 15 performances per day across all venues.

20 – 40 musicians

10 - 20 crew

50 - 600

Tamworth Regional Art Gallery Artist talks and forums Monthly 1-4 speakers

1-2 crew

50 - 80

Tamworth Regional Library Writer talks and forums Monthly 1-4 speakers

1-2 crew

50 - 100

Tamworth RSL Brass Band Concerts Annual 30 – 50 250 – 350



Table 2.1 Community User Groups

User Group Types of Events Events Timing, Frequency

Performers & Crew Numbers

Typical Audience Numbers per performance

musicians

2 – 4 crew

2340 Big Band Concerts 2 performances pa 20 – 30 musicians

2 – 4 crew

250 – 350

Community Organisations Functions, meeting, awards and events

Regularly throughout year 5 – 20 catering staff and crew

50 – 200

Tamworth Regional Council Civic and public meetings, ceremonies and events.

Regularly throughout year 5 – 30 catering staff and crew

50 - 500

Tamworth Business Chamber Arts & Crafts Markets on Event Plaza

1 per months 40 to 50 stall holders and crew

200 - 500

2.5.4 TPAC components The Needs Analysis has confirmed that there is sufficient demand to support the development a new range of venues and support facilities to complement the existing venues that will remain in operation, while the Capitol Theatre would be replaced with a purpose-built new theatre. The proposed components of the new Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct (TPAC) are: • 600 seat Proscenium Theatre with full flying capability • 200 seat variable format Studio Theatre • 100 seat Salon recital room • 200 person functions/banquet centre • 30 person Meeting Room • Rehearsal Studio 1 to suit Proscenium Theatre acting area • Rehearsal studio 2 to suit Studio Theatre acting area • Recording Studio • 150 person café • Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music • ABC Studios New England North West, Tamworth • Expansion to the adjacent Library and Art Gallery • All associated administration, back-of-house and support facilities need to provide a functionally effective and

financial sustainable centre operation. The need for investment in the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct is driven by the following influences: • Addressing the strategic aims of the Tamworth Regional Council described in Keychange 2017–2027 particularly to

achieve a Spirit of Community and a Prosperous Region. • Addressing the strategic aims of the NSW State Government including the Create NSW Infrastructure Plan 2025+ • Addressing the strategic aims of the Commonwealth Government including through the programs of the Department

of Infrastructure, Regional Development and Cities. • Addressing the growth in the population of Tamworth as reflected in the Blueprint 100 Strategic Plan to achieve a

potential population of 100,000 residents. • Providing more opportunities for people to engage with arts and culture including as audience, participants and

creators.



• Building the creative capacity of Tamworth. • Addressing the deficiencies in the current cultural infrastructure including replacing poor quality facilities and filling

gaps in the type of venues in Tamworth. • Creating a vibrant Cultural Precinct which is the heart of arts and culture in Tamworth. • Providing more opportunities for engagement with target segments of the community including ATSI, multicultural

community, youth and seniors. • Addressing the gaps in the market for mid to large scale conferences and business meetings in the Tamworth CBD. • Providing opportunities for training and skills development in the creative industries sector. Audiences for the Capitol Theatre are currently drawn to Tamworth from across the wider New England and Northwest region. Tamworth Country Music Festival events attract a high proportion of audience drawn from outside the Tamworth region, particularly from Sydney and interstate. The Venue Utilisation rate is high compared to other performing arts centres around regional Australia. The high number of days not available due to the current contractual conditions limits the capacity of the Capitol Theatre across school holiday periods, which can be a period of high demand for children and family oriented productions. Average attendance is relatively high with an average of 225 seats and 58% of total capacity. The Needs Analysis demonstrated that the following venues and facilities should be included in the TPAC project: Proscenium Theatre with full flying capability An analysis of existing proscenium theatres across the Northern NSW region was undertaken. This analysis indicated that the desirable total seating capacity should be a total capacity of up to 600 seats (including orchestra lift seats and wheelchair positions). Given the nature of the performances proposed to be presented, stage infrastructure should be of a high standard including full flying capability. 200 seat variable format Studio Theatre There is demand for usage of the Studio Theatre including for a range of performances, conferences and functions. Options for a maximum seating capacity of 175 to 200 seats should be considered. This might include core retractable seating of 150 – 160 seats with flexible modules to allow variations in configuration with an extra 25 – 50 seats (such as on the floor and control gallery). There is also evidence that a cabaret mode would be used regularly. 100 seat Salon recital room Core usage would be by the Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music (TRCM or ‘Con’) for recitals and by the Art Gallery and Library for lectures and author talks. Fine music intimate performances, comedy, cabaret and so on are the primary use with functions and conference uses secondary. A total capacity of approximately 100 seats in a flexible format on a flat floor basis should be considered. Events which require a higher capacity could be staged in the Studio Theatre. 200 person functions/banquet venue There is the potential and demand for a range of different types of functions and conferences to use the TPAC facilities which would complement other Entertainment Venues facilities. Core to this usage is provision of a flexible function venue and support facilities. Analysis indicated a preferred size of up to 200 seats with the ability to subdivide the function room. 30 person Board Room A Board Room would be used by community organisations as well as the cultural precinct organisations and as a function meeting / break-out space. There are no large meeting rooms in the Library or Regional Art Gallery current facilities. Rehearsal Studios 1 and 2 The Rehearsal Rooms’ primary focus is for use for rehearsals and workshops. Likely users include community groups and local artists for rehearsals. They will be regularly used for training purposes for workshops and classes. They should have a similar size of acting area to the proscenium theatre stage and studio theatre stage respectively, plus circulation zones on all sides. Given the range of uses, it would be desirable to be able to subdivide at least the larger rehearsal room into at least two rehearsal spaces, if not both.



Recording Studio The Recording Studio will fulfil two main purposes. It will serve as the central control room for the recording or performances or artists in the three performance venues in the facility. This may also act as a link with the ABC studios when live broadcasts or recordings are being made for ABC Radio. It will also provide a facility for training and skills development programs. These may be delivered for community members by Council or in partnership with a tertiary institution as part of music industry training programs. Café Facilities Provision of café facilities has become a core part of the visitor experience in cultural facilities throughout Australia. The incorporation of the new Tamworth Performing Arts Centre as part of the Cultural Precinct provides a number of markets for the Café: • The Library operates all day throughout the week currently attracting around 3,500 visitors per week. • The Regional Gallery operates all day six days a week attracting around 500 visitors per week. • The ABC studios will operate throughout the day from early in the morning with 14 core staff plus visitors. • The Con has between 500 and 600 students attending classes each week. As well as some use of the café by

students and staff, parents are likely to use the café while waiting for their children to complete class. • There are no cafes or restaurants in the immediate precinct. • There are a number of businesses operating in the immediate precinct including car dealerships, training

organisations and government agencies with a large number of staff, customers and participants who are likely to use the café.

• Reasonable level of foot traffic in Peel Street. • Community use of the smaller performance venues and creative spaces may also generate usage of the café. To service peak periods of demand prior to performances indicates a need for a maximum seating capacity of approximately 180 customers.



Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music (TRCM, ‘Con’) The proposal is for a dedicated zone be allocated for the Con’s usage. The Con would enter into a long term lease for the facilities. The establishment of the Con as part of the Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct has some specific needs: • Given the wide spread of operating hours of the Con (normally 7am to 9.30pm), it needs to be zoned to enable it to

operate separately from the other facilities. • High levels of acoustic separation both within the Con zone and between other zones of the complex is critical. • Given the large number of children amongst the Con’s students safety, security and staff capacity for supervisory

control and surveillance is crucial within the Con zone and along access routes. • The Con requires a mix of teaching rooms, small rehearsal rooms, staff offices and amenities for staff and students. ABC Studios New England North West, Tamworth The proposal is for a dedicated zone be allocated for the core ABC studios. The ABC would enter into a long term lease for the facilities. The establishment of the ABC as part of the Performing Arts Centre and Cultural Precinct has some specific needs: • Given the wide spread of operating hours of the ABC (normally from 5am to 6pm but with the potential to operate 24

hours a day in some circumstances), it needs to be zoned to enable it to operate separately from the other facilities. • The ABC studio needs a high level of security and access control for both the public and other building users. • Staff amenities including toilets and a kitchenette need to be provided within the ABC zone. • A high level of acoustic separation for the ABC studios, between the ABC and other zones of the complex is critical. • The ABC requires a large satellite dish and a power generator able to sustain the operation of the ABC service to be

located as part of the complex. • It would be desirable for the ABC studio to have a higher level of visibility to the public than the current upper level

studios. • Provision for the ABC vehicle fleet and van is needed. As well as the dedicated ABC zone, the ABC would use other elements of the building. The Precinct A range of options for the project were considered including upgrading the current Capitol Theatre, building a new standalone facility and incorporating the new facilities as part of a Cultural Precinct. The availability of Council owned property adjacent to the Regional Gallery and Library was a key factor in Council deciding to pursue the development as part of the development of an integrated Cultural Precinct. Advantages of this approach included: • Potential for future growth with increased seating capacity of main theatre and availability throughout the year. • Addition of smaller performance and creative facilities. • Enhanced audience facilities. • Enhanced technical infrastructure • Enhanced staff facilities. • Potential for establishment of functions and events business. • Synergies of connection with other Council cultural facilities – the Regional Gallery and Library • Potential for the right mix of commercial tenants and their revenue toward operations. • Attractive to the Con and ABC to be part of development. • Viability of café / restaurant maximized. • Activation of CBD - Peel St, between White and Hill streets, activated day and night. Potential to lower crime rates

and contribute to the night time economy. Tamworth Regional Art Gallery (TRAG) Tamworth Regional Art Gallery first opened on 1 June 1919 as the Tamworth Art Salon and Art Library. The gallery was established from a gift of 100 artworks and art reference books by artist and collector John Salvana. The first gallery was



housed in the Tamworth Municipal Council Chambers, which is now the Community Centre in Darling Street. The Guy Kable Memorial Arts Building succeeded the original gallery and opened in 1961. Tamworth Regional Art Gallery developed a specialist collection of fibre textile works. The Tamworth Textile Triennial developed from a survey exhibition of 1975. In December 2004 the gallery moved to a new purpose-built library and gallery building in Peel Street, designed to international exhibition and conservation standards with state-of-the-art exhibition areas, a reception area with gift shop, a multi-purpose meeting room, and a studio workshop and facilities, all suitable for disabled access. The gallery has continued to increase its profile and attendances. The Cultural Precinct project will increase the amount of foyer space and expand the current studios while providing gallery patrons with access to food and beverage services at the café. Tamworth City Library (TCL) Tamworth City Library is the largest library in Tamworth Regional Council. It houses the headquarters for a larger network of 15 libraries known as Central Northern Regional Library. In December 2004 the Library moved to a new purpose-built library and gallery building. The continued growth in the Tamworth population and in usage of the library has resulted in a shortage of space and suitable facilities. The Cultural Precinct project will increase the amount of foyer space while providing gallery patrons with access to food and beverage services at the café.

2.6 TPAC Functional and Technical Design Brief - Purpose This Functional and Technical Design Brief (FTDB, ‘Brief’), Issue A, 2020, provides a detailed functional description of the required facilities to be provided in the development process. The Brief describes both qualitative and quantitative descriptions, and should be considered a minimum requirement to be achieved. The purpose of the Functional and Technical Design Brief is to clearly define the functional requirements of the facility so that an effectively operating centre is achieved including: • To provide a clear definition of facility scope, and to some extent, professional services to inform the design team

engagement process; • Define functional requirements for the design team to meet, and be held accountable for; • To provide measurable requirements for the Construction Contractor to meet and be held accountable for. Oh You Beautiful Stage – Reference ‘Standard’ of the Brief The FTDB is to be read in conjunction with Oh You Beautiful Stage: Australian Design and Technical Benchmarks for Performing Arts Centres, VAPAC, edition 4, 2018, which stands as the reference description of requirements not specifically detailed in this Brief. The Brief is based on the assumptions that OYBS requirements are adopted in full, unless otherwise amended by the Brief. Subsequent Brief Updates Some aspects of the Brief cannot be fully documented, or building areas confirmed, until the agreed design and project budget is defined. Therefore, it is expected that the document will be further developed and updated by the appointed design team, TPAC and other project participants. Where reductions in scope, amenity or functionality are agreed, these changes are to be incorporated into the Functional and Technical Design Brief – only after client approval – to enable the FTDB’s to be relevant for incorporation into the construction Contract Documentation making the Brief, Space Program and Room Data Sheets to become contractual requirements. While the Brief should not be a substitute for comprehensive, fully designed contract documentation, the Brief requirements will contribute to the contract definition of project requirements for construction.



practices. None other than Tamworth Regional Council may rely on it and Williams Ross Architects does not accept responsibility to any other user.

2.7 Development Financial Model The capital works budget for the project will include a mixture of direct construction and related costs. It is vital for the success of the project that all relevant direct and indirect project costs are estimated, budgeted and managed throughout the process. This includes such items as furniture, fittings and equipment; technical equipment and other organisational costs. A financial model for the new TPAC was commissioned as part of the Business Case. This model included two sections, and identified the following cost factors, all of which must be addressed in the overall project management process:

2.7.1 Capital Cost Estimate Refer Section 20: Concept Design Cost Plan A identifies the order of project cost. The cost estimate was prepared in October 2019 based on the then versions of the concept design drawings, Facility Space Program and Theatre Equipment & Services Estimates, land survey and interpolations of geotechnical conditions from the reports obtained for the Library and Art Gallery development in 2003. Importantly, the cost estimate is based on a fully documented design procured via a standard construction contract in a competitive quantitative tender. The cost plan includes the following net allowances are included (plus overall project margin of 23%): • Demolition and site preparation • Hazardous materials removal from existing buildings • Library and Art Gallery expansion • Café and Functions kitchens and bar fit-outs • Theatre seats: proscenium ($750 each) and studio theatre ($950 retractable each) • Loose furniture and equipment (excluding computer hardware, software, compactus, photocopiers, crockery, linen

and so on) $4.3m • Theatre Equipment & Services Estimates (Appendix B) including cable net grid to Studio Theatre, power flying

2.6.1 Functional Brief Team Issue A of this document was prepared by the following contributors: Entertainment Venues team: Peter Ross Manager TPAC Rebecca Harding Operations & Production Coordinator TPAC Alana Thompson Ticketing Services Coordinator TPAC Robert ElsworthyVenues Technician Supervisor TPAC Mitch Alcorn Venues Technician TPAC Danny Hankinson Venues Technician TPAC Shane Elsworthy Venues Technician TPAC Consultants: Virginia Ross Director Williams Ross Architects (WRA) Craig Gamble Principal Setting Line Theatre Consultants (SLTC) Rob Gebert Principal Rob Gebert Arts Consultancy (RGAC) Terms of Reference and Disclaimer This report was prepared for the use of Tamworth Regional Council by Williams Ross Architects and associated



systems to Proscenium theatre $10.9m • Library and Art Gallery expansion (not briefed) $2.6m • Telephone and PABX systems $112,000 • Environmentally sustainable design to 5 Green Star level $2.0m • Hazardous materials removal from existing buildings $1.0m • New substation, electrical services diversion & easement $1.5m • New diesel fire pumps and water tanks $420,000 • Locality allowance: additional cost to build in a regional centre ~$2.1m • Environmentally sustainable design to 5 Green Star level • Construction contingency (5%) $4.95m • Professional services (~18%) $18.8m Capital Cost Estimate Exclusions The following items are excluded from the cost estimate and provision should be made in Council’s further project management and contingency budget: • Cost escalation beyond a construction tender held in mid-2022 • Decanting and relocation existing operations • Site infrastructure works beyond the site boundary • Forecourt / plaza construction in Peel Street • Additional costs for poor ground conditions, soft spots and backfilling • Rock excavation • Out of hours works • ABC Studio fitout • Existing Library and Art Gallery refurbishment or regulatory upgrades (beyond interface works to connect the

buildings) • Provision of additional car parking than that shown on the concept drawings • Procurement methods other than lump-sum fixed price contract • GST Cost escalation is included for an implementation process completed by early 2025. Capital Cost Changes Preparation of the Functional and Technical Deign Brief has led to some changes in the proposed facilities, which will have cost implications. The cost estimate has not been updated to include these changes, and such an update is a high priority in the next phase of project planning. The major changes include: • Substantial increase in requested TRCM functional area from 866m2 to 1,256m2 in 2021 (that is, +45%). • Incremental changes in building area, such as increased toilet facility provision, leading to an overall change

(excluding TRCM) of +589m2 (from 10,888 to 11,867m2). • Theatrical installations cost estimate V6 reduces from the previous estimate (V4, $10,915m) to $10.337m.

2.7.2 New business costs for a fully operational redeveloped TPAC Expansion of activity will increase existing business cost due to increased programming, additional staffing and operating costs. New audiences are expected to come from: • Population growth • The attractiveness of the venue itself – new café and bars, activation of precinct including the Regional Gallery and

Library. • Increased activity and more diverse programming targeting specific demographics and opportunities from the more

diverse suite of venues



• Increased conference and function business • Improved marketing • Revenue from leases for the Con and the ABC. In addition, budget provision needs to be identified and made in the next design and budgeting phase for the following ‘indirect’ costs associated with managing the project implementation and process throughout the development, which are not included in the project capital cost estimate. These include: • Backfilling current Entertainment Venues staff positions required to work on the development. • Recruitment, induction and training of new staff in an appropriate lead time to enable the smooth commissioning and

opening of the facilities. • IT development • Asset procurement and policy and procedure development • Stakeholder and community communication • Temporary signage • Relocation / decanting costs from existing Capitol Theatre.

2.8 Reference Documents The following documents are relevant source and reference material: • Oh You Beautiful Stage: Technical and Design Benchmarks for Performing Arts Centres,

VAPAC, edition 4, 2018 (‘OYBS’, the ‘Benchmarks’) • Theatre Buildings: A Design Guide, Ed. J Strong, ABTT, Routledge 2010

3: The Nature of Facilities Required


3 THE NATURE OF FACILITIES REQUIRED

The new TPAC will deliver a combination of refurbished, redeveloped and new facilities totalling around 11,900 m2. On completion the Centre will include the following facilities – all offering universal access:

Table 3.1: Venue Audience Capacities Venue

Audience / User capacity

Foyer – events in foyers, subject to design 200-300 tbc

Café dining – indoor and outdoor, including foyer seating 180

Proscenium Theatre 600

Studio Theatre 200

Salon 100-120

Recording Studio Up to 6

Functions Rooms (sub-divisible into 2-3 rooms) 200

Board Room 30

Rehearsal Studio 1 (sub-divisible into 2 rooms) 25-30 rehearsal 40 performance

Rehearsal Studio 2 25-30 rehearsal

Outdoor events / performance spaces:

Peel Street Forecourt – subject to design and capacity to extend plaza into the street zone

100+

Events Plaza / Studio Theatre (say) 1,000

Outdoor Cinema 180-200

Partner Organisations:

Tamworth City Library – Program Room 15-20

Tamworth City Library – Innovation Studio 2 10-15

Tamworth Regional Art Gallery – Studios 1 & 2 15-30

Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music Up to 100 students UP to 30 staff

ABC Studio Up to 14 + visitors

3.1 Usage Patterns, Types of Events

3.1.1 Types of Events Refer to Section 13 for an example diary of operations at the proposed centre for typical and festival situations. The venues are to be suitable for the following types of uses and events. Occasionally, venues may be used for unusual events. In these instances, the venue may require special operating procedures or unusually high numbers of staff to manage the situation and may require extended set-up. For example, some concert halls or theatres have been used for Commonwealth Games Boxing events, new car launches and even for pedigree bull auctions! While the Brief cannot address all such unusual events, the facility must be capable of ongoing change and adaptation, especially of technical infrastructure and equipment. The table below summarises the extent of varied uses anticipated in centre facilities. During peak periods, large events



or festivals, many rooms may be used for unusual uses – they are not expected to have optimal functionality in these circumstances. Primary uses take precedence for functional attributes, followed by secondary uses. Hosp hospitality events such as breakfasts, dining, morning or afternoon tea. GR use as a Green Room or overflow marshalling for large events primary use secondary use potential other use TRCM and ABC facilities are under the control of these third parties respectively and dedicated to their use. TRCM studios may be used occasionally for other programs at their agreement.

Table 3.2 Types of Uses of Facilities - Primary, Secondary, Other Venue

Casual, Comm’ty & Patron Gathering

Perform-ance, Festivals Pre-show

Confer-ence, Functions

Meetings Training Hosp, Breakout

Rehearsal Dance, Group classes

Com-merce, Retail Markets

Library or Art Gallery Programs

Support, Back-of-House

Peel St frontage

Event plaza

Foyer L1 Peel St

Foyer L2 - Functions

Foyer L2 – Studio Th

Café Dining

Café Private Dining

Café Peel St terrace

Proscenium Theatre

Studio Theatre

Salon

Recording Studio

Rehearsal Studio 1 GR

Rehearsal Studio 2 GR

Function Rooms A, B

Board Room

Green Room

Dressing Rooms

Admin Meeting Room



Anticipated types of events and art forms to occur in the centre include:

Table 3.3 Types of Events & Art Forms Performances: Creative Events: Functions: Community

Programs: Library and Art Gallery Programs:

Musical Theatre

Opera

Ballet / Contemporary Dance

Drama

Classical music

Contemporary music

Stand-up comedy

Children’s Theatre

Spoken word / lecture events

Cabaret

Outdoor cinema

Rehearsals

Creative development of new work

Workshops

Masterclasses

Audio recording / production

Artist training

Conferences

Dinners

Meetings

Video-conferencing

Weddings

Training / Seminars

Launches

Lecture presentations

Markets / Swap-meets

Exhibition / Art Fair

Fashion shows / catwalk

Group / committee meetings

University seminars / training

Movement classes (eg dance, yoga etc)

Author talks

Book readings

Book groups

Exhibition

Art education / information

3.1.2 Typical Hirers and Event Formats Typical types of event formats and hirers at the centre will include: • A wide range of centre entrepreneured and community events such as:

− Performances presented by TPAC particularly forming part of the annual Season including some major performance companies

− Workshops and classes − Theatre bar operations − Community events and festivals including the Tamworth Country Music Festival − Outdoor cinema or other audio-visual presentations, eg “art-house” cinema, video artworks

• Professional performance companies hiring a venue and associated facilities to present a production such as: − Major performance companies undertaking regional tours − Commercial promoters touring plays, concerts and dance shows − Satellite Festivals, eg Sydney Writers Festival − Industry conferences including showcase performances

• Emerging local professional companies with very limited staff or monetary resources, needing to operate with a minimum of venue staff overhead,

• Secondary Schools staging student productions such as musicals, concerts, presentation nights and graduations, • Community (amateur) groups presenting a wide variety of productions and events such as Eisteddfods. • Tenant organisations presenting events such as:

− TRCM presenting student recitals and Musica Viva touring ensembles − ABC presenting performances, filming TV events or broadcasting live music

Functions and conferences delivered by the preferred caterer(s) for clients including: • Tamworth Regional Council • Government departments and agencies • Corporate sector • Community organisations • Schools and universities • Individuals for private functions



3.2 Centre Occupancy Numbers Refer to Section 18 Facility Space Program, Issue A, 08/02/21. The FTDB Facility Space Program (FSP) projects that during peak use of all facilities there could be up to 1,456 patrons, and 250 staff, crew and performers (although large community users could attract even more performers). However, normally a performing arts centre would not have every facility in operation simultaneously, and a ‘diversity’ of use factor of about 70% is normally assumed for services provision for multi-venue centres. See the Centre Staff profile (3.2.1) for detailed staff allocations. The centre’s facilities, such as catering and particularly toilet amenities are to be designed to be suitable and capable for servicing these numbers of patrons and personnel, recognising a reasonable adjustment for diversity in use patterns. Operation of the centre to manage these numbers would include: • Venue session start times off-set to manage foyer numbers • Separate foyer areas with bars for each major venue • FOH Duty Managers, Head Usher and Ushers for each venue • Multiple public entry points For unusual events such as a major conference and tradeshow or arts festival, the centre may attract a greater number of occupants. On these occasions the centre will require both additional staff and possibly special management procedures for egress and safety. Additional facilities such as portable toilets may be needed. Emergency evacuation, egress and fire protection design: The centre’s design and construction for emergency evacuation, egress and fire protection is to be based on increased occupancy numbers for such unusual events with high occupancy, in order to not prevent the centre being able to host these infrequent events. If possible, the Occupancy Permit will cite the atypical maximum occupancy, giving the centre the capacity to house this number of occupants, subject to special operating conditions (such as bringing in additional toilets).

3.2.1 Centre Staff Profile Entertainment Venues currently employs core staff of 14.7 FTE positions across all of the venues operated by Entertainment Venues. Entertainment Venues currently employs 8 staff full-time equivalent (12 permanent part-time staff) allocated to the Capitol Theatre. This is expected to increase to 18.5 FTE (13 permanent and 5.5 casual) with more than 50 staff on the payroll filling these roles with many part-time and casual staff. These FTE numbers are deceptive in that they conceal the real number of staff needing functional accommodation within the centre, such as tenants staff including the café operators, functions caterer, the Con and the ABC. The following staff profile is anticipated for the next ten to fifteen years. The actual number of centre staff, hirers staff (paid or unpaid) and catering staff in the centre at any one time will vary with centre activities in each venue. However, the purpose of the redevelopment is to enable all venues to operate effectively and simultaneously, therefore the centre must be designed to operate with all venues in use and fully staffed. Note that Entertainment Venues will continue to manage offsite venues including Tamworth Town Hall, TRECC and Tamworth Community Centre. While management and administration staff will be based at TPAC, operational staff including technicians and FOH staff will spend a proportion of their time offsite delivering events in these venues.



Table 3.4 lists anticipated staff roles and their workstation requirements. Workstation sizes, spacing and references to “share hot desks” will need to be reviewed in terms of emerging Covid-19 workstation design.

Table 3.4 Staff Occupancy and Workstation Provision

“Staff” Nos. Workstation Accommodation

Centre Administration

Manager Entertainment Venues 1 FT Office

Operations Manager 1FT Office

Audience Development & Marketing Specialist 1 FT Open Plan Office

Program Producer 1 FT Open Plan Office

Client & Customer Service Officer 1 FT Open Plan Office

Functions & Events Coordinator 1 FT Open Plan Office

Front-of-House

Ticketing Services Coordinator 1FT Box Office

Centre Reception / Ticketing Services Officer 2.1 EFT Up to 2 rostered

Box Office / Reception

Functions & Events Officer 2 EFT Up to 2 rostered

Shared Hot Desk

FOH Duty Supervisor 1.5 EFT 1 rostered

Shared Hot Desk

Venues Operations Officer 2EFT 2 PT rostered

Shared Hot Desk

Ushers 1.8 EFT Pros Theatre 5 ushers

Studio 2 ushers Salon 1 usher

FOH staff room and amenities

Food and Beverage Services / Functions

Theatre Bars 1.8 EFT Up to 4 rostered.

Bar facilities

Cafe:

Cafe FOH Manager Cafe Kitchen staff Cafe Waiters

(2 shifts)

1 2.7 2

Cafe Cafe Kitchen

Functions Activities:

Functions Kitchen staff Functions Waiters

Event based

2-4 up to 80+

Functions Kitchen

Backstage (Centre Staff and Hirers / Touring Company Staff)

Operations & Technical Supervisor 1FT Technical Office

Senior Venues Technician 1.0 EFT Up to 2 rostered

Technical Office

Technician 3.6 EFT Up to 6 rostered

Technical Office

Cleaner

1.3 EFT NIL



Table 3.4 Staff Occupancy and Workstation Provision

“Staff” Nos. Workstation Accommodation

Venues

Proscenium Theatre – production Stage Manager Asst SM Creative teams to 6 Mechanist (1-4) Lighting Operator Sound Operator (1-2) FS Operator (2) + community volunteers (10-20) Audience description 1

Crew Room Green Room Touring Office (Pros)

Proscenium Theatre – cast Principals – 4 Actors – 12 Chorus – 40 Dressers etc – 6 Orchestra – 20-26

Dressing Rooms and Green Room

Studio Theatre – production Stage Manager Asst SM Creative teams to 6 Mechanist (0-2) Lighting Operator Sound Operator FS Operator (2) + community volunteers (4 -10) Audience description 1

Crew Room Green Room Touring Office (Studio)

Studio Theatre – cast Principals – 2-4 Actors – up to 16 Dressers etc – 2 Orchestra – 6-12

Dressing Rooms Green Room

Salon – production Stage Manager Mechanist (0-1) Lighting Operator Sound Operator + community volunteers (2-10)

Crew Room Green Room

Salon – cast Actors / Musicians up to 12 Dressing Rooms Green Room

3.3 Redevelopment Criteria

3.3.1 Business Plan Criteria The new TPAC must support the following ‘high level’ business plan criteria: • Contribute as a key enabler of the Tamworth Creative Precinct. • Ability to service the demand for arts and cultural services for the Tamworth region anticipated over the coming 25

years, at the projected growth levels for the region and TPAC’s strategic plan, and to contribute to regional economic development. Population growth is currently projected at above 1%pa increasing to 79,468 by 2041. The Blueprint 100 strategy proposes a more aggressive population target of 100,000 by 2041.

• Facilities recognisable as key civic entertainment and cultural facilities for the Tamworth region and as regional marketing assets for Tamworth as the key city servicing the New England and Northwest regions of NSW.

• Contribute to increased tourism to the Tamworth region in particular from major events such as the Tamworth Country Music Festival.

• Ability to support a robust business operation from production and presentation of the arts - enabling diversification



and risk taking in arts programming, balanced with attractiveness to commercial producers and community presenters

• Ability to enable a robust business operation from commercial activities including tenancy of facilities, retail operation of café and theatre bars, functions and conferences.

• Ability to accommodate national and international acts as well as the full range of performance genres - both professional and amateur – to diversify and deepen local cultural life and provide the full range of facilities for touring organisations.

• Accessibility and attractiveness of facilities for community access and participation, including meeting public expectations of a civic performance building and legislative requirements to deliver sustainable operations, universal access, health and safety and patron quality expectations

3.3.2 Facility Redevelopment Criteria Detailed design criteria to be taken into account are: • Excellent functional relationships throughout the centre, • Optimum functionality must be achieved without compromise, especially in the venues, • Excellent standards of universal access to facilities for patrons and staff with as few exemptions as possible, • Intimate actor-audience relationships in each venue; each venue with differing character, • Clear, simple circulation patterns, including service / back-of-house circulation, with a minimum of building level

changes, • The character of the centre must be that of entertainment; warm, stimulating and inviting and avoid any sense of

institutional, commercial or ‘high-brow’ ambience, • Capital budgets for environmentally sustainable design and technical infrastructure take precedence over

architectural features, • Layouts and design that supports efficient operation by the minimum number of staff, minimises operating costs and

provide low-cost maintenance. • Provision for ongoing technical infrastructure upgrades with technological developments. • Excellent quality and ambience for staff accommodation. • Low maintenance design and materials, with easy and safe maintenance access.

4: Building Facility Requirements


4 BUILDING FACILITY REQUIREMENTS

A major driver for the redevelopment is that the existing Capitol Theatre is unable to serve the audience and event capacities for which there is proven demand in the Tamworth region. It is essential that the redeveloped centre provide longstanding fitness-for-purpose for many years. Cultural and performing arts facilities can reasonably be expected to have very long lifetimes – over a hundred years if well designed. The redeveloped TPAC will have an extensive range and type of venues for cultural and performing arts events that should be sufficient to meet community needs for many years. While technical innovations will undoubtedly lead to regular equipment and infrastructure upgrades, and major internal refurbishments will be needed every 25 years or so, the building structure should be sound and usable for at least 100 years. Importantly, the configuration and actor-audience relationships and room acoustic character created in the venues must be optimised for performance use. Not only must the centre be functionally effective, but the performance venues must be ‘performance-suitable’ – a highly specialised design challenge. The design and technical infrastructure must constitute Australian and world best practice to position the centre for long term operational success. The facility should provide high quality, “landmark” building design. However, this must NOT occur at the cost of either operational or technical functionality. At all times in the design and construction process specialist theatrical, acoustic and services advice must contribute to the resolution of, and any change, in design.

Edinburgh Festival Theatre foyer view – taken from the cover of “Making Space for Theatre: British Architecture and Theatre since 1958” by Ronnie Mulryne and Margaret Shewring.

This image portrays the dynamic, display and marketing character desirable of a multi-level theatre foyer. The development is expected to occur in a single phase of construction. Relocation of the ABC Studio operations into the new centre will be time-critical to avoid a loss of service. COVID-19 Response The design must make provision for COVID-19 practice and social distancing requirements as become apparent in the design process. In particular, all entries are to incorporate (multiple) hand sanitising stations and all taps, hand-dryers, soap dispensers, toilet fittings and the like are to be touchless automated operation. Workstation design requires appropriate spacing and shared workstations will require easy cleaning protocols and booking systems.



4.1 Design Team Disciplines The redevelopment will require the following disciplines and specialist input in the development process: • Project Manager – process management, contract administrator, risk management • Architecture and Interior Design • Selection of furniture, fittings and equipment – preferably included in construction works • Landscape Architect (street frontages, plazas, courtyards, car park upgrades) • Theatre Planning Consultant – functional layouts, venue design, technical systems and equipment specification • Acoustic Consultant – room acoustics of all rooms, sound isolation, plant systems control, sound systems design,

planning permit noise control reporting • Structural and Façade Engineer • Civil Engineer • Stormwater Engineer • Geotechnical Investigations • In-ground services survey • Hazardous Materials Investigations (engaged by TRC as consultants are excluded from engaging this service) • Building Services Engineer – mechanical, electrical, transport, data/communications, hydraulic, fire systems • Lighting Designer / Architect – internal and external • ICT Consultant – telephones, ticketing, website, computing, security, EFTpos, ATM, etc • Security Consultant – security and locking systems • Digital signage – installations, control and curation strategies • Fire Engineering – performance based analysis • BCA Part J – energy efficiency analysis • Sustainability consultant – including thermal and daylighting modelling to 5 Star Green Star (but not Accreditation) • Traffic Engineering – car parking demand analysis and strategy, loading vehicle routes, bus access, bicycle parking • Food and Beverage – kitchens, serveries and bar facilities design • DDA and Universal Access Consultant – both design and construction review • Access Hardware Consultant – door and window hardware, locking systems, etc. • Workplace Safety Consultant – working at heights, maintenance and service access, ergonomics, etc. • Building Commissioning Consultant • Graphic Design – corporate identity, wayfinding and building signage • Public Art Consultant – recommend and manage procurement process in association with the TRAG. In addition the following services are likely to be required: • Planning Consultant – managing the Planning Permit application process • Digital Modelling – highly rendered images and fly-through for marketing and fund-raising • Asset / Facilities Maintenance Consultant • Land Surveying associated with relocation of property Title easements. • Aboricultural tree assessments and protection advice (by TRC)



4.2 Development Site The site imposes a number of challenges to be resolved in the design, as follows:

4.2.1 Multiple Land Titles

Site aerial view showing Council owned lots in yellow, TRC GIS

The site consists of multiple Titles owned by Council (see above). The merits of undertaking Title Consolidation are to be investigated during the design process.

4.2.2 Site Fall

The substantial fall towards Peel Street of over 6m implies significant excavation and provision for management of overland stormwater flows from above.



4.2.3 Flood Zone

Site flood mapping, TRC GIS

The site is technically in a flood zone, however the Peel River flood embankments mitigate this risk. Flood mitigation in the event of embankment failures is to be considered in conjunction with Council officers to determine what design action (if any) is recommended.

4.2.4 Electrical Main Easement and Substation

Easements Summary: Plan of Easements Details, Brown & Kippner



Major easements for underground electrical mains, substation and carriageway rights occur on the site. The development requires complete relocation of the electrical mains services, and possibly thereby also the substation, as excavation would conflict with the mains. The design team is to liaise with relevant Authorities to obtain necessary advice and approvals for these relocations to occur, and to agree with Authorities suitable new locations of services, substation and carriageways.

4.2.5 In-ground Services

TPAC site water, sewer, stormwater, Essential Energy, TRC GIS

Other in-ground services are present on the site and are to be identified and their treatment resolved. A site in-ground services survey is to be undertaken to identify as many existing services as possible.

4.2.6 Laneways and Right-of-Ways

Boundaries, easements, council land register, TRC GIS

Laneways from Peel and Hill streets provide access to the rear carparking. Both lanes provide access to other land owners and users and revised car parking layouts must resolve required access, parking and vehicle movement



requirements. Changes in owner legal permissions for these parcels may be required to enable the development to proceed. These changes will be facilitated by other parties to the development. Refer also to section 4.4 for traffic requirements.

4.2.7 Vehicle access to rear of #476 Peel Street An informal agreement between Council and owner/user for vehicle access to the rear of this property through the council owned car parks was not renewed by TRC in October 2020. The concept design assumed this access route was to be retained. Revised concept design can assume that it is not required.

4.2.8 Existing Trees Aboricultural reports are to be obtained for the mature trees on the site. The Queensland Bottle tree is attractive and interesting. Its location generated the angular view line from Peel Street entry up through the foyers to the tree. Its condition is not known but ideally would be retained to enhance the rear events plaza. Deep excavation close to the tree is proposed and its impact should be mitigated. The concept design sought to limit excavation to outside the canopy zone.

4.2.9 Traffic Analysis and Car Parking Demand Traffic analysis of the impact of the proposed facilities on existing traffic patterns and car parking is to be undertaken. The concept design incurs significant car parking losses, which were not replaced. More may be involved in establishing loading dock sweep paths. The cost plan does not include provision for new car parking provision on this site or elsewhere, other than as shown. The full impact on traffic and car parking is to be identified and Council’s policy and requirements for car parking provision to be resolved during Schematic Design.

4.2.10 ABC Generator and Satellite Dish The ABC Studio facilities include an emergency generator and satellite dish. Suitable new locations for these must be identified in the design process. It seems probable that the satellite dish would be mounted on the TPAC roof top, in which case safe service access must be provided. The sequencing of relocation of the dish to the project is to be determined and agreed with the ABC during the design process as a short duration changeover will be required. The ABC generator will serve the ABC Studios (only) as an emergency community services.

4.3 Design Life and Future-proofing of Elements, Structures The centre is expected to exist for over 100 years, with major internal refurbishments every 10 years and major internal and external refurbishment every 25 years or so. Structures and materials are to be designed and selected to provide the longest life and durability possible consistent with the project budget.

4.3.1 Future-Proofing The building should be designed to make future upgrade, alteration and expansion cost effective wherever possible. Theatre technical equipment and infrastructure / cabling upgrades are inevitable and frequent. It is essential that such upgrades are made efficient via good continuous access routes not requiring removal of building fabric, e.g. cable routes



throughout the centre, preferably exposed as much as possible, mouseholes in fire walls, etc. Functional planning should retain capacity for future extension – such as staircases not terminating corridors, enabling their extension where potential exists. Structural design should reasonably minimise the extent of internal columns interrupting functional space, to enable flexibility for future re-planning and re-arrangement of internal fitouts – such as in service zones, kitchens, administration, backstage and so on. The extent and interim cost of future-proofing structural provision – such as for additional storeys, or for potential future extension to the rear (beyond the Studio Theatre) is to be evaluated and TRC direction sought on its inclusion in the project scope. The cost estimate does not include provision for future-proofing structure.

4.3.2 Materials Functional Life The required design life of building elements is as follows:

Table 4.1 Building Element

Design Life (minimum)

Building structure 100 years

External wall claddings 25 years

Roof cladding 25 – 50 years as per manufacturer’s warranty

Building services equipment 20 – 25 years

Hydraulic pipe work 100 years

Floor surfaces:

Foyers - e.g. stone, ceramic tile, polished concrete, timber (carpet excluded)

Functions/venues - e.g T&G solid timber – with sufficient thickness to enable several re-sand and sealing treatments min thickness 25mm

Stages: sacrificial floor surface layer Stages: underlying floor de-constructable modular single-span structure

Office / Meeting Rooms (e.g. carpet)

Toilet amenities e.g. ceramic tile, linoleum

20+ years

20+ years

approx. 5 years 50 years

10 years

20+ years

Internal fitout (walls, partitions, joinery) 20+ years

Kitchen joinery – stainless steel only 20+years

Reception joinery 20+ years

Theatre seating Seat Frame 20 years Upholstery 10 years

Replaceable (sacrificial) wall protection dado panels are highly desirable in all service / backstage areas. All glass at ground / accessible levels should be toughened unless other requirements make this prohibitive. Timber floor boards must be minimum 25mm thick solid timber to enable sanding and re-finishing many times in the life of the building. T&G floors should be finished in organic oils not polyurethane (eg China wood oil, tung oil) for ease of maintenance touch up, slip resistance (to be confirmed) and sustainability. All flooring must be capable of taking equipment point loads for ceiling access equipment such as EWPs. All upper walls and ceilings must be accessible via EP’s or similar readily usable means to work at heights. (In one Australian theatre the entire auditorium must be annually bird-cage scaffolded simply to change the house light globes. This lack of consideration for maintenance access is unacceptable).



4.4 Partner Organisations

4.4.1 Library and Art Gallery Refer to the room data sheets for detailed descriptions of required facilities. The Library and Art Gallery are separate operations within the TRC with close collaboration given they share the existing building. Key goals are to expand functional space for community programs (not additional Library stack or Art Gallery exhibition use), create an improved building presence and strong identity for both facilities to Peel Street and, possibly, to add back-of-house space to the rear even if this space is not fitted out during the current project. The development must maintain functionality to the existing Library and Art Gallery, including the following issues: Tamworth City Library • After hours 24/7 Returns – the existing after-hours Returns facility is adjacent to the Returns Room. A new location

providing fire-proofed returns receipt and RFID scanning is required from a 24/7 publicly accessible location addressing safety-in-design, as close as possible to the Returns Room.

• Library deliveries – books and resources are frequently delivered between the city library and other libraries in the network. This currently occurs at the Returns Room side entry. Van and trolley access as close as possible to the Returns Room is to be provided.

• Maintain natural daylight to southern Library work rooms and offices as much as possible. Tamworth Regional Art Gallery • Maintain and extend as necessary required exits • Maintain natural daylight to southern Art Gallery work rooms and offices as much as possible. • South elevation upper walkway – retain or replace the existing rear car park walkway access to the Gallery foyer. • Loading dock – it is essential to maintain if not improve vehicle access to the Gallery loading dock.

Refer Section Error! Reference source not found. : TRG Truck Access and Exhibition Deliveries Requirements. New Peel St Library and Art Gallery Expansion New facilities are to include: • Highly visible new entry with identify signage, airlock entry and foyer extension • Direct highly visible link connection into TPAC at both foyer levels • Direct highly visible connection to café dining and servery • Level 1 Library Program Room for use as a quiet reading room, library programs and community meetings, including

direct external after-hours access • Level 1 external 24/7 Returns facility • Level 2 foyer extension and upgrade for over-flow Gallery events • The Art Gallery foyer is to retain environmental control of temperature 20 degrees, and relative humidity 55% to

match the exhibition spaces. Implications for this when the foyer is opened to the upper shared foyer are to be addressed in design.

• L2 Studio 1 expansion in increase occupancy for gallery programs, art-making, meetings and so on • L2 new Studio 2 opening into Studio 1 for gallery programs, as above • L2 Extension of Library Innovations Studio to create a second Studio, together with some upgrades to existing

Studio 1 • Ancillary interface works, exit routes and so on as required to serve the above Library Innovations Studios (Makers Space) Refer to the following TCL brief for the Innovations Studios (existing and new) and confirm these requirements in consultation with the library service (TCL email, 08/04/2020): Thoughts for Innovation Studio: • Keep existing wall, put a door in it.



• Add a sink with waste and water along internal wall. • Add extractor fans that we can both vent the room and attach hoses from equipment that create smoke / sawdust • Add power and data at 3 meter intervals along the walls and a few floor panels. Data should be cat-6 powered

Ethernet. • Add a WiFi repeater in this room, same network and password as existing room. • We want a fair bit of natural light in the new room, so have only put data/power along the external wall. • Corner nook over staircase void would make a perfect storage room, with shelving, data/power and lockable door.

Possible Rear Library and Art Gallery Expansion The development is an ideal time to consider extension of both the Library and Art Gallery facilities to the rear (east), although this is currently not briefed or costed. Investigate opportunities, the extent and indicative cost of expansion possible while retaining other functional requirements. If adopted, it is highly desirable that natural daylight is preserved to inhabited Library workrooms on the ground floor. Such expansion would be likely to be used for: • a Library click and collect station to the rear of the Library. Vehicular access up to the door of a room with reserved

material shelved ready for self-collect.



• Art Gallery collections store, possibly a dedicated textiles store. Such collections store should adopt best practice collection storage racking systems and environmental control as below.

Art Gallery Collections store expansion The Art Gallery collections store is at capacity. Expansion would be allocated to collection storage, requiring:

• Highly thermally insulated envelope for temperature stability to reduce energy consumption. Ideally, adopt ‘reverse veneer’ construction with internal thermal mass insulated to the exterior.

• Tight envelope design for prevention of dust and pest incursion, such as seals on doors and transitional spaces between store and exterior.

• Direct access from Gallery receiving room with sufficient space to manoeuvre large, long and awkward objects safely

• Environmental control to 21 degrees C +/- 3 degrees, RH 50%

• Minimum 10kPa floor load capacity, ideally 12kPa for large objects

• Minimum clear working height 3.8m with no intrusion by building services or structure.

• 2D artworks racking or other dedicated storage systems as required.

• Polished concrete floor to prevent future need for the floor to be re-sealed

• Painted walls – paint to be permeable to moisture

• Monochromatic pale colour scheme to enhance pest detection and cleaning

• Locate wall-mounted services such as extinguishers, control panels and the like with door circulation zones to minimise potential interruption of locations for storage systems.

• Oversize double entry doors 2.4W x 3.0m high

• Flush door threshold transitions for trolleys etc.

• No building services plant may be located above the store for prevention of risks of leaks.

• No building services are to reticulate through the store other than those required to service the store itself.

• Rainwater collection must occur beyond the building walls for prevention of risks of leaks — no internal box gutters, valley gutters, internal downpipes and the like.

If necessary the store could be dedicated to sculpture and other works that have less stringent environmental control requirements. In this case modification to the existing collections store storage systems may be required within the project scope of works. Environmental controls, floor loadings, working height and storage systems are to be confirmed with the Art Gallery during the design process.

4.4.2 ABC New England North West Studios Inclusion of the ABC New England North West studios is an exciting opportunity to create cultural and community collaborations between the ABC, TPAC and Tamworth communities. Anticipated collaborations would include: • Live broadcasts of TPAC events • Performance recordings • Sharing the Recording Studio • ABC events occurring within TPAC or on outdoor spaces Close proximity to the Salon as a live auditory event space is particularly desirable. The ABC Studios will be a shell with fit-out designed and undertaken by the ABC, who have requested functionally effective 300m2 footprint. The FSP lists indicative spatial requirements provided by the ABC during preliminary consultation. Room Data Sheets have not been prepared for the ABC facilities as they will prepare a separate Brief.



The design team is to develop a more detailed brief to serve the ABC tenancy with the ABC and obtain their approval together with that of TRC. This may include preparing a schematic floor layout. The floor slab will require substantial set-downs for construction of sound-isolated studios within the shell. Other functional requirements are: • Highly visible presence and ABC identity to Peel Street • Studios visible from Peel Street, with live feed to the forecourt • Capacity for outside broadcast from both Peel Street forecourt and rear Events Plaza • Outside Broadcast technical connections for ABC OB vans. • 24/7 secure access for ABC staff • Visitor entry from the TPAC foyer highly desirable. • The ABC studios will be under the security control of the ABC • Close proximity to ABC vehicles to load equipment via trolleys, etc. • Equipment access would not occur via the theatre loading docks. • Excellent theatrical data links to TPAC venues for partnership and broadcast of events within or in external areas. • Relocation of ABC generator and satellite dish to appropriate locations. • 6 dedicated car parks • OB truck/van park to be confirmed • Separate tenancy metering as agreed between TRC and the ABC. While the southern boundary vehicle access to 476 Peel Street is no longer required, this route provided excellent access for loading to a rear exit of the ABC tenancy.

4.4.3 Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music The TRCM is an independent organisation whose inclusion in the TPAC will contribute to the creation of a cultural and community precinct and greatly enliven and activate the centre with the presence of students and staff in the centre from 7am to 9pm six days a week as well as frequent concerts in the Salon or Studio theatre, often on Sundays. The TRCM provides music education for children in both group and one-one classes. Teachers organise small performances with audiences of friends and families to give students performance / presentation experience and celebrate their achievements. Smaller events will occur in the TRCM rehearsal room(s), larger ones in the TPAC Salon or Studio Theatre. TRCM will also frequently use the Tamworth Memorial Town Hall as a venue, requiring good equipment access/movement both within the TPAC and between the two facilities. TRCM must be able to maintain supervisory control of their tenancy given the presence of children. Staff, parents and students must be able to easily enter and circulate to TRCM premises when TPAC is closed. After 5.30pm entry should be via keypad for students and an electronic key card for staff. In the concept design their primary entry is anticipated to be via the Studio Theatre foyer. This foyer should be capable of being secured from the remaining Peel Street foyers for TRCM and rehearsal studio access without requiring the entire TPAC foyers to be open and staffed. As a public educational facility, like the rest of the TPAC, the TRCM must provide full disability and universal access to its users, noting that many parents will attend with siblings, including those with prams. As a music school, almost all facilities in the TRCM (apart from store rooms) must have very high levels of acoustic sound isolation both between them and between TRCM facilities and the rest of the centre. The TRCM conducts remote learning via internet and video-conferencing, and this capacity must be provided in those studios as indicated in the Room Data Sheets and as further confirmed with the TRCM during design.. The teaching spaces (including Director’s office) are subject to OH&S requirements related to staff and student exposure to high levels of music noise. Spatial volume is a key mitigation of this and therefore all TRCM rooms (other than stores and ancillary spaces) should have minimum 3.0m ceiling heights, subject to acoustic recommendations.



Acoustic design criteria are to be confirmed / developed with the TRCM during schematic design. Operational description /requirements: • Admin hours are 8.30 am to 5.30 pm, 3 permanent staff Mon to Fri, not weekends unless there’s a show on, • Teaching activities occur 7am – 7pm, Mon-Sat, • Majority of teaching is individual lessons done in early afternoon to late afternoon / evening. • Early Childhood Music (ECM) classes run 6 days a week from 9am to 1pm, attendees 3months – 6 years of age,

some parents also attend (with babies). ECM: − usually 12 people (including parents), 25 is max. Capped at 6 students per class − must be near admin/waiting where parents can wait outside − Lots of shelving to display and store small instruments, little drums for example, very colourful space.

Pinboard, upright piano, white board with staves & plain. − cupboards that can have instruments locked away in – child locks so kids don’t get distracted, − children are sitting on the floor – room should be carpeted − preferable to have a large enough space that they don’t have to pack up equipment daily while allowing other

uses in the afternoons, evenings • TRCM concerts: 30–60 people typical, run by teachers from all the students in their own studio.

− Teachers organise concerts for students that they teach, any time of year, usually Saturdays or late evenings. − Numbers depend on studio size, can be up to 100 people if teacher combine students to make it a larger concert.

Audience members 30 – 100, participants approx 30 performers. • Supervisory responsibilities for the children when on premises in general – currently the building is open up until

5pm, people use a code after 5pm. Parents have strict instructions that students are to be dropped off and picked up right before/after their lessons. All children will be timetabled.

• Administration: − locate at the front so children can be signed in. − serving bench, reception / sign in counter, staff in busy times (only) by an admin assistant − teaching pigeon hole area − separate admin entrance for teaching staff not in public waiting area. − Printing area, bench space for guillotine and binding etc. − store space in admin room with stationery storage.

• 4 work stations – permanent staff allocations − Finance & Office Manager – extensive bench space, under bench storage and overhead files − Operations & Project Manager – filing drawers − Media and Communications Officer – double computer screens − Teaching and Learning Coordinator – ready access by teaching staff without disturbing others

• 2 ‘hot desks’ (subject to COVID-19 design) for teachers, auditors, interns, volunteers. • Provide portable hearing augmentation in half of the studios. • A child size set of toilet and wash hand basin is required in each male and female student toilet block. Instrument Store Area Analysis The instrument store (room 933) area analysis overleaf is to be confirmed in detail with TRCM. It assumes that compactus storage can be adopted from most items, with minimal circulation space. This schedule is a worksheet in the S18 Facility Space Program XLS file.



4.5 Building Components

4.5.1 External Facilities Peel Street Forecourt The forecourt must be a high quality public urban environment with robust but attractive, long-lasting finishes and furnishings to withstand public use, including skateboard and graffiti proofing. Ideally the forecourt treatment as a public, civic and community space will extend into the treatment of the full width of Peel Street, enabling its closure and use as a pedestrianised space for occasional events such as the Tamworth Country Music Festival. This potential is to be explored by the design team with TRC. The plaza should be conceived of as an external performance space with a minimum of fixed elements, to service a wide variety of events. These are likely to include: • Café/bar seating and informal public seating • External shelter, including a sheltering, habitable and inviting edge to the building, such as overhangs, verandas • Projection / video art projected onto the building facade • Outdoor performance via loose seating on the flat; rostra seating and even relocation of the Studio Theatre

retractable units for external use – with the ‘stage’ located either externally or inside the Studio Theatre • Functions and civic events • Exhibitions and art installations including soundscapes A full range of performance technical infrastructure, theatre ethernet, various lighting systems, power, water, sewer and stormwater connections, anchor points, tent/marquee attachment points and so on must be integrated into the plaza for these uses, including anticipation of a wide variety of formats. This should include structural rigging points for three dimensional / aerial performance located on adjacent building walls or freestanding columns, which may include lighting and sound systems. A catenary wire grid over the forecourt enabling overhead rigging is highly desirable and could incorporate general, architectural/decorative and event lighting, speakers and shade elements. EWP access must be possible to as much as of such a grid as possible. Events Plaza The plaza must similarly be a high quality public urban environment with robust but attractive, long-lasting finishes and furnishings to withstand public use, including skateboard and graffiti proofing. The plaza should be conceived of as an external performance space with a minimum of fixed elements, to service a wide variety of events. These are likely to include: • Projection / Art wall, including evening outdoor cinema • Outdoor performance via loose seating on the flat; rostra seating and even relocation of the Studio Theatre

retractable units for external use – with the ‘stage’ located either externally or inside the Studio Theatre • Possibly tiered bench seating to the edge of the Plaza providing raised seating and enclosure to the Studio Theatre

outdoor area (not included in the cost estimate) • Café/bar seating and informal public seating • External shelter, including a sheltering, habitable and inviting edge to the building, such as overhangs, verandas • Market stalls • Functions and civic events, including erection of marquees • Exhibitions and art installations A full range of performance technical infrastructure, theatre ethernet, various lighting systems, power, water, sewer and stormwater connections, anchor points, tent/marquee attachment points and so on must be integrated into the plaza for these uses, including anticipation of a wide variety of formats. This should include structural rigging points for three dimensional / aerial performance located on adjacent building walls or freestanding columns, which may include lighting and sound systems.



A catenary wire grid over the events plaza enabling overhead rigging may be desirable and could incorporate general, architectural/decorative and event lighting, speakers and shade elements. EWP access must be possible to as much as of such a grid as possible. The capacity to play soundscapes as commissioned art works in both the Peel Street and rear events plaza is desirable. Other requirements of the plaza include: • Surface suitable for wheeled equipment and vehicle loads – light vehicle and EWP trafficable, capacity to move

mobile retractable seating system to outside • High slip-resistance • Fixed furniture (if adopted at all) not to intrude on other functional uses • Capacity for data projector mounting • Sound system, speakers, etc mounting system(s), including background music and front-of-house paging • Single, audio and three phase power supplies as well as theatrical infrastructure in secure pillars in multiple locations • Security lighting, CCTV

4.5.2 Circulation Complex Circulation Patterns Performing arts and function centres have a wide variety of user circulation patterns, some of which should not intersect: • performer and patron entries to venues • technical access from front-of-house positions to backstage not passing through public areas • food & beverage service avoiding public/foyer areas as much as possible • waste management & deliveries avoiding public/foyer areas as much as possible • theatrical / performance docks separated from general service and rubbish docks. Circulation patterns for all the following users are to be analysed and presented during the concept and schematic design process to assist in identifying clear and efficient circulation routes, and to help identify mechanical services, security / locking systems and zoning. • Public / Patrons – varying audiences or attendees for different venues and facilities • Hirers / Presenters • Box Office • Administration • Backstage – centre staff and hirers personnel • Front-of-House staff – Centre; Food & Beverage staff; Functions service staff • Technical staff • Maintenance and servicing personnel – centre and contractors • Cleaning • TRCM users and staff, deliveries, etc • TCL users and staff, deliveries, etc • TRG users and staff, deliveries, etc • ABC users and staff, deliveries, etc Due to the circulation complexity electronic locking systems are essential. Building Configuration The building must provide the most efficient circulation patterns possible to minimise long term operational cost. Corridor width and short journey lengths are key contributors to operational efficiency and width should not be compromised. Circulation routes should be readily navigable given many users both FOH and BOH attend for short time periods and



not accustomed to it. All circulation paths should be as wide and as straight as possible with minimal bends to facilitate manoeuvring wide or long objects (typically up to 2m wide and/or up to 6m long) on trolleys or being manhandled. All primary external entries except service and emergency exits must have weather locks / air-locks, while secondary or casual entries, such as openable wall elements on foyers to forecourts need not have airlocks. Emergency exits from venues must have a venue entry/exit lock or equivalent acoustic and light isolation performance to prevent noise and light intrusion. The building must avoid physical and perceptual obstacles to public entry and movement to attract entry and use, with level entries wherever possible (avoid large flights of stairs and ramps). The new facility must have the minimum possible number of floor levels, matching existing building floor levels where possible, and provide appropriate DDA and materials handing access between levels (such as lifts). Stage levels are to match foyer and backstage floor levels for ease of universal access with a minimum of ramps or lifts. Loading docks must adopt optimum truck tray to dock levels of 900-1000mm set-downs with trucks standing horizontally due to hazards with loading wheeled cases/objects on sloping trays. Backstage Circulation Backstage circulation must be particularly efficient for moving many objects in and out on high frequency. Journey routes and times from dressing rooms to stage must be as short and direct as possible. In addition to enabling the movement of large, awkward objects backstage corridors have an important role as temporary storage areas (wardrobe racks, road cases, etc) and must be wider than minimum code requirements. Spatial allocations for dressing rooms and backstage spaces assume adjacent corridors are available as storage at the following minimum widths. If these are reduced, backstage functional spaces will need to increase. • Primary corridors 2.5m wide • Secondary corridors 1.8m wide • Tertiary corridors 1.5m Subject to robust use, object and trolley impacts, etc, backstage corridors clad with plasterboards should be lined to 1200mm AFFL with sacrificial protective panels (eg screw-fixed plywood) and generally up to 2100mm where wardrobe racks are likely to be stored. All exposed corners in major circulation paths should be fitted with corner protection. All doors should be as wide and as high as practically possible and. All doors in backstage circulation areas should be fitted with 1/3 height steel plate protection both sides, and foot operated hold opens. All doors on the route between wardrobe, dressing rooms, green room and stage should be a minimum of 2400 high to provide clearance for costume wings, hats and headpieces. Vertical transportation For ease of patron and staff movement given the size of the building, installation of an escalator to link the main foyers should be investigated (not included in the concept design or cost plan). Lifts are essential to move large numbers of patrons to access venues at event entry times, and to move large quantities of equipment and furniture, including pianos, large instruments and set objects to many parts of the building. The following lifts are anticipated (subject to further design evolution), with uses (in addition to patrons, staff and crew) and minimum sizes as noted. All lifts should be full stretcher size with no ‘boot’. Backstage lifts are required to move large objects, wardrobe racks, musical instruments including grand pianos to all functional levels, and winch equipment to the grid. Protective covers and robust wall linings including possibly sacrificial linings should be provided.



Item

Table 4.2 Location

Lift Requirements Description

Internal Car Size D x W min

Door W x H min

1 Main foyer patrons Peel Street L1-L2 (and possibly L3)

Functions equipment and furniture, pianos Link upper Gallery and TPAC L2 foyer levels (two-way). Extending to L3 rear dress circle foyer if provided

2.4 x 1.5 1.2 x 2.2m

2 Rear entry L1-L3 possibly L4 plant rooms and basement

Functions equipment and furniture, TRCM and Rehearsal instruments, pianos

2.4 x 1.5 1.2 x 2.2m

3 Proscenium Patron Entry L1 foyer to stalls rear, L2 foyer and ideally to Dress Circle rear

Link main foyer to rear stalls patron entry and possibly also rear dress circle rear entry enabling multiple wheelchair seating locations Standard personnel, DDA compliant for wheelchair + companion and other patrons

1.6 x 1.4 1.2 x 2.2m

4 Backstage grid lift L0-L5/6

Link basement to grid levels (5-6 levels) personnel, small equipment, pianos, set objects to rehearsal levels, winch machinery to grid. If Lift 5 is not provided then increase car size

2.4 x 1.5 If no Lift 5 then: 3.0 x 1.5

1.2 x 2.4m

5 Backstage Goods lift (optional, desirable)

larger lift for set objects grand/baby grand pianos etc linking L0-L3 Highly desirable, optional

3.0 x 1.5 1.6 x 2.4m

6 Orchestra Pit / Forestage Lift

1x screw-jack or similar lifts to at least 4 levels: • Under-stage floor / seating stores • Auditorium row A • Stage front • 250-300mm above stage level

As required to extend full width of orchestra pit

N/A

7 & 8 Scissor lifts Scissor lifts at both theatre loading docks 2.5 x 1.2 N/A

Subject to design there may be need for further platform lifts to provide universal access to some areas of the building. Lift 1 must link both TPAC foyer levels and the Library/Art Gallery building foyers. The current concept design location does not (quite) achieve this. If this not provided by Lift 1 than an additional lift or platform lift may be required. Lift 4 must be able to accommodate a 2m diameter object (sphere).

4.5.3 Foyers Entry to the Tamworth Performing Arts Centre should be dynamic, clearly identified and inviting. It should signify a culturally rich entertaining place enhanced by displays of current and past performances, works of art, displays and exhibitions and animated by people. It should be highly visible and accessible from adjacent streets and forecourts. The centre will have extensive foyers areas – some must be suitable for large gatherings, holding functions, exhibitions and small performances while others are primarily circulation routes giving access to facilities. A strong visual connection between the foyers and public exterior areas is vital to display and promote centre life and activity. The key goal of foyers is to prepare the audience so that they are ready to engage with the performers in a live entertainment experience. This requires a strongly positive experience with ease of access to facilities, food and beverage and a clearly navigable journey to the venue. The foyers must be attractive to the full breadth of the community. The design of the front of house is to be contemporary and stylish while remaining unintimidating. People in casual clothing should feel at home and at the same time a group of corporate patrons in black tie for an opening night should not feel overdressed. The front-of-house experience should be an informal atmosphere where people feel comfortable (to go to the theatre by themselves, to wait for friends and so on).



Foyers, cafe/restaurant, bar and external courtyards should have a welcoming, warm, inviting, ‘rich’ character with a live but not overly reverberant character. Finishes should include ‘soft’ materials and fine textures such as timber, fabric and painted surfaces with refined details and avoid ‘cold’ or harsh materials such as plain concrete, steel or metal panelling. The finishes and furnishings will combine a high quality design with a sense of entertainment and an emphasis on the patrons’ comfort. Architectural lighting providing varied lighting qualities is important. All finishes must be easily maintained, cleaned and readily capable of replacement when damaged. Colour is important. Behavioural research shows that audiences respond more quickly to performance stimuli in warmly coloured rooms (e.g. red and gold) versus grey or black rooms. Therefore, both foyers and venues should be richly coloured. No rooms are to be entirely black (except where required for performance purposes such as the stagehouse itself). The foyers are ideal opportunities for the integration of public art – refer section 13. A key ‘drama’ of foyers is to provide spectacle, so the capacity for audience members to overview from the periphery, seating areas and upper levels is desirable, with semi-recessed alcoves creating more private gathering places. Capacity for informal eating and drinking during busy times is important with support by both fixed and loose furniture including extensive narrow shelves and ledges for drinks and plates. The Palais Garnier (Paris) foyer staircase and Sumner Theatre, Melbourne, main foyer stairs (see below) exemplify the principle that much of the pre-show ‘performance’ occurs in the audience’s capacity to promenade and be ‘seen’ in the foyers.

Paris Palais Garnier, inauguration 1875, Edourd Detaille, 1878, Wikipedia: Southbank Theatre, Melbourne Theatre Company, Melbourne, 2008, The Culture Concept

The cafe/restaurant and bars should be ‘smart casual’ with a buzz and strong (and welcoming) character. The cafe must provide more intimate spaces adjacent to larger foyer areas. A variety of seating – bench seats, high stools, tables, sofas and so on are desirable. Catering facilities enabling the efficient production of food during rush hours is essential. Coffee and drinks are to be served from the same location. The café will be an important informal performance venue, especially during festivals and must have a suitable location for a small group of performers with supporting technical infrastructure and sound systems.



Foyers adjacent to their relevant venues must be capable of operating with associated services (bars, toilets, ticketing) without opening the entire centre. The following facilities must be capable of opening with the rest of the centre closed: • Box Office Foyer • Studio Theatre foyer and bar • Rehearsal studios • TRCM • ABC There must be excellent provision for growing numbers of corporate patrons, with a dedicated foyer/gathering area and good service access from catering facilities. Private pre-show and interval events with catering for sponsors’ guests would usually be housed in the Function Room(s). Each venue event may attract different types of audience or different age groups. It is desirable that the relevant foyers operate in almost a standalone capacity, including separate, well distributed toilet amenities in small blocks. All foyers must be equipped with the following facilities in agreed locations related to gathering versus circulation areas: • Exhibition lighting and hanging opportunities • Performance infrastructure including, show relay, paging, technical data, lighting power and control, sound control,

power etc. • Merchandising / Eftpos locations suitable for temporary tables and servicing without impeding audience movement • Centre marketing – sustainable design data, display screens, display boards and some permanent display • Nearby toilet facilities

4.5.4 Exhibition and Display Refer also section 13: Public Art and Place-making. Changing displays and exhibitions will be located in the foyers, public circulation areas and also in functions and flat floor performance venues on occasion. In addition, fine art will be hung in these locations. All of these spaces must be equipped suitably to support exhibition use, including: • Exhibition lighting • Hanging/presenting system(s) to avoid fixings to walls • Suspended artworks from ceiling hanging points • Where it is acceptable to fix into walls, they should be lined with plywood beneath finishing layers such as

plasterboard capable of being fixed into and readily repaired (this applies to foyers, conference and rehearsal spaces).

• CCTV surveillance • EWP access to all hanging points

4.5.5 Cultural merchandising and retail facilities A ‘self-service’ cultural merchandising area (closable alcove) in the Level 1 foyer is to be provided close to the Box Office counter for staff to transact sales from the counter. This is separate to other (commercial) retail opportunities and also to temporary merchandising areas set up by venue hirers. Detailed requirements are to be developed with TPAC, Library and Art Gallery staff during design. This space is an important opportunity to showcase local artists and craftspeople in the region. Venues hirers will need to set up and appropriately service temporary merchandising and event management stations near to the relevant venues, whether for merchandise sales, conference registration and so on. These need power for laptops, digital displays and so on, as well as EFTPos devices using Wi-Fi. Locations of these temporary positions are to be identified on schematic and furniture layout plans and the locations must not impeded audience movement in foyers and entering venues. Compact, movable display cabinets are highly desirable for both centre and hirer merchandise, with access in floor



recessed power for exhibition, presentation or performance lighting or other technical systems etc as may be required.. Music, bookshops and related retail sales are successful complementary retail activities in cultural facilities. Areas for these have not been identified or briefed in the concept design, although a retail area was originally considered in the concept design process and could be considered in subsequent design. Opportunities should be identified and ‘future-proofed’ as much as possible.

4.5.6 Toilet and Ablution Facilities A multi-level centre of this size with multiple venues, multiple hirers and up to three staff groups (Administration, FOH / Contractors, BOH) requires substantial toilet amenities, well distributed. Estimates of toilet facilities by either area or number of fittings are included in the Space Program. These are well in excess of BCA requirements as the BCA sanitary numbers are substantially inadequate for performance centres. Key requirements are: • Generally, an accessible toilet facility is to be included in each patron toilet block and in major blocks (eg Level 1

Proscenium Theatre) two opposite hand accessible toilets should be included. • Toilet facilities should be well distributed close to each venue including balcony areas. • Showers are to be provided for food and beverage, front-of-house and administration staff, as well as backstage

personnel, due to the long hours and multiple shifts spent in the centre. • Where small numbers of facilities are required (such as for small staff groups, backstage) adopt unisex accessible

and ambulant facilities. • At least one accessible toilet must be provided at each stage level in the backstage for access by all staff. • Backstage toilet facilities are to be gender neutral, enabling paired facilities to be allocated to suit the hirer’s

population (such as dance schools with predominantly female performers). Therefore urinals are to be replaced with toilet pans in cubicles.

• Front-of-house staff must be provided with dedicated toilet and change facilities. • Facilities for performance venues patrons (but not functions) shall be increased on minimum BCA requirements by:

− female patrons min. 1.5x to preferably 2.0x − male patrons min. 1.5x

The Facility Space Program (Section 18) identifies toilet amenities by the population in each functional area using the BCA Multi-venue criteria, with female provision doubled, and male fittings increased by at least 50 per cent, due to short intervals creating peak demand. The allocations assume each area is functionally separate, apart from the Proscenium and Salon together. If, for example, Functions and Proscenium Dress Circle toilets are shared, then numbers should be adjusted (somewhat). The concept design assumes that Function Room patron and Proscenium Theatre balcony audience toilet facilities are shared on the basis that use would be staggered between respective events. If the Function Rooms are located in a different location or level, then specific facilities are required for both uses. In some cases fitting numbers have been ‘discounted’ taking into account accessible fittings provided. This provision may be high and requires detailed review with each user group and TPAC operations. An allowance of 3m2 per fitting (including WHB) is adopted to allow for circulation and entry locks. However, the OYBS requirement to increase provision for performance venues must be adhered to. Excessive queuing times for toilets will directly and adversely impact bar revenues and therefore must not be reduced.

4.5.7 Centre Operations and Servicing (200) Box Office and Front-of-House Facilities (200) The Box Office and associated front-of-house administration team forms the centre reception and must have very high visibility to the street, with no barriers to entry. There should be short term parking (say P15 minutes) near to the Box Office Foyer for quick purchases. The Box Office counter will serve four purposes – ticketing sales, centre reception and information, cloakroom service station, which may also serve as the accessible counter position, and as point of sale for the cultural merchandising area. The cloakroom and cultural merchandising display area must be close to the box office counter for staffing efficiency.



The Box Office facilities (public queuing and staff) must be able to operate in a standalone mode. The Box Office Supervisor must have excellent overview of the Box Office Reception and foyer, able to provide immediate staff backup when required. Detailed consultation is required in developing the functional and ergonomic layout of the Box Office area. The Box Office counter must be discretely designed to not assist in it being climbed or vaulted. Cash handling security is required in the Box Office area and wherever safes are located (bars). Drop-chutes to safes are required to allow FOH staff to lodge till contents without entering the relevant secure area or opening safes. Duress buttons to police or 24/7 monitored location are required at all cash handling positions Extensive display – digital, posters, brochures, programs and postcards – is required and to be identified in further detailed consultation with operational staff. FOH Duty Managers require a shared office to assist integrated venue management. This office should have good overview of adjacent foyer areas and venue entries. During events FOH Duty Managers will be located in their respective venue foyers. FOH staff – waiters, ushers and so on, require change facilities to dress in uniforms and store personal effects securely, this includes lockers and shower facilities. As all staff, especially managers, can spend long periods of time in the centre it is important to have shower facilities available without using backstage dressing rooms (which are occupied by hirers). Administration (220) While ideally the administration team would be located on the ground floor, there is rarely sufficient space to do so compared to the high priority venues, café and FOH facilities. The centre staff are important to create a sense of activation of the centre on days when there are no or few events occurring. Visitors to the administration such as hirers, sponsors and performers must have ready access to the area, and it must be able to provide good quality ambience and hospitality in terms of meeting rooms, toilet amenities and F&B services. Likewise, management must have good connection to the entire centre to enhance their awareness of activities. It is important that administration has close connection with backstage and the performers and crew working in the centre to enhance communication and interaction. Locating the Green Room near the administration can assist this. Adjacency and direct connection of the Board Room with Administration is highly beneficial, but not essential, provided there is a meeting room in the administration. Centre Servicing (240) Indicative descriptions of service spaces are included in this section of the FSP, however most will be determined by the physical size and circulation requirements of plant and equipment, metering and authority requirements. As purely functional spaces these areas do not require room data sheets and will be developed by the design team. Functional descriptions are summarised in the Facility Space Program. The following factors are required for inclusion in particular facilities and to be confirmed by the design team in design: 241 Central Cleaner & 248 Satellite Cleaner Rooms • Sufficient space for cleaning machines and substantial storage of toilet and cleaning resources such as toilet paper.

Major equipment parking locations to be provided with appropriate recharging and drainage facilities • Adopt a reticulated electrolysis cleaning chemicals equipment (such as E-water or similar) distributed to catering

kitchens, satellite cleaners’ rooms and other relevant cleaning points such as staff rooms, Green Room – together with interpretive signage to explain use of this sustainable design initiative.

• Waterproof and readily cleaned floor and wall surfaces, floor wastes, cleaners sink, hot and cold water outlets for washing.

244 General Loading Dock & 243 Deliveries Store • Entirely separate to the theatre loading docks, this truck stand is to serve general building resources and food and

beverage deliveries • Direct delivery to 243 Deliveries Store, possibly with oversight from the Stage Door office.



The deliveries store should be capable of receiving pallets (eg beverages, supplies) direct into the store. • Waterproof and readily cleaned floor and wall surfaces, floor wastes, hot and cold water outlets for washing. 245 Recycling / Refuse Yard • Sufficient size to accommodate necessary bins for separation of waste for recycling, subject to a waste management

plan to be develop in SD. May include glass crusher, food/compost waster separation – to be determined. • Carton crusher • Hot and cold water for bin cleaning, tap outlets and floor wastes • Waterproof and readily cleaned floor and wall surfaces, floor wastes, hot and cold water outlets for washing. • High level of ventilation to manage odours • Weather-proofed enclosure 246 Staff Bicycles • Secure, caged / screened roofed enclosure for bicycles to numbers determined in traffic analysis. • End-of-ride facilities for cyclists are to be provided in the building (refer staff and crew facilities). 251 TPAC Back-up Generator • Back-up generator to power critical services during a power outage – capacity to be investigated and determined in

design (note: separate to the ABC generator). Refer section 9.3.2. Provide as a minimum a temporary generator stand (located to avoid noise intrusion on venues) with power connections sufficient to power critical show systems.

4.6 Food and Beverage Services Experience has shown at other cultural centres that multiple food and beverage outlets generate more business rather than cannibalise each other’s customer base. It is vital that these facilities have a strong street / public realm presence, with a permeability that minimises the degree to which the catering offer is regarded as ‘inside the theatre’. The café must have a strong visual and circulation connection to the Library and Gallery building as well as TPAC and be perceived by users as open to both buildings as an attractive place to gather and linger, enhancing the length of stay in the cultural precinct. The cafe must be capable of standalone operation when the TPAC is closed. The bar, kitchens and food servery facilities require specialised design by a Food and Beverage Consultant and therefore are not fully specified in the Room Data Sheets. Three separate operators of food and beverage are possible: • Bar operation – by TPAC • Cafe operation – by a third party contractor • Functions Kitchen – by a (different) third party contractor A third party contract may combine both the Cafe and Functions operation, if not also the Bar operation. Therefore these areas must be designed to enable up to three separate operational patterns and teams, but also capacity for efficient access, servicing and staffing if in a consolidated contract. The cafe may have table service. Functions activities will have a wide variety of waiting staff service depending on the nature of the function. Detailed design of all food and beverage facilities must include specialist kitchen and bar design advice. The design must provide facilities for FOH staff change, both Ushers and Functions staff, without circulating in the theatrical backstage areas. Service access must be provided to all function areas using a minimum of public/foyer circulation – such as food deliveries and rubbish removal.



4.6.1 Bar Facilities Bars are required to serve each venue and level of audience capacity. Each bar is to include a local store area to manage stock and rubbish. If post-mix services are included, at least two post-mix rooms will be required, given limitations on post-mix pipe runs. The following bars and number of service station and staff are required:

Table 4.3: Bar Facilities Venue

Level Number of Bar Stations

Number of Staff

Proscenium Theatre 1 4 3-4

Proscenium Theatre 2 3 3-4

Studio Theatre 2 3 3-4

Function Rooms (if not combined with Proscenium Dress Circle bar)

As located 3 3-4

All bar serving stations are to be identical for ease of operation by bar staff. Every bar is to have a small drop-box safe located in the adjacent bar store which is to be accessed from the bar itself.

4.7 Disability Access The redevelopment is to be designed to provide full compliance with the National Construction Code / Building Code of Australia; AS 1428 Parts 1 – 4 inclusive; the Disability (Access to Premises – Buildings) Standard 2010; the Disability Discrimination Act 1992 to the extent reasonably identifiable; and applicable regulatory updates and Codes of Practice.

4.7.1 Access and Egress Universal access is to be provided throughout the building as follows, except where noted below: • Car parks, drop-off zones. • Lifts to be designed and rated for use during fire so that fire refuges will not be required.

(Given large lift car sizes required for materials handling, road cases, set pieces, etc) • Disability access and use is to be provided for control rooms and other technical areas except those noted below, to

maximise the potential for technicians with disabilities to be employed in the centre. • Disability movement from the audience to the stage is to be provided within the auditorium – that is the person should

not need to leave the room to access the stage (e.g. for an awards ceremony). • Disability access must also be provided throughout the stage and backstage areas to at least a representative

number of all backstage facilities. • Provision for hearing augmentation, signing and audio description in all venues including function rooms and

rehearsal rooms. • Fixed hearing augmentation facilities are to be provided at all ticketing counters, bars and serveries but not

temporary merchandising stands. • In addition to all auditoria and major function / conference rooms hearing assistance is to be installed in all identified

gathering / event spaces within the foyers (at least three no.), noting that the foyers are hireable event spaces. • All performance venue stages, but especially the Proscenium Theatre forestage, are to be designed to enable the

location of visual signing personnel. • Audio description rooms are to be provided to the Proscenium Theatre. • Large print signage. Disability Access Exemptions Exemptions to those specialised areas for which regulatory exemptions are applicable and to be confirmed by the design team with TRC approval via management plans and performance solutions as follows:



• technical access areas at heights (grid, catwalks and the like – but not exempting control rooms) • plant rooms • bars • kitchens and food servery

4.7.2 Accessible Theatre Seating The BCA / Premises Standard required number of wheelchair seating positions, in various locations in the auditorium, must be provided inclusive of the total seating capacity nominated. That is, the briefed venue capacity is to include the required wheelchair seating positions within this number as the standard ‘Box Plan’. Wheelchair / disability seating locations are required distributed across the range of seating prices available in the Box Plan where applicable. Provision is to be made for oversize electric wheelchairs. Companion seating options are to be provided with all wheelchair seating. Quickly removable seats for the full extent of accessible rows are to be provided to enable pre-booked large groups of people with disabilities (e.g. front and rear cross-aisles). Note that some persons with disabilities can be accommodated in seating locations other than regulatory requirements and these should be also catered for – such as people able to transfer into an end row seat with the usher removing the wheelchair. This is a less discriminatory and highly desirable seating arrangement, but not recognised in the Code. At suitable locations for transfers seat row ends must not obstruct wheelchair transfers – eg adopt fold-up arms. Accessible seating areas must be visually integrated with the general audience without separation, such as handrails, etc, to avoid the sense of a separate or ‘corralled’ location.

4.8 Security Systems The Stage Door entry is to be the staff and hirers’ personnel entry and location for the centre’s Stage Door Office and (usually) main building control systems – security, BAS, CCTV, keycards and so on. It is essential that sufficient area is provided to enable this busy facility to function effectively with deliveries loaded directly to 243 Deliveries Store. Electronic locking with a keycard system (whether existing or new) is to be adopted throughout the centre, with almost all rooms locked except such general purpose spaces as patron toilets. In dressing rooms, touring company offices and the musicians rooms key pad with key override locks are desirable. If electronic keying proves prohibitive, grand master keying will be required, with detailed analysis of access patterns.

4.8.1 Cash Management and Security Safes will be located in (at least) the following places: • Box Office Supervisor, hirer merchandising • Centre Administration • Cafe Office • All bar stores Drop-chutes are to be provided to safes to enable deposits without opening the safe. All cash-handling points of sale, safes and beverage storage facilities require CCTV surveillance.

4.8.2 Box Office Reception, Box Office Supervisor The Box Office Ticketing area and adjacent Box Office Supervisors office require security provisions for cash-handling. These include: • Duress alarms • CCTV surveillance • Drop-box safe



• Counter height / design to minimise intruder access • Patron queuing system (poles and ropes) • Lockable cupboards and drawers for securing resources and customer records However the counter design should be welcoming to patrons without obvious barriers and provide for universal access for both staff and patrons.

4.9 Fixtures, Fittings and Equipment (FF&E) Anticipated fixtures furniture and equipment that will be used in the rooms have been indicated in the Room Data Sheets and should be scheduled and confirmed with TPAC during schematic design to confirm that equipment and furniture storage areas will be sufficient, whether or not the loose furniture will be included in the construction contract, separate tender packages or provided by tenants. Equipment provision is to include trolleys as required to move equipment – such as for round and rectangular tables, stacked chairs, removable theatre seats, rostra components and so on. FF&E will be sourced in a variety of ways: • Fixtures provided in the Construction Contract • Loose equipment obtained in separate contracts • Furniture and equipment obtained/provided by TPAC, some of which may be existing, refer Section 17. All such FF&E must be taken into account in the design via documented furniture layouts, including furniture deployed and stored, with a variety of format layouts plus associated storage for each venue. Foyer furniture should include a variety of seating styles and opportunities to inhabit the foyer as a community “living room”. Groups of coded rubbish bins for separated waste recycling, in an integrated bin enclosure, are to be distributed in all areas. Schedules of existing equipment provided by TEV to be relocated from existing operations are to be included in furniture and equipment layouts and assessments of store rooms capacity, refer Section 17. The café operator may obtain dining furniture separately. The ABC will provide their own FF&E,. All other tenancy areas will have FF&E provided within the TPAC development process (that is Library, Art Gallery and TRCM).

4.10 Vehicle Provision, Service Access and Load-in Efficient access, standing/parking and movement of vehicles is essential for functional operation. The centre design must include provision for vehicles as follows. The recommended numbers of parks is to be identified in traffic analysis. • Buses – ideally 3, at minimum 2 no. stands close to either Peel Street or rear entries • Taxis and short-term private vehicles – short-term drop-off standing, number to be determined in traffic analysis • Taxi stand – ideally a taxi stand would be located in close proximity to the centre – to be negotiated by TRC with

local taxi businesses • Patron and staff car-parking – to be determined by traffic analysis and liaison with TRC • Drop-off / short-term standing for TRCM and other users – possibly at the rear of the centre • Bicycles – patron in either forecourt with excellent visual overview/surveillance • Bicycles – staff – secured, sheltered cage in rear car park or as determined • Patron car-parking – maximise replacement numbers achieved in the design.

Car-parking can be located within theatre dock sweep paths as operations staff will know when trucks are arriving. Relevant car parks will be cordoned off prior to truck arrivals

• Service vehicles as noted below. • Outside Broadcast vans locations to Peel Street and Events Plaza and both theatre docks



• Art Gallery loading dock and deliveries vehicles • Library book circulation vans and deliveries • ABC fleet parking Refer also to section 4.2.9 for traffic analysis and car parking.

4.10.1 Service Access and Load-in There are several differing access patterns for deliveries inwards and outwards – as follows, providing amenity up to the maximum vehicle type noted: • General service deliveries – small rigid truck or van up to 10m truck stand for

− General consumables – small rigid truck or van − Food and beverage – small rigid truck or van − Functions hirers equipment – small rigid truck, large rigid truck

• Rubbish storage and collection – large rigid truck with overhead clearance for skip lifting • Main theatre load-in / load-out – one vehicle stand taking from large rigid truck (8m+) up to articulated semi-trailer

(20+m), potentially multiple trucks attending • Studio Theatre load-in / load-out – one vehicle stand taking a 10m rigid truck or ideally a 20m articulated semi-trailer

if possible • A dock leveller or dock lift is to be provided at each theatre and service dock. • Theatre docks must be fully enclosed, or at a minimum with extensive roof and side wall canopies extending 5m

beyond the scene dock or receiving room door. Loading docks must adopt optimum truck tray to dock levels of 900-1000mm set-downs with trucks standing horizontally due to hazards with loading wheeled cases/objects on sloping trays. Truck access and rear access to the theatres shall be from Hill Street or via the laneway from Peel Street. If sufficient width is available the truck access lane should be wide enough to allow moving vehicles to pass others parked. It must be well lit for after-hours operation. The general service access and rubbish dock must be physically separate to the theatre dock. No catering or bar operations stock or rubbish are to use the theatre or gallery loading docks. General deliveries are to be made to the general service dock or Stage Door and not to Administration or Box Office.

Theatres dock - Queensland Performing Arts Centre (QPAC). Photo Craig Gamble



4.10.2 Maintenance and Access Facilities are to be designed to enable safe access and use during cleaning, maintenance and servicing activities with the lowest cost operation possible. For instance, design should evaluate and make provision for maintenance access to all internal and external areas and surfaces so that the centre will not need to hire access machinery (such as cherry-pickers or scissor lifts) for typical maintenance activities, such as facade cleaning or light globe changes. Working-at-heights access systems must not require staff to be qualified for harness and line use. The following maintenance requirements are to be resolved in the design: • Water and power connections on roofs for maintenance use, • Safe access systems to all facades, windows, wall surfaces and roofs, such as for cleaning, • Changing all light fitting globes without requiring externally hired access equipment (the centre will have elevated

work platforms), • Staircase and lift access to each major plant room, • Staircase and lift access to stagehouse grids and galleries, • Ladder access is acceptable only for secondary access / emergency exits to plant rooms, grids and under-stage

areas such as sumps or orchestra pit machinery space, • Roof access via ladders or stairs and walkways on roofs (not requiring harness and line rigging) • Simple access for hanging promotional material such as banners on a frequent basis by general staff (not requiring

harness and line rigging). • Easy access to services – pipes etc for testing and maintenance Cable routes should be exposed wherever possible to facilitate upgrade and new cable runs to be incorporated without opening up the building structure.

4.10.3 Storage Performance and functions centres require extensive storage located in close proximity to the functional space without changes in floor levels. Manual handling issues must be minimised through design wherever possible. Storage allocations must not be reduced. All storage areas must have FF&E plans of the intended storage stock during the schematic design phase to confirm actual storage meets the functional requirements. Storage areas must have: • Over-size and in some cases over-height access doors (usually double), • Door, wall and corner protection (easily replaced/repaired), • High clear heights. During schematic and detailed design, the storage items complements must be mapped onto storage areas based on equipment / storage lists provided by TPAC to confirm adequacy of storage provision. Auditorium / function room seat and furniture storage, theatre and acoustic equipment (eg sound shell), must have allocated storage on the building level they are used on.

4.11 TPAC Brand Identify and Signage Corporate Brand Identity TRC’s Entertainment Venues operation has an existing corporate brand identity which is likely to remain and which applies across all venues and events. The Tamworth Cultural Precinct and TPAC will require a new brand identity which is to developed in parallel with the TPAC design process to enable a degree of integration of brand, colour schemes etc within the facility design. This work, including logo, colour scheme, brand guide, letterhead, social media, digital signage guide, etc are to be developed by a graphic designer working in liaison with the TPAC design team. Current thinking about the precinct marketing includes:



Learn@ Laugh@ Eat@ Dine@ Gather@ Party@ Dance@ Unwind@ Celebrate@ Be Entertained@ The Precinct on Peel

Way-finding and other signage The following signage systems are to be designed and installed in or simultaneously with the construction contract, with design by a Graphic Design specialist. • Statutory hazardous materials signage (by architect) • A visually clear and easily understood Way-finding and Directional signage system also integrating room naming,

toilet signage, BCA/Disability, hearing assistance and Braille signage. • Sponsors and Donors Honour Boards • Sponsorship signage for room/venue names • Building memorial plaque, any existing plaques or foundation stones • Interpretive signage explaining facility sustainable design measures and related operation – such as simple

instruction panels in rooms for lighting and ventilation controls • Promotional signage to prominently display current and pending events, including external, illuminated, posters

enclosures, external and internal banners and toilet door inserts, preferably digital with central control • A large illuminated external sign, possibly free-standing, including a digital scrolling display or similar, is to be

provided on the Peel Street frontage • Building identity signage, illuminated on both frontages / entries • Prominent illuminated signs or screens internally identifying each venue • A large external signage element or striking artwork is desirable, such as on the Stagehouse fly tower structure, seen

in the round (i.e. four sided) from afar, if possible. All signage must be safely accessible for maintenance without harness systems, such as banner suspension points. Directional signage in the centre is to include wayfinding to the ABC tenancy Signage within the Library and Art Gallery building is to match their existing signage design protocol. The FTDB includes substantial provision of video screens in the centre to display marketing content, program information, café and bar menus as well as booking tablets to functions and other relevant rooms. The signage design proposal must develop a digital signage protocol integrated into the precinct brand identity for implementation by TPAC and TRAG, TCL staff in operation.

iGiven the precinct will be an ecosystem of like-minded but stand-alone brands and varying activities that not only are cultural but social as well, the use of the @ sign with a proceeding verb in front of The Precinct offers a malleable pallet for targeted marketing.

THE PRECINCT A place to meet, create and connect A place where memories are made A place to engage and be inspired A place to connect and be inspired A place to interact and be inspired Learn@THE PRECINCT Party@THE PRECINCT Theatre@ Music@ Art@

5: The Performance Venues


5 THE PERFORMANCE VENUES

5.1 Venue Design The proposed venues are to be current best world practice and designed to meet or exceed the applicable Victorian Association of Performing Arts Centres (VAPAC) benchmarks. The VAPAC guidelines OYBS define minimum requirements for the facilities. During all phases of the design process the design team is to report on compliance with the relevant OYBS benchmarks by tabulated comparison of the current design provision to the OYBS requirement in specific, measurable criteria (eg room dimensions, heights, areas technical installations and other functional requirements). No design feature is to be reduced below OYBS recommended criteria without written approval of the client. When developing a multi-venue centre it is important that the venues adopt a variety of performance and architectural forms to offer contrasting ambience and character, performance experiences and differing sizes of audience and style of production. The venue configurations depicted in the concept are indicative of the style of venue anticipated. The venue designs require detailed investigation as part of the design development to identify suitable layouts. Anticipated venue formats are as follows:

Table 5.1: Zone, Venue

Venue Formats: Auditorium Form

Performance Formats

500 Proscenium Theatre

Proscenium theatre with fixed proscenium opening, full fly tower, stalls seating and Dress Circle balcony seating.

Variable proscenium opening from full room width x 9m high (‘no’ proscenium) down to proscenium 9mW x 5m High.

Extend the Dress Circle around the forward sides of this room, such as ‘boxes’.

End stage, proscenium with partial forestage thrust on the orchestra pit.

600 Studio Theatre Contemporary open stage theatre capable of various formats subject to production design, some requiring one-off seating rostra installations.

The majority of audiences using a split retractable/modular seating bank capable of relocation within the room and out to the Events Plaza.

Rear technical gallery full width, upper level perimeter technical galleries with (ideally) a tension wire grid or catwalk bridges.

• End-stage, tiered seating. • Traverse or thrust formats with part tiered,

part flat floor seating on either axis. • Partial thrust stage via the use of side

audience seating and side galleries. • Promenade – flat floor, no seats. • Cabaret and other functions formats with

dining and loose seating layouts, including partial deployment of retractable seats.

• In-the-round • Performances rotated to present to a large

external audience on the Plaza – with temporary level seating, dance style, etc.

700 The Salon One-room recital space with technical installations within the room.

• End-stage with raked or flat seating (or no seating)

• Traverse or thrust formats with part tiered, part flat floor seating.

• Cabaret, comedy • Functions, exhibitions, trade shows

420 Rehearsal Studios

While primarily rehearsal spaces, the studios may be used for small events & performances, especially during festivals. These events should be able to operate with minimal TPAC staff involvement (for low hire cost) – such as one theatre technician.

• End-stage, traverse or thrust using modular rostra seating.

• RS 1 mobile retractable unit seating, say, 40 people.



5.2 Actor-Audience Relationship and Sightlines It is vital that actors have a sense that the audience envelops their performance, while the audience should experience a sense of community with fellow audience members and actors. Both these senses are greatly assisted if the layout locates the audience as close to the stage as possible, with fellow audience members within their sightline. For this reason curved rows and balconied arrangements are preferable to straight seating rows.

“Warm responsive auditoriums of more than 150 or 200 seats generally have a gallery or number of galleries which wrap around the space, so as to enfold the performing area in a welcoming embrace.” – Architecture, Actor & Audience, Iain Mackintosh, Routledge, 1993, p128

From the stage the actor’s viewing field should be filled with audience as much as possible, with some below the actor’s eye level. For this reason, the appearance of a raised stage is ideal, however it is highly desirable for disability access that stage floor levels match or are very close to foyer levels. This requires the front seating rows (at least three rows) to descend below foyer floor level, usually resulting in a cross aisle behind these rows with wheelchair seating positions.

“Ideally the audience is... divided with half below the eyeline of the standing actor (horizontal plus 5 degrees...) and half above that line.” – Architecture, Actor & Audience, Iain Mackintosh, Routledge, 1993, p135

This is a geometric relationship, not a spatial separation. The audience should appear a single integrated group as much as possible. Central aisles must not be adopted as these divide the audience, however capacity to remove seats to create a centre aisle for production reasons is highly desirable. Therefore a seating pit (not an orchestra pit) may be relevant for the Studio Theatre, although not essential or specified as it is a relatively small room. A seating pit can also be used by productions as a scenic device or grave trap etc. Such a pit must be convertible to a flat floor for other uses. Easily removable seats, manually handled pit covers and storage trolleys, or similar, will be required (refer The Cube, Wodonga) as a pit lift is unlikely to be affordable. Intimacy is a function of envelopment and proximity of actor and audience. Ideal sightlines do not of themselves provide intimacy if the sightline is from too distant a location. To create a strong sense of envelopment usually requires some audience seats with less than perfect sightlines but which benefit from close proximity to the performance while contributing to the overall performance experience. In larger theatres a range of seat prices (a, B, C Reserve ets) usually address this variation in sightline quality, which also gives patrons choice of price. Smaller venues are likely to be ticketed as General Admission (unallocated seating as a single price) but their small scale normally provides excellent sightlines and engagement by virtue of their size. “Fan-shaped” theatres arose out demand for “perfect” sightlines, and have comprehensibly proven that perfect sightlines without attention to intimacy makes a poor theatre. Therefore a classic fan shaped auditorium with increasing width taper (from stage) should be avoided. Balustrade design must address reduced balustrade heights in front of the balcony front rows and oblique sightlines from side seats. Lightweight, easily removable balustrade panels (with associated storage trolleys) are required whenever pits may be open, posing a fall hazard. See further discussion at section 5.4 Proscenium Theatre.

5.2.1 Natural Daylight Contrary to expectation or tradition, natural daylight is highly desirable in backstage areas for working sessions and non-performance events. It is important in almost all backstage areas for visual relief, to support normal circadian rhythms and health and well-being, and therefore a high priority to make the long hours spent in the backstage by cast and crew less tiring. Any daylight into venues (such as rehearsal rooms) must be capable of glare control when uncovered, and full blackout. Such controls must have automated operation with maintenance access provided to operating mechanisms. The Studio Theatre in particular would benefit from external views (such as to the hill skyline above) for non-performance events, which would greatly enhance its attraction to non-performance hirers.



5.3 Theatre Seating Venue seating characteristics shall be as below:

Table 5.2 Venue

Theatre Seats Requirements

Proscenium Theatre

Upholstered, folding seat theatrical chairs with arms.

Studio Theatre Upholstered, folding retractable system seats with arms. Matching loose upholstered ganged chairs for additional flat floor events

The Salon Upholstered loose, stackable upholstered chairs for additional flat floor events. To match Studio and Function chairs for interchangeability.

Rehearsal Studios

Stackable loose chairs, preferably with upholstered seat, to match Function chairs. RS1 upholstered, folding retractable system seats with arms to match loose chairs.

Theatre seat selection must include consideration of: • Patron comfort in the seat, width and row spacing, to avoid patron complaints • Long durability and interchangeability of parts • Materials and finishes durability • Structural capacity for heavier patrons given current obesity trends • Acoustic performance similar to when occupied by a patron to resemble room acoustics during rehearsals • Ease of re-upholstering • Capacity for aisle numbering and lighting on ends • Capacity for seat numbering and donor plaques (usually on seat back) • Provision for some patrons to transfer sideways onto end seats from wheelchairs • Provision of customised trolleys to store an adequate complement of removable seats when not in use. All loose seats in the centre must be identical for interchangeable use. The following theatre seating requirements apply: Row spacing: Minimum 950mm, preferably 1000mm Seat Width: Minimum 520mm wide (not applicable to loose seats) – possibly narrower in smaller venues.

The final width is to be confirmed during design in relation to the number of seats achieved. Base frame: Standard fixed pedestal mount base – may include displacement supply air reticulation in the

Proscenium Theatre (only) Removable Seats: Removable pedestal mounts where required must have an easy action and leave the floor

surface flush with no protrusions. Seat Squabs: Silent gravity tip, no springs, fully re-upholstered seat squab with zip off covers. Upholstered

back squab with fabric adhesive fixed over plywood back of the seat. Zip-off covers for cleaning are highly desirable.

Removable parts: Seats, backs and arms should be removable to enable their rotation around the auditorium to extend the life of the seat upholstery.

Row end panels: Provide capacity for wheelchair transfers to end seats. Aisle Lighting: Low voltage LED aisle lights (in row end panels or in tread nosings). Aisle lighting must be

downcast so that it does not present a light source or glare to performers.



Seat bolsters: Seat bolsters are to be provided in matching upholstery (10% of total number of seats). For eg shorter people and children.

Arm Rests: Upholstered or timber shaped arm rests. Seat Numbers: Seat numbers are required to all seats, with high durability material and fixing with characters

engraved and filled for visual contrast and 5% spare. Upholstery fabric: Must have a Martindale Rub factor minimum 60,000. Spare material: 10% spare upholstery material is to be provided. Spare Parts: 5% spare seat parts should be provided for maintenance/replacement. Usher seats To be provided at all public auditorium entry points. Prototype seats are to be provided to TPAC for approval and to be retained on site as control samples for the fabrication of ALL seats.

5.4 The Proscenium Theatre (500)

Sumner Theatre 550 seats, Melbourne Theatre Company: photo Craig Gamble

Hampstead Theatre, balcony seating, variable formats up to 375 seats, London: photo Craig Gamble

The Proscenium Theatre is to be designed to the OYBS 4 Star benchmark. Technical installations are described in section 8. Primary uses are drama, musical theatre and opera, acoustic and amplified, large concerts (e.g. Sydney Symphony),



dance/ballet and circus. Secondary uses are for conferences, lectures, civic and commercial events, cinematic projection and so on. The proscenium built (‘hard’) opening is to be oversized to accommodate contemporary and emerging production designs that often feature an open stage and minimal sets or masking, which also suits orchestral use and circus. When required it can be masked down to a variety of sizes via adjustable teaser and tormenter panels and the house curtain pelmet. Adjustable / retractable ‘Juliet’ balconies forward of the proscenium are highly desirable (refer MTC Sumner Theatre). The forestage pit (orchestra pit) lift will enable a ‘thrust’ stage to be adopted forward of the proscenium line. Sightlines from seats should be set to the front of this forestage, not the fixed stage apron. The Proscenium stage floor is to be built as a fully trappable floor structure to enable production designs including traps such as stairs, hatches, drops, “graves” and ponds or pools to be formed in the stage. For example, the play Tartuffe, requires a pool at stage front. Stage floor requirements for trapping include: • Optimum: a modular floor structure enabling one or more modules to be removed as required without affecting

overall floor stability (refer The Sumner Theatre, MTC), or, • Minimum: a structure with floor joists designed for single span loadings so that any joist can be removed without

affecting the integrity of adjacent spans, • All connections bolted to enable easy removal (no glues used), • Supporting structural posts in the under-stage with bolted floor connections to enable their full removal down to floor

level, preferably without creating trip hazards at floor connections. • All elements of the stage structure must be sized to be capable of man-handling by as few staff as possible (WHS). The stage floor construction itself is described in section 8.2.1. As a 600 seat venue balcony seating is desirable to locate the audience as close as possible to the stage and within the 4 Star 20m maximum sightline from the proscenium line. Seating Configuration for Intimacy and Variable Use To envelop the performance in audience it is highly desirable to wrap the audience around the sides of the room as did the traditional and highly successful ‘horseshoe’ theatre. This approach recognises that some seats will have less than perfect stage sightlines but close proximity to the performance while contributing to the overall performance experience.

Traditional ‘horseshoe’ lyric proscenium theatre showing excellent audience envelopment of the stage: Oamaru Opera House 1903-2007

As already noted, fan shaped auditoria are not to be adopted, and it is noteworthy that both traditional and good new theatre auditoria are often close to rectangular in shape apart from a segmented rear wall. Many performances will not present to full houses and it is important to be able, through design, to reduce the apparent scale of the room to retain intimacy for those events, and to prevent performers feeling that they are addressing an expanse of empty seats. This is particularly important as touring companies and community groups may not initially be able to attract large audiences, but will to develop their audiences over time. Strategies for this can include:



• Not selling the balcony seating to concentrate the audience in the stalls: with no lighting to the balcony enabling the

space to ‘disappear’. • A mid stalls crossover and parterre can enable a curtain hung from the balcony underside to mask out the rear stalls

seating, with an open control position on the crossover, reducing the effective stalls areas to 200-300 seats. This requires careful consideration of room acoustic character when the curtain is in use.

The Hampstead Theatre below is a good example of where rear seating galleries can be closed to make the house feel small and intimate. Side boxes close to the proscenium trade an incomplete stage view for great intimacy close to the performance. As a multi-purpose house, including both acoustic and amplified music, the proscenium theatre will need variable acoustic treatment to adjust the room acoustic to the event quickly and easily.

Hampstead Theatre, London – rear seating galleries and proscenium side boxes

Room Character The rooms should be warm and contemporary with fine surface diffusion for acoustic purposes also creating a decorative wall treatment. The architecture must be welcoming and attractive, but not so strong as to distract from or compete with the production design once the performance is in progress.

5.5 The Studio Theatre (600) The Studio Theatre is a smaller variable format contemporary venue, seating up to 200 and able to accommodate 400+ standing patrons. It is to be capable of a variety of formats as noted above with capability to locate stages / acting areas anywhere within the room with associated capacity to control and present the events. The rooms is to read as a single space with continuous finishes throughout, supporting its use for other purposes such as conferences, functions and other flat floor events. A working stage floor is to be provided throughout. The primary uses of the Studio have been identified as spoken word theatre, dance, amplified music with conferences and functions as a secondary use. It may also be used for exhibition and trade show display (such as during a conference) and Library or Art Gallery events, lectures, projection, and TRCM concerts. It is intended that the Studio Theatre will have a major stage opening into the adjacent event plaza to allow externally presented, free flowing or extended performances. An external stage adjacent to the rear opening is to be sheltered by a large canopy to protect performers, instruments and equipment. Audience access to the space will be primarily from ground level. A small number of audience seats on the rear gallery may be considered in order to provide increased variety of accessible seating locations. If provided these seats should be accessible from the main seating block and from entry locks on the gallery level. Dedicated Studio backstage facilities are to be provided adjacent, preferably including a dedicated theatre dock. However, the Studio backstage should interconnect well with the general backstage facilities (800) to enable flexibility in the allocation of facilities between respective venues depending the size of casts and crews present.



5.6 The Salon (700) The Salon is to be a fine music venue with extremely high standards of room acoustic performance for acoustic (non-amplified) and amplified music and performances. It should have a very high standard of interior architecture incorporating acoustic treatment (refer The Salon, Melbourne Recital Centre and similar standard venues). Audience seating will be usually be flat floor in various formats from row seating through to cabaret and jazz (2-4 person small tables). Temporary modular raised stages / rostra will be used as required for each event, and possibly a few tiers of seating/dining tables. Ability to serve food and beverages into the room during events is essential. Access from a theatre dock for large objects (staging trolleys), instruments, a full grand piano and miscellaneous objects is essential.

5.7 Recording Studio (710) The recording suite will be used for and by local community and artists making and producing recordings, podcasts etc, and Centre or ABC staff making recordings of events. It could also be used by TPAC, Library and Art Gallery staff for creating audio content for marketing, social media, etc. It is hoped that use of this space will attract youth activity in the centre. It will be subject to programming and booking as for other revenue-generating spaces. While it can be located independently of venues, it must be readily accessed from public foyer areas. Location adjacent to and with viewing to the Salon is ideal given the Salon is a fine music venue and recordings of Salon events may take place in the Recording Studio.

6: Functions and Rehearsal Rooms


6 FUNCTIONS AND REHEARSAL ROOMS (400)

6.1 General Requirements The Function Rooms are required to meet the OYBS Zone 4 Presentation Venues – Function Rooms benchmarks. The function rooms and board room will be used for a wide range of flat floor meetings, seminars, banquets, dinner-dance and other events including small performances during festivals, but are not intended to be used for rehearsal. Both facilities should optimise site opportunities for attractive views. All rooms should have access to production relay, audio-visual and internet / data services with high quality projection capability. The Board Room should be fitted out as a high quality hireable video-conference room, with suitable technology and colour scheme. Functions Design Options The Function Rooms (or at least one) must have access to a generously sized outdoor area that can be secured for use solely by event attendees. TRC consider that a roof-top terrace could be a desirable outdoor functions space in conjunction with the function rooms, including an external bar. This could take advantage of views over the river and valley. Refer to the rooftop terrace and meeting rooms at the Council offices. This could be explored further in subsequent design. The emergence of the rear Events Plaza was seen as a highly valuable outdoor events space, and this took precedence over the functions terrace. Instead, the balcony shown provides a smaller outdoor space adjacent to the function room. The unified Dress Circle and Functions Room bar was also considered highly desirable in lieu of providing two separate bar facilities, enabling staffing efficiencies. Locating the Functions kitchen immediately above the café kitchen allows for considerable services and servicing efficiency using the lift opening directly to service areas for both F&B services and waste management.

6.1.1 Function Room Flooring Flooring should typically be T&G timber, except to the Board Room. Timber floorboards must be minimum 25mm thick solid timber to enable sanding and re-finishing many times in the life of the building. T&G floors should be finished in organic oils not polyurethane (eg China wood oil, tung oil) for ease of maintenance touch up, slip resistance (to be confirmed) and sustainability. All flooring must be capable of taking equipment point loads for ceiling access equipment such as EWPs.

6.1.2 Daylight Control and Black-out Functions and Board Rooms must have excellent natural daylight, such that lights may not be required during bright days, while also having brown-out and black-out capacity, as noted on the Room Data Sheets. Any high level windows must have operable remote controls of both opening (ventilation) and blinds (black-out). Glare control (such as blinds) is essential, preferably automated.

6.1.3 Functions Servicing Function rooms must be supported by adequate power, technical infrastructure, storage and servicing spaces close to the function room: • Heating, plating up, serving • Dish washing, • Waste management • Nearby storage areas must provide floor area sufficient for the full equipment list demonstrated by storage planning.

6: Functions and Rehearsal Rooms


Storage area allocations should be investigated, reviewed and possibly increased during design.

6.2 Board Room The Board Room is to be a high quality meeting room available for community and commercial hire used for meetings, video-conferencing, seminars and small performances during festivals and so on. It should be supported by a store enabling all furniture to be stored and small kitchenette for food and beverage service. As a ‘boutique’ venue within the centre it can be featured to both the foyers and street, further enhancing the activation of the centre.

6.3 Rehearsal Studios The Rehearsal Studios are to be sized to enable full stage acting area mark-ups of respectively the Proscenium and Studio stages plus circulation zones. Optimum layouts provide minimum 1.0m unobstructed circulation outside the acting area on three sides, and a 4m deep zone on one side (3m minimum). This enables the Director to have a broad view of the action, and also enables a musical ensemble to perform during rehearsals. No services or fittings may intrude into the circulation zone (fire extinguishers, etc). High ceilings with technical rigging capacity are essential to enable dance rehearsal. Wall structures & surfaces must be capable of impacts from bodies in motion. The Rehearsal Studios will be used by: • Touring companies to rehearse while crew bump-in the show • Community and emerging professional groups in the production phase of performance events • Local dance schools, possibly with regular hires • RS1: occasional small performances by emerging and local groups still developing their capacity to attract an

audience • Occasionally as break-out / seminar rooms for a conference • Community meetings • Potentially events such as tai-chi, yoga classes • TRCM ensemble rehearsals • As overflow dressing rooms / marshalling areas for large events such as annual dance school presentations –

technical infrastructure connectivity should be provided between the various performance spaces. The Studios must have access from lower levels for large set objects to assist rehearsal, instruments, upright and baby grand piano as well as various types of furniture and equipment. Both studios must have fully sprung dance floors with a removable dance surface (Tarkett or similar) covering. Flooring should be robust, plain, without reflection and easily re-finished for maintenance. It must suitable for marking up (masking tape, pain marks) – such as sealed, oiled or painted plywood, Structaflor or the like. There must be no glare, reflections or major visual contrasts on the floor as these are a hazard for dancers. All flooring, including sprung floors, must be capable of taking equipment point loads for ceiling access equipment such as scissor lifts used on stages. A basic pipe grid shall be provided in each rehearsal room and a full surround drape track and black wool drape set shall be provided to each space. Refer to the Room Data Sheets for further fit-out details.

7: Backstage Requirements (800)


7 BACKSTAGE REQUIREMENTS (800)

Backstage accommodation and support spaces are required to support venue operations, venue management, technical crew and artists with their work. The back of house is a working performing arts factory and needs to be planned and designed taking into account all necessary material handling, OH&S, and circulation requirements so that the process of loading and unloading of scenery and production equipment, construction and erection of sets and the running of productions is undertaken in an efficient and safe manner. All personnel areas backstage are workplaces. They should have similar appropriate standards of accommodation to those expected of office based occupations including natural light, adequate workstation space, ambience, environmental comforts etc. Overflow spaces are required that can operate as supplementary dressing or assembly rooms for large numbers of performers – such as the rehearsal rooms and green room. All offices, staff accommodation and other selected areas backstage must be provided with program relay (audio and video) and Stage Managers calls from the Proscenium, Studio and Salon theatres.

7.1 Production and Stage Support (820) Refer section 4.10 for service access.

7.1.1 Dock office, Stage door and Security Stage door is the staff entry point for the theatres and the delivery contact point for any productions on stage or in rehearsal. Stage Door can also form the front element of the required security and building services hub of the loading dock if desired. The Deliveries store, receiving up to pallet loads of materials should be close by for ease of delivery control, unless a separate location is determined for the general delivery dock.

7.1.2 Theatrical Loading Docks Refer section 4.10. Theatre loading docks are a critical part of effective stage operations and must not be compromised. Both theatre docks must adopt a 0.9m to 1.0m upstand to stage floor level, with trucks standing horizontally level, served by a scissor lift or dock leveller. It is extremely undesirable that any theatres are served by lift from docks located on other floor levels rather than at stage level.

7.1.3 Technical Office and Crew Facilities Theatres use many technical staff engaged on a casual basis, often for short term ‘calls’. Crew numbers will vary over the bump-in, technical set-up, performance and bump- out periods of a production and they need secure facilities to store their personal belongings, and to shower, toilet etc, without using dressing rooms. Their support facilities should be in close proximity to the technical office and loading docks.

7.1.4 Theatrical Stores A wide variety of stores for different purposes are required. All must be secured, and provide suitable storage / racking systems for the contents. Theatrical equipment is a considerable investment for the centre and must be adequately protected and secured. Provision of adequate storage in close proximity to where items are used is essential to facilitate efficient operations.



As a rule of thumb the area of stage related stores on or adjacent to the stages should be at least ½ the acting area of the stages. These spaces need not be in one block, but must be directly accessible from the scene dock and stage areas. To minimise equipment movement time and injuries caused by excessive lifting theatrical stores must be located on stage and scene dock level. Each store must have customised storage systems suitable for the items stored – to be developed with the TPAC operations team during design.

Drapes, Lighting and Cable Storage, Malthouse Theatre. Photos: V Ross

Piano and Large Instrument Store Required for the safe secure storage of any pianos or other large valuable delicate equipment – noting that a good quality grand piano can cost over $100,000. Dust free, lined with carpet to 1500AFL, with suitable direct, level journey to stage(s). Climate controlled for instrument condition stability at the same environment as the Proscenium and Salon rooms. Props (Properties) Store The Props store is important for the management of small props used in performance, preparation of food and drinks included in the performance on stage, hence the need for a small kitchenette, and a safe for the secure storage of valuable items and weapons, all of which involve workplace health and safety issues.



7.2 Performer and Crew Support

Backstage wing atrium floods the dressing rooms, laundries and access routes with light while celebrating the original historic building wall, Oamaru Opera House, NZ. Photo: Stephen Goodenough

Performers, production teams and crew can spend long periods of time in the venue when touring (their ‘home away from home’) therefore requiring suitable facilities to relax, prepare and eat meals, sleep/nap, wash and rehearse in their dressing rooms or other facilities as well as in rehearsal rooms. Natural daylight access to backstage areas is important for visual relief, to support normal circadian rhythms and health and well-being, and therefore a high priority to make the long hours spent in the backstage by cast and crew less tiring.

7.2.1 Green Room

Theatre Green Room – Albany WA. Photo: Craig Gamble



The green room is the lounge and dining room for the cast and crew of productions/hirers. It should be accessible from the dressing rooms and access to Front of House is highly desirable. Careful design can allow the green room to double as a meeting, assembly or training room for in house or external hirers. Natural daylight and external views are highly desirable to enable visual relief and relaxation from the very internalised spaces in which they work. Access to fresh air and a balcony or terrace garden is highly desirable.

7.2.2 Production Wardrobe and Laundry Facilities Production maintenance and operational needs require performance venues to have a wardrobe / laundry space within the backstage areas. Two small commercial quality laundries are required, one each for the Proscenium and Studio theatres. The Salon can shared whichever of these laundries is available, most probably the Proscenium. Laundries must accommodate: • Commercial grade washing machines and dryers • Double laundry sinks in benches with storage for laundry resources • Drying cabinet (wigs, costumes) in Proscenium laundry only • Ironing boards – not wall mounted • Appropriate exhaust ventilation • Acoustic noise isolation from Dressing Rooms and stages • Suitable storage for small amounts of chemicals and cleaning products The Wardrobe facility, co-located with the Proscenium laundry must accommodate: • 1x sewing station, full length mirror, ironing board, costume rack(s)

Theatre wardrobe & laundry – QPAC and Arts Centre Melbourne: photo by Craig Gamble

7.2.3 Touring Company Offices These are important for touring companies to use for management purposes while in residency in the centre, hence provision of one in the Proscenium & Salon backstage and another in the Studio backstage. They should be suitable for two staff workstations and associated equipment brought in (computers, phones, printer) and a makeup station to enable use as a Dressing Room if needed.

7.2.4 Dressing Rooms Multiple Dressing Rooms are required capable of serving the various venues. Ideally Proscenium and Studio dressing rooms are located in close proximity and easy circulation to both stages so that the allocation of rooms to venues can be varied with the events in occupation. All dressing rooms are work environments, often occupied for long periods of time, and therefore must be comfortable,



warm (or cool) and have acoustic treatment to make them suitable for performer warm-up – vocal or instrumental. All Dressing Rooms should have, at least, acoustic ceilings and may require wall treatment. Excellent, colour balanced side lighting for makeup is required, while general lighting must be dimmable. Dressing Rooms must have sufficient space for wardrobe racks and some comfortable furniture such as armchairs or couches, especially in the smaller capacity rooms (Principal and Actors). Given the unusual hours worked by performers they may sleep / nap during the day and the capacity to do so is important for workplace health and safety. All Dressing Rooms must have oversize doors for the movement of furniture and instruments (eg 1+half leaves). Principal Dressing Rooms must have ensuite toilet and bathroom facilities – at least one of each pair accessible, if not both. Toilet facilities must NOT be included within Dressing Rooms, except as Ensuite facilities. Dressing Rooms and their sanitary amenities will not be designated for Male or Female due to varying gender balance in different user/hirer groups – therefore adopt water closets in partitions instead of urinals in all cases. Principal and Actor dressing rooms should be located at the relevant venue stage floor level. If this is not possible an additional Quick Change accessible dressing room must be provided at stage level for shared use and use by actors with disabilities. An accessible toilet facility must be provided at stage level for all venues. Four sizes of Dressing Room are described in the Data Sheets: Dressing Room – Principal: RDS 615 (Studio), 826 (BOH) Shared between two persons with dedicated makeup stations and shared hand basin integrated into the makeup bench, with attached Ensuite bathroom. Capable of accommodating wardrobe racks, ironing boards, some comfortable furniture and an upright piano. Dressing Room – Actors: RDS 830 (BOH) 4–6 actors / performers with dedicated makeup positions for each performer and shared hand basins integrated into the makeup benches. An allowance of 4-5m2 per occupant has been made to allow for makeup benches, circulation, wardrobe racks, ironing boards and some comfortable furniture. Furniture layouts including all these items must be prepared to demonstrate the functionality of the designed rooms. Dressing Room – Ensemble / Chorus: RDS 834 (BOH) 16–20 performers per room, at least two ensemble rooms. Capacity for circulation, wardrobe racks, ironing boards and some comfortable furniture. Wash-hand troughs with multiple outlets can be used for Ensemble/Chorus Rooms. Dressing Room – Actors/Ensemble: RDS 619 (Studio) 6–8 actors / performers with dedicated makeup positions for each performer and shared hand basins integrated into the makeup benches. An allowance of 4-5m2 per occupant has been made to allow for makeup benches, circulation, wardrobe racks, ironing boards and some comfortable furniture. Furniture layouts including all these items must be prepared to demonstrate the functionality of the designed rooms. Makeup benches must comprise: • 1.0m wide x 600 deep min bench with knee clearance, per person • Mirror at each seating position, with vertical side lighting either side extending from 900–1600mm high AFL,

with neutral warm colour lamps side-lighting and local lighting control, • At least 2x double GPO with USB points per makeup station, • Adjacent inset wash hand basin shared between two stations except in Chorus rooms, • Wheelchair accessible benches in appropriate proportions of benches Capacity to sub-divide large rooms (eg Chorus) easily (with dual entries) or to open up and interconnect some smaller dressing rooms is desirable provided that sufficient space remains for wardrobe and dressing activities. Chorus rooms should also be suitable for conduct of production gatherings / meetings. Sanitary Facilities – Ensembles, Chorus Principal and Actor Dressing rooms are to have ensuite bathrooms, of which one of each pair should be accessible.



Chorus or general ensemble dressing rooms will have separate toilets and showers. For flexibility of use it is preferable for toilets and showers to be separate rooms independently accessed rather than aggregated into (for example) male and female blocks with combined toilets and showers. All rooms and facilities are to be gender neutral for flexibility of room allocation and all are to adopt shaver points and toilet pans in cubicles instead of urinals. Musicians’ Facilities: RDS 839 & 840 A secure assembly room and adjacent toilet are to be provided for musicians in addition to performers dressing rooms. While large instruments will be accommodated in the instrument store, small instruments will be stored by musicians in the Musicians’ Room lockers or cubicles, noting that instruments can be extremely valuable. The room must be acoustically suitable for musicians to warm-up before performances. Provision of two makeup stations will assist musicians preparation and also enable the room to be used as overflow dressing rooms for large casts (such as dance schools).

Dressing room examples

8: Venue Technical Installations and Operations


8 VENUE TECHNICAL INSTALLATIONS AND OPERATIONS

Refer to section 21 for the updated concept design technical equipment schedule and budget. To support the diversity of productions and events possible within the various venues, other spaces and public areas all spaces should be provided with integrated technical systems including rigging, communications, AV, audio sound systems, lighting and presentation systems that are simple, but expandable to suit current and future needs. A complete cabling and rack infrastructure, dedicated power supply and technical earth and other necessary equipment should be included to fully support the production operations of the venues and spaces. A comprehensive cabling and cabling patch system is to allow interconnectivity of all performance venues throughout the building. These systems are to include stage lighting, audio, video, RGBHV, MATV, stage managers communications, programme relay, paging, technical data networks, single and multimode fibre optic connectivity between the performance spaces via a suitable patch bay. All infrastructure and equipment should be professional industry quality, consistent and compatible across all areas. Without robust and flexible infrastructure systems and equipment the venues will be less adaptable for users and events which may impact up on venue utilisation and increase the operational costs.

8.1 Technical Installations The planning, design and specification of technical installations shall take into account the fully professional operations of TPAC clients, with particular reference to reliable operation and optimised running costs, maintenance expenditure and other ongoing factors.

8.1.1 Stage Management Systems Stage Management systems refer to the communications, paging and video distribution systems that are used to manage the stage, auditorium and foyer activities in a venue. Housing various systems and communication controls a Stage Management Console (SMC) is a critical part of the operation of any performance venue. A comprehensive stage management system is required comprising: • Programme relay • Paging to FOH and backstage areas • Production talkback • White and blue work lights system • CCTV provision is to include three systems:

− normal stage management purposes, including show relay to dressing rooms and other spaces − hazard awareness during flying operation, − archival show recording, routable to foyer or function areas.

Full stage lighting and control, main house and foyer sound systems are required Full integration with all foyer, dressing rooms and other area communications is required.



Stage manager’s console Sumner Th MTC; Lighthouse Theatre, Warrnambool. Photos Craig Gamble

8.1.2 Production Comms (Talkback) Infrastructure cabling should be provided for a digital intercom system of at least two separate rings for each theatre and the Salon to allow various groups of talkback to relevant points at all strategic areas within backstage and front-of-house spaces. Wireless headset communications should be included in preliminary budgets.

8.1.3 Paging and show relay systems Paging from the stage managers control to other parts of the building is an important part of ensuring productions run smoothly and the show relay system using camera/s located in the auditoriums allows people removed from the stage such as cast in the dressing rooms, musicians located away from the stage, security at stage door, staff in the green room, performers in rehearsal rooms or late comers in the foyer etc to see and hear what is occurring on stage. Backstage paging and performance relay systems should be provided in the dressing rooms, green room, stage door, crew rooms, overflow assembly spaces (rehearsal studios), workshops and backstage corridors as a part of the stage management systems for each theatre. As part of the show relay system a suitable microphone and cabling should be provided to allow program relay input to the required hearing assistance systems. A network of video cables to the central patch area is to allow set up of video stage monitoring, to stage and FOH areas. This cabling should also connect to the TRC IT systems allowing distribution of content from the auditoriums to other spaces if required.

8.1.4 Stage Worklights For venue and production safety systems white and, in many areas, blue work lights systems are required in of the venues and associated spaces (such as Sound and Light Locks). These systems, centrally controlled within each of the performance spaces via local and master switching operating via a programmable computer or similar central control, and are to provide adequate illumination for normal fit-up or maintenance activity and to afford safe movement for performers and technicians during rehearsal and performance.

8.1.5 Front of House systems There are various building wide paging, background music, digital signage requirements that will affect operations of the entire building.



The theatres and function rooms have specific additional FOH operational requirements such as local control of foyer chimes, FOH announcements and latecomer screens showing direct program relay from the applicable venues stage. All equipment noted below is to be professional quality and to current industry standards and quantities, without exception. The theatre and entertainment systems technical installations are to be selected and specified by a highly experienced theatre planning consultant.

Table 8.1 Element

Technical Infrastructure Requirements Technical requirements

Comment

Audio Control Digital and Analogue capability to be supported Primary systems to be digital

Lighting control Connection via Ethernet or DMX to lighting data network

All systems to be RDM compatible

All systems to be networked

Digital projection systems

Dedicated ethernet based system to various locations in the theatre to support primary cinema, presentation and delay screen purposes for events

Venue Technical Data Network

Complete dedicated data network in star topology linking all venue spaces

Venue stand-alone but linked to other facilities to be considered

Production Communications -

Compatible but separate from each venue

Digital wireless systems

Min 2 loop systems

Stage Management systems

Dedicated SM consoles with -

Selectable paging to Dressing rooms, Green rooms, rehearsal studios workshops, foyers, scene stores etc with • Audience recall chimes • Timers and clock • Programme relay monitors • Production communications control system • Phone connection to base building systems • Cue light system for Proscenium Theatre • Other systems and equipment as required

Programme relay systems (Audio and Visual) for:

To include cameras and microphones providing stage view and audio from auditorium to technical areas, dressing rooms, green room, foyer latecomer screens, hearing augmentation systems etc

Additional camera and microphone locations for production requirements: • Foyers • Theatre offices • Proscenium Theatre • Studio Theatre • Salon • Rehearsal studios • Green rooms • Dressing rooms

Dedicated systems not part of base building networks.

CCTV provisions for these spaces will include three systems:

1. for normal stage management or orchestral purposes;

2. For hazard awareness during performance operations,

3. For archival show recording, this to be routable to foyer or function areas.



Table 8.1 Element

Technical Infrastructure Requirements Technical requirements

Comment

• TRCM • Cinema / Event Plaza • OB locations • Stage door/Dock office • Interlinked equipment racks

FOH Systems Provide FOH Chimes, house manager announcement microphones, PA system, latecomer screens and digital signage to: • Proscenium Theatre • Studio Theatre • Salon • Rehearsal studios • TRCM • Outdoor Theatre / Event Plaza • OB location • Interlinked equipment racks

As part of full, zoned, digital signage system for public areas. Local input and control required for theatre zones

Fibre Optic and Cat7 cabling for:

• Proscenium Theatre • Studio Theatre • Salon • Rehearsal studios • TRCM • Outdoor Theatre / Event Plaza • OB location • Interlinked equipment racks

As part of building services provide to primary control locations, OB location and primary equipment racks

Worklight systems • Proscenium

Theatre • Studio Theatre • Salon • Other adjoining

areas as required

White lights shall be instant re-start type.

Blue lights shall be located where required to afford safe movement for performers and technicians during rehearsal and performance.

Outlets at stage and under stage levels and other areas to feed relocatable blue lights as required.

To provide adequate illumination for normal fit-up or maintenance activity, including some units on scenery battens over stage.

They shall be shielded to avoid direct visibility from any part of the auditorium

Venue specific systems with main control in prompt corner, will require specialist design input

WiFi Provide full WiFi coverage to building As part of building services

8.2 The Proscenium Theatre Performance based requirements of the current BCA enable the stage and auditorium areas to be constructed as a single fire zone – a critical strategy for theatre design. This allows the use of demountable or adjustable elements to provide variable stage opening, or different staging formats to suit various production styles. The auditorium is likely to have seating across two levels extending either side to the vicinity of the proscenium line in order to achieve appropriately short sightline distances to the stage, enhancing intimacy. The stage will be raised above the auditorium front seating rows however direct universal access is to be provided from the auditorium to the stage.



8.2.1 Stage and Forestage Apron The main acting area, approximately 12m wide by minimum 12m deep, will be fully trappable with minimum 3m clearance below, entirely free of all services, piping, ducts etc. Any traps in the stage should be fully enclosed by temporary hoardings, typically painted black, thus managing any sightlines into trapped areas. The stage floor surface must be able to be screwed and drilled into and provided with a sacrificial top layer of smooth finished hardwood sheet. The stage floor shall be rated at 7.5kPa loading, 20kN point load (this requirement applies to all stage floors). A forestage apron of minimum 1.2m depth shall be provided in front of the proscenium and provide either side access from auditorium to stage, at least one side comprising an accessible ramp or (at worst) platform lift) at relevant compliant width for purposes of travel.

8.2.2 Forestage Lift The forestage will be formed by a lift designed to allow the forestage area to be set at any level between the sub-stage floor level to stage level plus 300mm. Lifts shall be mechanically driven, using rigid chain methods. The lift surfaces shall match the stage floor surface, rated at 7.5kPa loading, 20kN point load. Lifting safe working load 6 tonnes overall. The lift shall be capable of speed of travel up to 2.5m/min, with not less than five pre-set stopping positions from above stage to pit levels. The lift is to be used to move lift seating blocks on trucks into seat storage under the auditorium floor, and to enable movement of large objects from the under-stage to stage level.

8.2.3 Orchestra Pit The forestage lift system shall be used to provide an orchestra pit level for the Proscenium Theatre. The orchestra pit shall be provided with easily handled panelled pit rails (with associated trolleys), provision for a pit net as required by performances and all other elements as detailed in the relevant Room Data Sheet. Additional infill panels and / or rostra may be required to protect musicians in the pit from fall risk when the pit lifts are at orchestra level. Due to acoustic interference any overhang of the pit area by the forestage apron should be minimised and the orchestra pit level shall be no less than 2.6m under then forestage overhang. The importance of achieving good sightlines between the audience, conductor, stage and orchestra members and from the stage to the conductor should be considered in the design. Two exit paths should be provided from the orchestra pit with at least one of these being a universally accessible code compliant ramp. The orchestra pit requires specialised acoustic design.

8.2.4 Adjustable Proscenium Opening Dependant on the final agreed staging formats, there shall be a system of moveable panels or the like, manually or electrically operated to enable adjustment of the proscenium opening from a maximum possible within the auditorium walls and ceiling (ie effectively creating an open end stage) from at least 14m wide x 7m high down to approximately 9m wide by 5m high. The design of this system is to be coordinated with the box boom/Juliet balcony arrangements. Operation of these shall be completely independent of the scenery systems.

8.2.5 Lighting Positions All installations are to provide safe access for technicians rigging lighting and other equipment to provide suitable lighting, sound system distribution and object placement. Two multi-level side lighting positions (box booms) are to be provided, one on each side comprising platforms at approx. 2.5m floor-to-floor heights vertically aligned up the auditorium wall with ladder access integrated, as well as access from staircases located outside of the auditorium envelope (typically also serving as exit stairs).



‘Juliet’ balconies are to be provided either side forward of the proscenium opening enabling actors to present and be visible to the audience. Access is to be provided to these from the stagehouse. The Juliet balconies will be constructed with modular components (eg retractable Juliets, see Sumner Theatre), enabling rearrangement, such as facing panels, to suit particular staging requirements. Readily accessible stage lighting locations are required, including at least two lighting bridges overhead located so as to provide optimal lighting angles to stage, together with a rear lighting gallery extending across the room. Lighting bridges LX 1-2 shall be minimum 1.5m wide x width of auditorium with suitable structural loadings and are to be easily accessible from stage and control room/s. LX 3 is to be a technical gallery extending the full width of the rear of the auditorium at high level, enabling a variety of lighting and other uses, including follow-spot positions, along the entire room width. Lateral (side) catwalks linking lighting bridges 1-3 to the control room and stagehouse may be located within the auditorium or in access routes outsider the auditorium space.

8.2.6 Control Room and Auditorium Control Positions An accessible stalls rehearsal position shall be provided for use during technical production set up periods which is replaced by (removeable) theatre seating during performances. An open sound control position, minimum 6m2 shall be centrally located clear of the balcony leading edge in the stalls, noting that this may require removal of audience seating. This location is not to impede audience sightlines to the stage from adjacent seats or rows behind. Auditorium house lighting will be able to be controlled via the production lighting desk on as needs basis. A Control Room with openable windows will be located at the rear stalls level of the auditorium subject to appropriate sight-lines. This room shall be large enough to accommodate three performance operators and consoles (AV, sound and lighting). It is to be accessible from the stage house without passing through public areas, it shall have excellent sightlines to the entire proscenium opening, stage and rear wall of the stage.

8.2.7 Fly Tower, stage grid and fly galleries, forestage grid The flytower height to the underside of the grid should be a minimum of 2.5x (preferably more) the height of the built (‘hard’) proscenium opening. The flying system will require stage level operation, 2no. intermediate fly floors on both sides and a full over-stage grid. If counterweight flying is adopted instead of power flying then a loading gallery is also required. The grid areas over both stage and forestage will have a minimum of 2.5m clear working height to underside of structure above grid floor level. Over the orchestra pit and forestage a forestage grid is to be provided allowing temporary or show specific rigging etc to be installed as production needs require. The forestage grid is to be located above the proscenium ‘hard’ opening but not necessarily at full fly tower height.

8.2.8 Scenery Flying System The fly tower will accommodate a full flying system comprising a power winch operated system of not less than 60 cross stage batten sets at 200mm centres each with a working load of 500kg (excluding bar weight), 2 x panorama battens on each side of stage plus supplementary chain hoists and trusses. Standard battens shall be 75 x 50 RHS with a minimum of 6 supplementary 300mm flat truss battens to be provided. Each batten set of the main system shall have not less than six suspension lines per set, sets generally at 200mm centres up and down stage plus two sets of panorama battens each side. The grid and flying system shall cover the whole acting area from rear crossover down to the front edge of the forestage. One line set shall be dedicated for house curtain operation with individual controls, capable of clearing a masked 6m proscenium height in under 5 seconds. Detailed design of the flying and control system shall be in accordance with all relevant Australian Standards, and developed by an experienced stage systems contractor in association with TPAC and the Theatre Consultant.



The system design shall include a full risk analysis and procedures manual to the satisfaction of Safe Work NSW. Cost options to adopt counterweight flying instead of power flying may be considered during design. A supplementary rigging system is to be provided comprising not less than eight 1 tonne industry standard electric chain hoists, and 40m of nominal 520mm heavy duty square box truss with relevant fixing brackets, group control and other necessary to enable positioning as required in stage or auditorium areas. Some of the rigging system may include existing elements relocated from the Capitol Theatre and reconditioned for use in the new centre, subject to these being compliant with relevant codes and standards and suitable for use.

8.2.9 Proscenium Theatre Stage Drapes and Tracks A full set of stage drapes shall be included, comprising at least: • 6 sets of legs and borders, black wool serge • 2 sets of full size traveller curtains, black wool serge • Velour house curtain and pelmet. This curtain shall be capable of full flying and motor driven traveller (french action)

openings. • Flat off-white plastic cyclorama • Flat filled gauze cyclorama • Three full width gauzes (black, white and grey). Note that the house curtain design and fabric selection may be an artwork project by others.

8.2.10 Proscenium Theatre Stage Lighting and Controls A dedicated stage lighting power supply is required, with a peak demand 600A per phase. The supply will be reticulated to the dimmer room, plus 4 x 200A 3 phase 5 wire take off points, and multiple 40Amp 3Phase outlets distributed at stage and under-stage levels. Up to three dimmer/distribution locations will be used, incorporating approximately 400 2.5Va dimmers, subject to detail design. Dimmers and power distribution shall be latest digital technology, conforming to all relevant CE and EMC requirements. A 4 ring DMX512 network with optically isolated outlet ports and distribution or an approved equivalent will be provided for control of dimmers and another for independent control of scrollers, moving lights or other accessory items. A DMX test kit is to be included. Ethernet hubs and cabling will provide additional production control data communication. A fully comprehensive stage lighting control system is required with facilities generally equivalent to ETC ION, Grand MA2 or similar current models capable of moving light control with sub masters, sub patch and remote riggers control. The system shall have 100% processor redundancy, riggers controls and 2 sets of remote VDUs. A companion console or portable units shall allow off line plotting, editing, inventory and colour listing, including production of hard copies. Fault reporting and logging of dimmers and luminaires etc., through Remote Device Management (RDM) may be considered, within budget constraints. A full set of cable looms, stage luminaries and accessories is to be provided to TPAC requirements.

8.2.11 Proscenium Theatre Sound System A complete cabling and rack infrastructure, dedicated power supply and technical earth, loudspeaker winches, EWIS interface will be included, to fully support the sound system defined separately in this brief. The system is to be able to provide high quality input to the hearing augmentation systems when required. The system shall be designed to support the various proposed activities within this space and be either a line array or clustered Left/Centre Right system. Supporting systems for fold back, infill and delay should be provided where required. Analogue and digital cabling and microphone kits should be supplied.



8.3 Studio Theatre The Studio shall be a minimum 6m height to the underside of catwalks or the tension wire grid, with a further 2.5m minimum working height to the underside of HVAC systems and the roof structure. A series of rigging beams for theatrical use will be provided above the tension wire grid or catwalk level. A technical gallery at the nominal rear of the Studio (in end-stage mode) will provide an elevated control platform for technical services and control together with some audience seating. Further technical control positions will be provided to suit multiple room formats. The Studio Theatre is to be equipped with either a comprehensive grid of trafficable catwalks or a tension wire grid extending the full room area for technical access and facilitation of lighting and other performance related equipment and operations. Audience seating shall be a power operated moveable retractable seating system, preferably in two modules, able to be moved as required to allow differing venue set up configurations, including externally to the Events Plaza. All thresholds between the Studio Theatre and Plaza must be suitable for this movement. This theatre shall be equipped with a full set of surround drapes and a working, not a presentation, stage floor throughout the room. Stage loadings shall be minimum 7.5kPa, 20kPa point load, (throughout the room) and the structural loadings shall allow suspension rigging and limited flying of a minimum of 25 x industry standard lighting and scenery battens each with a working load of 500kg (noting that diversity ratings will apply to these loads). This space shall be equipped with a Stage Managers desk and communications system equivalent to, and compatible with, that provided for the Proscenium Theatre. Full integration with all foyer, dressing rooms and other area communications is required.

8.3.1 Studio Theatre Technical Equipment and Rack Rooms Accommodation for lighting dimmers, audio / AV equipment and other racks will be required. For noise control reasons these spaces should be external to the auditorium. For operational reasons these spaces should be accessible from both within the theatre space and external from it.

8.3.2 Studio Theatre Draping A full set of stage drapes in black wool or approved equivalent shall be provided for this space. Drapes are to be full length drop track mounted from the upper gallery to stage floor level. Additional drapes on industry standard track shall be provided between upper and lower and lower and stage level galleries A cyclorama, stage masking legs and stage tabs sets, house curtain and relevant tracking systems shall also be provided. Considerations should be made to the provision of a full sized rear projection screen and suitable digital data projector for use in the space and elsewhere in the redeveloped facility.

8.3.3 Studio Theatre Lighting Stage lighting control for this space shall be compatible with the Proscenium Theatre and lighting console capable of moving lights with a minimum of 3 universes of DMX shall be provided. The studio lighting console is to be of the same suite as the proscenium theatre lighting console.

8.3.4 Studio Theatre Sound System As with the Proscenium Theatre above a complete cabling and rack infrastructure, dedicated power supply and technical earth, loud speaker winches is required, with EWIS interface and other necessary equipment to fully support the sound system. The Studio Theatre sound system will be fully compatible with the other venues at TPAC and the system shall be designed to support the various proposed activities within this space and be either a line array or clustered Left / Centre /



Right system. Supporting systems for fold back, infill and delay should be provided where required. Analogue and digital cabling, microphone kits and accessories must be supplied. The system is to be able to provide high quality input to the hearing augmentation systems when required.

8.4 The Salon The Salon is a variable format flat floor venue seating at least 100 patrons and up to 200 for other functions. It must be capable of standalone operation when the rest of the centre is closed. Technical fit-out shall include a series of at least three internally wired motor controlled flown grids providing integrated lighting, audio, AV and data functionality over the entire room area Seating in this space will be a mix of ganged and loose seats complimented by a block of motor driven retractable seats. A fully equipped control location with openable windows capable of operating as either a control room or recording studio shall be provided immediately adjacent to and fully connected with this space.

8.4.1 Salon Lighting Performance lighting in this space shall be via a series of 60 localised dimmers or power distribution driven by a simple memory desk lighting console compatible with the other consoles within the facility.

8.4.2 Salon Sound System A re-locatable equipment/s rack shall house a suitable 24 channel sound mixer, 2 x 31 band graphic equalizers, effects racks and 2 x remote audio inputs (CD, iPod etc), wireless communications headset system master station and Stage Managers paging console. An adaptable re-locatable series of speakers shall be provided to allow for various seating and performance configurations. The sound system shall be a full range self powered speaker system capable of being supported off both the ground, dead hung or off flown elements. The system shall interface with the building EWIS system. Microphones and other loose equipment for this system shall be compatible with the equipment provided across the remainder of the facility. The system is to be able to provide high quality input to the hearing augmentation systems when required.



Melbourne Conservatorium of Music, Melbourne University; Primrose Potter Salon, Melbourne Recital Centre; Sound Garden, Alexander Theatre, Monash University; Sound Garden, Alexander Theatre, Monash University

8.5 Function Rooms The Function Rooms shall include infrastructure and equipment provision for functions, presentations, corporate meetings, civic gatherings, exhibitions and trade shows. Equipment provided within the space should be limited to drop down projection screens, suitable ceiling mounted projectors and gallery style 3 circuit track lighting. Other equipment should be brought in from elsewhere within the facility for use as required and in room technical panels shall allow for this expansion of functionality and connectivity to all other performance or presentation areas of the building as required. Comprehensive control systems and playback equipment for various formats of media should be provided. Power and cabling infrastructure to this space should allow for temporary fit up of tradeshows and events and a large number of separate regular and audio (green) power outlets should be allowed for. In addition to this full connectivity for this space (as with all others in this building) should be installed. These rooms should also include high quality provisions for the hearing impaired.

8.6 Events Plaza and Outdoor Theatre An outdoor area should be accessible from or be part of the foyer area of the theatres. This area is to be suitable for use for a wide range of events including performances, concerts, markets, cinema, video art installations, functions, etc. The concept design shows capacity to create a large plaza incorporating three potential events areas: • tiered seating to view small performances on the lower plaza or projection/cinema on the building wall, • events on the plaza adjacent to the Studio Theatre directly served by a back-to-back bar, and • large performance / concert events addressing a large opening in the rear wall of the Studio, making the indoor stage

facilities available to operate in reverse direction to an outdoor audience. This exceptional additional event potential and use of the Studio Theatre facilities to serve outdoor events is a substantial benefit and is not to be lost in any alternate design proposals. The plaza(s) must be designed as a performance space and be able to be secured to allow event ticketing without controlled points of entry. The plaza structure must be trafficable by vehicles up to loaded large rigid trucks (minimum). Recessing / removeable bollards are to define usual vehicle sweep paths / turning zones, such as to the Studio Theatre dock, while enabling conversion to audience use when required. The large concert space should accommodate up to 1000 people and be equipped with a range of informal public seating and shall provide some protection from sun and rain for performers and audience. A full roof over the audience is not expected. However, a sheltered tiered seating riser as show on the flyover video is highly desirable to contain the edge of the performance area and provide improved sightlines for some audience at the rear. It should have an external stage area adjacent to the Studio rear wall fully sheltered by a canopy. Nominal stage area at least 60m2. The various potential events areas shall be equipped with installed cable paths to all control and other technical



locations, 240V and 3 phase power, technical cabling infrastructure, water, drainage and structures that will enable rigging and lighting to be installed as performance and presentations may require. Access to performers toilets and changing rooms with wet and dry areas will need to be provided in close proximity to outdoor performances – the Studio Theatre backstage or general backstage facilities.

Wodonga Cube Theatre: outdoor event addressing theatre rear stage

Table 8.1 Element

Event Plaza & Outdoor Cinema Requirements

Comment

Size and format Sealed concrete or paving suitable for trolleys, wheeled equipment and movement of Studio retractable seating units to external use

Location Ability to back onto rear stage opening of Studio Theatre desirable

Studio could provide required performer support areas

Control Position Dedicated control location, on concrete pad with permanent shell structure able to be closed off/secured as required, min 5m W x 4m D with excellent sightlines to stage.

Provide permanent installed and temporary cable paths to all control and other technical locations, 240V and 3 phase power, technical cabling infrastructure, water, drainage etc

Should be integrated with adjacent public furniture / structures,

May be integrated into a perimeter seating tier.

Technical cabling infrastructure

Technical panels, sub patches, plug in points etc as required for the lighting, sound, AV and other technical systems to deliver operable systems and to allow interconnectivity of each of the venues and throughout the building.

Systems to include lighting, audio, video, digital audio RGBHV, stage managers communications, paging, technical data and integrated control system networks.

Single and multimode fibre optic connectivity

Complete cabling and rack infrastructure, dedicated power supply and technical earth, and other necessary equipment to fully support the performance and presentation systems.

Technical panels, mouseholes and cableway traps shall be located including video and media production team requirements where required to enable temporary power, video or communications cables to be run from any or all stage, offstage, rehearsal or technical areas without compromising



Table 8.1 Element


Comment

between the performance spaces via a suitable patch bay, is also required.

Capability to provide digital streaming between venues and external clients/operators

fire barriers or escape routes

Services infrastructure

Multiple 3 phase 40A minimum provided to each of 6 x locations. Technical data and fibre cabling to major event nodes and reticulation paths provided to minimum 6 x locations across FoH and BoH. Break out panels (event specific distribution boxes) Water and drainage to event locations

Event formats Provide proposed event format layouts for review and evaluation during SD & DD.

Outdoor Cinema Requirements

Capacity, Format Subject to design 180-200 desirable Tiered terrace with bleacher seating, possibly with removeable cushions or grass infills to be determined with the TRC in design.

Location, Access Close to universal access, bar/kiosk, toilet facilities Studio Theatre entry, main foyer lifts

Operations and systems

Securable zone Ticketing system required Pop up or installed bar / kiosk facilities Integrated digital signage system

Acoustic design considerations to address/minimise sound transfer to adjacent buildings/facilities

Bio Box Securable space, min 3m W x 2.5mD sized to accommodate projector, control rack and allow staff access. Specialist projector ports (windows) required Air conditioning supply/control

Projection system As required, minimum 25K ANSI lumen digital projector and cinema contents server to suit. Local connections to TPAC networks including internet and selectable inputs such as laptop to data projector.

Able to be easily removed when not required

Sound system Minimum 6:1 sound system for temporary installation as required

Cabling for temporary installation as required of surround system with various technical panel inputs to allow for presentations other rooftop events etc.

Input to hearing augmentation system when required.

Loose equipment to support temporary events.

Able to be easily removed when not required

Screen Smooth, flush finish cement sheet or equivalent in white or very pale grey, size to suit design

Specialist design required

Technical systems Digital signage system Paging and background music system with various inputs and zone control amplifiers controlled from within FOH or staff zone.

Technical cabling infrastructure

Technical panels, sub patches, plug in points etc as required for the lighting, sound, AV and other technical systems within each space to deliver

Complete cabling and rack infrastructure, dedicated power supply and technical earth, EWIS interface and other necessary equipment to fully



Table 8.1 Element


Comment

operable systems and to allow interconnectivity of each of the venues and throughout the building. Systems to include lighting, audio, video, digital audio RGBHV, paging, technical data and integrated control system networks. Single and multimode fibre optic connectivity between the arts and cultural spaces via a suitable patch bay, is also required. Technical panels and distribution of lighting outlets, DMX control, AV etc from equipment rack in secure store in bio box.

support the arts and presentation systems.

Technical panels, mouseholes and cableway traps shall be located including video and media production team requirements where required to enable temporary power, video or communications cables to be run from any or all stage, offstage, rehearsal or technical areas without compromising fire barriers or escape routes.

Rooftop cinema, Melbourne

8.7 Architectural Lighting

8.7.1 House and Foyer Lighting Controls The house lighting and foyer lighting shall be 100% smooth dimmable from full to zero and vice versa, in separate zones or groups to enable creation of the appropriate atmosphere for any particular event. House light controls shall be manual pre-set, with a remote timed mastering, operable from not less than four locations per venue. A suitable control link shall enable operation from a stage lighting console when required. The house light system shall also include a cleaners light system allowing full open white even lighting coverage of the auditorium for cleaning and maintenance purposes Foyer lighting control shall be manual or pre-set from one location per applicable venue. Both systems shall be controlled exclusively by theatre staff when the theatres are occupied.

8.7.2 Working Lights All stage, off stage and auditorium working areas that have visual links with any part of the audience area are to be provided with appropriately zoned dual white/blue working lights with local and master switching operating via a



programmable computer or similar central control. This system is to be integrated with the stage manager’s system (briefed below) so as to provide full local control during non-performance times; stage managers override during performance times, and entry and exit control from stage door. White lights shall be instant re-start type, providing adequate illumination for normal fit-up or maintenance activity, including some units on scenery battens over stage. Blue lights shall be located where required to afford safe movement for performers and technicians during rehearsal and performance, especially alongside steps, catwalks and similar hazards. They shall be shielded to avoid direct visibility from any part of the auditorium. Outlets at stage and under stage levels and other areas as designed will feed re-locatable white and blue lights as required.

8.8 Stage Management Systems and CCTV Full professional stage managers systems will be provided in each performance venue, incorporating intercom, paging, CCTV, and working light masters as a minimum. The portable control console will operate from multi-pin connectors in each downstage corner; in the FOH rehearsal point, and the control room with a 4 ring talkback cabled system via a patch field or matrix system to connector points at all relevant technical, administrative and performers’ areas including house manager’s office. An integrated wireless talkback comms system should also be allowed for. The linking will include an eight outstation full duplex wireless headset system and inputs for programme relay. Headsets and belt packs or loud speaking outstations will be included where required. Paging will be provided to stage; dressing rooms; technical offices; rehearsal room and green room with individual zone selection or all call. The Stage Manager’s desks will have a master house dimmer and work light controls, clock, stop clock and cue light control system. The stalls rehearsal point will have power, communications, video and control connections. The cable infrastructure will provide for temporary industry standard cue light systems. Fixed CCT colour cameras will be provided in each performance space. These shall be located to provide excellent quality images for stage monitoring purposes. These relocatable cameras will feed distribution amplifiers and patching, to monitors on the SM console and show monitors in green room, principal dressing rooms, stage door and foyer areas, and plus additional outlets as required. The system shall provide patching into the digital video system to feed receiver/monitors in designated public and administration areas. These monitors shall be switchable to receive SM system stage video, and the MATV system via a comprehensive patching system (refer electrical services section). Video systems shall have a minimal image latency as appropriate for orchestral purposes. Further infrastructure cabling and distribution including at least six low light or infra-red monochrome cameras and associated monitors and accessories will be provided for set-up as required for monitoring of stage traps, scenery flying or other hazardous situations during performances. Coaxial cabling for video systems should be capable of analogue signal transmission and HD-SDI digital signal transmission as a minimum. A third system using SVGA cameras will be provided for archival show recording and for vision relay to foyer and green room areas. The foyer system shall include High Definition 1080p large format display screens and replay equipment for show promotions, and the like, controllable from a central administration position. This system shall also provide digital signage capabilities to the building.

8.9 Front of House / Foyer Sound System The foyer Sound System will be operated from the FOH Duty Managers’ office, with tie lines to patch points in stage managers system rack, and main sound system patch. The system will relay audience re-call chimes, paging and background music to all foyer and public front of house areas, with individual zone selection and level controls for upper and lower foyers, bars, toilets and passages, function rooms,



rehearsal studios and other locations as determined during design development. Paging microphones and two separate line level inputs with individual control will be provided at locations within the foyers adjacent to theatre entries. The public address system for the foyer and key public areas of the theatre will be used for both announcements and music replay. The public address system must achieve excellent speech intelligibility (STI 0.8-0.9) throughout the public areas of the theatre, and must be appropriate for high quality music replay. Noise sensing devices or equivalent shall be included to maintain system intelligibility for varying degrees of foyer occupancy.

8.10 Outside Broadcast and Temporary Cabling Dedicated external locations are to be provided for outside broadcast vehicles in Peel Street and on the Events Plaza as well as OB points in each theatre dock. These locations are to be provided with an adjacent weatherproof cabinet with 63A 3 phase normal power, 40A 3 phase technical (audio) power, GPOs, SM system, audio and video tie lines, Ethernet and single & multi-mode fibre optic connections to each performance space. A comprehensive cabling and cabling patch system shall allow interconnectivity of each of the performance venues throughout the building. These systems are to include audio, video, SDI, RGBHV, MATV, stage managers communications, paging and technical data networks. Multimode fibre optic connectivity between the performance spaces via a suitable patch bay, is also required. Cable-ways, ‘mouseholes’ and traps shall be located where required to enable temporary power, video or communications cables to be run from the OB positions to any or all stage, offstage, rehearsal or technical areas without compromising fire barriers or escape routes.

8.11 Safe Access The design of all stage and front of house lighting and equipment locations is to be to industry best practice and to take into account current OH&S provisions regarding safe access for maintenance and adjustment of equipment, including harness anchorage, guard rails and other relevant structural items. Safe access installations requiring harnesses are to be kept to a minimum, with access generally to not require use of harnesses wherever possible. Suitable temporary access equipment is to be included for adjustment or maintenance of luminaries and accessories suspended over stage settings. Systems must be approved by relevant authorities and provided with safe load data, operating procedures and risk analysis.

8.12 Structural Engineering The structural design shall take into consideration all specific loads imposed by theatre equipment including the forces and reactions related to the flying systems. Loads are to be determined by the designer, but be not less than those specified in AS 1170.1, SAA Loading code and those nominated below. The minimum design gross live loads include the following (overleaf):



Table 8.2 Element

Theatre Installations Structural Requirements Minimum Structural Requirement

On-stage fly gallery and crossover handrails – horizontal and vertical, with horizontal load/running metre

1.0kN load per lineal metre maximum deflection 8mm

Scenery and lighting over the stages and forestage

• Proscenium Theatre: approx. 40 tonnes total • Studio Theatre: loadings subject to design (catwalks, tension wire grids

etc) • Studio Theatre – rigging system minimum being a fixed pipe grid at 2.4m

centres with each pipe having a WLL of no less than 50kg pLm. • The Salon – minimum 3x flown grids. • Loadings etc to exceed 70kg pLm. • Max UDL 3T per grid WLL • Rehearsal Studio spaces – full pipe grid at 2.4m centres with each pipe

having a WLL of no less than 50kg pLm. • Combined loadings to each of the rehearsal studio spaces pipe grids is

not to exceed 2T each

Fly galleries, floor loading 4.5kPa per lineal m

All stage areas 7.5kPa, 20kN point load

FOH lighting bridges and grids floor loadings

2.5kPa

All lighting rails 100kg per lineal metre

All lighting rails, theatre 100kg per lineal metre

Point load 75kg P/m mid span

Structural engineering computations are required for the following: • Proscenium structure • Juliet balconies • Stage floors • Grid (loft) and head steel beams (Proscenium Th) • Grid floor to accept 1T point loads at approx. 3m centres (Proscenium Th) • Roof structure over studio grid to accept 1T point loads at approx. 3.0m centres • All areas shall have signage indicating Uniform Distributed Loads (UDL) and maximum load limits Structural Engineering design must make provision for lateral forces of equipment, as well as those for the grid and flying systems, including emergency and catastrophic flying stops involving with multiple (up to 10 lines) moving simultaneously (in the Proscenium Theatre).

10: Building Services Requirements


9 BUILDING SERVICES REQUIREMENTS

9.1 Overview The design however should be flexible, meeting latest industry standards relevant to a performing arts complex. All systems shall be designed to achieve a 20-30 year return on investment. All systems shall be designed in accordance with the relevant current National Construction Code, regulations and standards, including all local authorities having jurisdiction over the work.

9.1.1 Energy Consumption All systems shall be designed and operated to minimise the overall energy consumed within the building. As a minimum the system shall comply with Section J of the BCA However where improved performance can be achieved by increasing the design greater than that required by Section J, these shall be presented along with suitable financial analysis for consideration as part of the project. Refer section 1 Environmentally Sustainable Design.

9.1.2 Operation and Maintenance Manuals The owner must be provided with comprehensive and accurate operation and maintenance manuals. The manuals shall provide the owner and operator with all the necessary instruction to allow the venue to be run at optimum efficiency. The manual shall include a description from the designers to explain the operational assumptions underlying the design and optimum running parameters of systems included in the building.

9.2 Mechanical Services Design mechanical services to minimise life cycle cost, maintain a comfortable and safe environment for occupants and to provide appropriate low background noise in performance and functions venues. The design is to take into account, assess, report on and implement COVID-19 design criteria, which may include increased use of positive pressure in some spaces, together with (for example) enhanced filtration systems and increased fresh-air quantities. Art Gallery spaces are to achieve required temperature and humidity environment criteria as confirmed with TRAG staff.

9.2.1 System Design The design of the system shall be selected to meet the requirements of each space and shall take into account the following minimum requirements: • Be able to meet the heat loads within the space and maintain temperatures at varying population loads • Be able to cope with the fresh air loads in high density spaces • System shall include variable outside air based on occupancy • Preferably, adopt displacement supply air in the Proscenium, however, the Studio and Salon venues should not have

floor penetrations due to varying formats and the risk of moving stage drapes. • Minimise drafts – and particularly not move stage drapes in venues • Minimal temperature differential in all spaces not matter what the height. • Low energy consumption • Variable zoning • Meet the requirements of the Room Data Sheets • The system shall include economy cycle • Heat recovery systems on exhaust air discharge



• Any outcomes from the ESD evaluation and design • Fire rating of mechanical systems. The design shall include cost benefit analysis of various systems to provide data to the client to prove that the system selected is the most appropriate for the venue. The system may include central heating and cooling plant for large spaces and VFV type systems for ancillary spaces. Select plant, equipment and materials that will provide a minimum service life (defined as the expected life of a specific component) period of 15 years.

9.2.2 Plant rooms The location and size of plant rooms for all plant and equipment shall be designed to meet the following requirements: • Access by maintenance contractors shall be available without entering functional spaces, especially venues, • All plant and equipment shall be able to be removed for repair without damage to the building or interference with the

operations of the facility, • All plant and equipment shall be accessible without the need of a mobile ladder, • Allow 2.1m access around all major plant for maintenance contractors, • All equipment and pipe work shall be labelled and colour coded to industry standards, • Access shall be provided to all duct cleanouts, valves and controls, • No cleanouts or access hatches shall be located in general public areas.

9.2.3 Control Systems Design a building automation system (BAS) to minimise the life cycle cost of the mechanical and electrical services and promote the efficient operation of the centre. The whole of the mechanical systems shall be controlled by a DDC system complete with the following: • Automatic control and monitoring of the mechanical systems to maintain desired set points and minimise energy

consumption. • Automatic control of the illumination systems to minimise energy consumption. • Monitoring of building security system. • Interfaces with emergency control panels such as fire detection and alarm, EWIS and smoke management for

annunciation of alarm signals. • Monitoring and control of emergency evacuation lighting system. • Digital metering of Gas, Water, Electricity. • Digital metering of identified ‘tenancy’ areas and zones to enhance monitoring of energy consumption for sustainable

operation • Speed controls on fans • CO2 monitoring and control to minimise outside air • Set up of trending of operation, occupancy, temperatures and conditions within the space • 365 day time clock control; • Set up of ‘Theatrical Performance’ time based schedule up to a year in advance with predicted occupancy and other

set point adjustments The BAS shall incorporate a central PC with operating software with real-time dynamic graphical displays of the various system operating variables and controlled entities, database functions, operational algorithms and alarm annunciation and archiving. The system shall be able to be remotely read via the internet.



9.2.4 Sprinkler Fire Protection and Fire Detection Systems Sprinkler fire protection systems are almost certainly required throughout the building due to its size, notwithstanding opportunities to define fire compartments, due to the other code concessions and design flexibility that sprinkler protection will enable. Sprinkler installations in close proximity to any theatrical lighting locations or other high temperature fittings must adopt high temperature heads, with the heads located away from lighting positions (such as lighting bridges) to avoid the risk of theatrical technology triggering sprinkler operation during use. Smoke and thermal detection systems must include isolation overrides in spaces adjacent to and part of each venue stage area to manage theatrical smoke and fire effects. This is to extend to ancillary areas including at minimum scene docks, loading docks, venue entry locks and areas as noted in the room data sheets.

9.2.5 Smoke Control System The building must comply with the smoke control sections of the NCC. The design of these systems shall take into account the operation of the theatres and rehearsal rooms and shall include simple system isolation in these spaces and associated areas for rehearsals and performances to allow use of theatrical smoke and other atmospheric effects. Systems must accommodate acoustic requirements and the operational requirements of the local fire brigade. Make-up air paths will also require careful acoustic consideration. Smoke exhaust hardware such as vents must not generate incidental noise (flapping, creaking, etc) that may intrude on performance venues. Final air quantities shall be as per the NCC or any fire engineering solution carried out.

9.2.6 Special Factors The mechanical systems shall include the following into the design: • Control of systems from stage management positions, • Separate systems for stage and auditorium with separate control and operation, • Central and local control of all systems, • Air distribution shall not cause stage drapes to move, • The Art Gallery foyer is to retain environmental control of temperature 20 degrees, and relative humidity 55% to

match the exhibition spaces. Implications for this when the foyer is opened to the upper shared foyer are to be addressed in design.

• Kitchen exhaust and make up air to relevant Australian Standards, • Ventilation for all underground vehicle access to relevant Australian Standards. • Local control of smoke detection system isolation for each venue’s stage and surrounding stage areas where

potential smoke bleed could occur (eg scene dock, sound locks).

9.2.7 Noise Management The mechanical systems shall be designed to meet the noise criteria determined as a minimum by the acoustic consultant.

9.2.8 Design Conditions Provide mechanical systems to heat, cool and ventilate each space in accordance with statutory requirements, and the following design criteria, subject to ESD review:



Table 9.1 Ambient Conditions

Environmental Criteria for HVAC General Comfort Design

Temperature

Summer 33 Deg C Dry Bulb 21 Deg C Dry Bulb

Winter 24 Deg C Dry Bulb

Facility/Space System Criteria

Auditoriums Heating, cooling and ventilation 21.5°C ± 1.5 °C

Stage Heating, cooling and ventilation,

Local Exhaust

21-24°C

10 A.C/Hr

Orchestra Pit Heating, cooling and ventilation 22.5°C ± 1.5 °C

Patrons Amenities Tempered air via heat exchangers, ventilation and Exhaust

20-24°C

Meeting / Function Rooms Heating, cooling and ventilation 21.5°C ± 1.5 °C

Administration and Office Facilities

Heating, cooling and ventilation 22.5°C ± 1.5 °C

Foyer / Entry Heating, cooling and ventilation 22.5°C ± 1.5 °C

Piano Store Heating, cooling 21.0°C ± 1.0 °C 24/7

Bars Heating, cooling and ventilation 21.5°C ± 1.5 °C

Kitchens Evaporative Cooling & Ventilation, and Specialist Exhaust

Stores Ventilation

Archive Heating, cooling 21.0°C ± 1.0 °C 24/7

Communications Rooms Cooling 21.0°C ± 1.0 °C 24/7

These criteria are proposed to enable management capacity to operate to tight dead-bands in the event of customer complaints. For sustainability purposes the centre may operate to a wider dead-band range. Rooms with high occupancy numbers and high heat loads (such as theatrical lighting) need a tight dead-band to maintain comfort.

9.3 Electrical Services Design electrical services to minimise life cycle cost and maintain a comfortable and safe environment for occupants.

9.3.1 Power Loads The design shall include a complete analysis of the existing power distribution system throughout the building and upgrade of the same to meet the requirements of the proposed redevelopment. As a minimum the following power loads shall be provided to each theatrical space for theatrical loads, subject to further review in design. Total loads shall include general lighting and power and mechanical system in additional to the loads nominated. These loads shall be confirmed with the theatrical consultant before final design of the systems.

Table 9.2 Facility/Space

Electrical Capacity Load

Proscenium 600A

Studio Theatre 300A

Salon 200A



The design shall review the existing sub-station to determine if upgrade and relocation is required.

9.3.2 Back-up Power Facility The design shall include an analysis of various backup power facilities for the site. The analysis shall include the comparison between the following: • Full backup facility with permanent on-site generation • 1000A backup facility with permanent on-site generation • Full backup facility via connections for hired generator • 1000A backup facility via connections for hired generator The analysis shall include spatial requirements and investigation to the availability of backup generators in an emergency scenario, operation and maintenance costs and hiring costs. The analysis should also include a proposal for the minimum size of fixed on-site generator that will provide backup power to the following: • Lifts • Communications rooms • Emergency lighting The analysis is to assist TPAC/TRC or be incorporated into a temporary generator supply contract conditions.

9.3.3 Power Distribution The design shall incorporate new power distribution. The power distribution shall incorporate the following features: • Each major space shall be fed by a separately metered feed from the main switchboard. • Each performance space shall have its own “green” audio distribution switchboard designed to minimise noise in the

audio equipment - described below. • Each switchboard shall have min 25% spare capacity both in number of spare poles in the switchboard and cable

caring capacity of sub-mins feeding the board. • The mechanical services for each performance space shall be separately metered along with light and power.

9.3.4 Clean Audio Power Distribution The design of the power reticulation shall include a separate clean ‘green’ audio power reticulation from separate audio switchboards. All audio outlets shall have green faceplates and shall be star wired from their respective boards.

9.3.5 General Purpose Power General purpose power will be provided throughout the building and should consist of 10 amp, double power outlets, wall mounted on standard white polycarbonate wall plates, including USB points in all plates. Generally wherever computers are required, two double GPO’s will be provided. All general purpose outlets shall be protected with Residual Current Devices (Earth Leakage) and include USB outlets. Foyer GPOs distribution should consider generous provision of locations for patrons to charge devices. Special purpose power outlets and direct connections with isolators for equipment will be provided for: • theatre power requirements, • dimmers • power flying system winches • kitchen equipment • storage hot water units, • bar equipment, • hand dryers



• security control equipment • data equipment • A/V equipment • Lifts Outlets for cleaning shall be located at maximum 20m spacing throughout the facility. Dressing Room makeup positions must have multiple power points at each station. Due to high concurrent loads from hair-dryers, shaving points and the like, reduce the number of outlets per circuit. All dressing rooms and bathrooms are to be gender neutral installations for maximum flexibility of room allocation. Therefore all bathrooms and dressing rooms must have shaver outlets.

9.3.6 Clocks Design a complete central computer controlled clock system thoughout the venue. Clocks shall be located in accordance with the room data sheets. Time and date shall be set and adjusted automatically by the computerised system. Investigate with the client during schematic design whether clocks should be adopted or replaced by video display systems and, for example, desktop computers where relevant.

9.3.7 Audio Visual Cabling Audio/visual cabling has been outlined in section 8 venue technical installations and the data sheets. The scope of the building services is to coordinate with the theatre designer with respect to the layout and documentation of all cabling required for the audio-visual systems. The building will be designed to accommodate the installation of the cables and access of these cables for maintenance.

9.3.8 Lighting Design Lighting to the redevelopment shall be designed to meet the functionality and regulations governing each space. These will be carefully selected in conjunction with the Architect keeping in mind the following constraints: • Lights must be appropriate for the usage of the space • Lights must be low maintenance with long lamp life and ease of access for lamp change • Reflect the ambience of the space • Functional performance • Minimize energy consumption • Wherever possible lights should be dimmable (except service areas). • Provide architectural façade lighting to both entries and events plaza Lighting System Cost-Benefit Analysis Base the selection of the illumination system(s) on a comprehensive life cycle cost analysis of alternatives. Use the following factors and assumptions as the basis for the analysis: • 24 hour per day 365 day per year operation • Electricity tariff (to be defined with power authority) • Life cycle period: 20 years • Cost escalation rate per annum The design should incorporate the following systems: • Automatic control systems for operation of illumination systems and adjustment of illumination levels in response to

occupancy and daylight contribution. • Dimming systems for House lighting and Function spaces • Central monitoring and control system for the emergency evacuation lighting system. • Working and Blue lights for theatrical spaces



• External Lighting for safety and amenity • Exhibition lighting • Emergency and exit lighting design All fittings will be standalone fittings with their own batteries. Costs associated with a central computerized emergency and exit light system shall be considered and cost benefit analysis shall be presented to the client for review. A test switch shall be located in the switchboard adjacent to the Administration. All exit lights in the stage, rehearsal and auditorium areas shall be green letters on black background. All other exits shall be the standard white letters on a green background.

9.3.9 Communications Data/Voice Cabling Design the complete installation of computer/voice cabling throughout the venue wired back to centralised data racks in a dedicated room or rooms. The number and location of communications rooms shall be dependent on the final layout of the building keeping in mind maximum cable lengths of data cable and cost of cable runs. The system will be structured cabling enabling both voice and data to be reticulated throughout the venue. All cabling shall be wired as a minimum in CAT 6 and will be tested and certified on completion. It is assumed that all switching hardware required shall be supplied, installed and commissioned by the client at the completion of the building works. Undertake cost benefit analysis to upgrade the data network to CAT7 and present findings to the client. The design shall include as a minimum: • 50 Pair incoming Telstra Cabling • PABX with capacity up to 50 Handsets – probably provided by TRC for system compatibility • VoIP with headphones – probably provided by TRC for system compatibility • UPS with minimum run time during power outage of 30min to allow for safe shutdown of all communications

equipment and operation of PABX in emergency • POS distribution • Each workstation location to include 3 Data points along with power and USB points TPAC spaces and operations will be integrated with the TRC cabled and wireless networks including all phones and computer devices. WiFi Service Capacity for a free public WiFi service independent of the theatrical and functions data installations and also the TRC network is to be provided throughout the entire centre. The service capacity must be sized to reflect potential patron demand for social media posting and the like during events such as festivals and conferences. The brief/scope of data points will need to be defined further with the client. The centre must be connected to the National Broadband Network (NBN) or equivalent leading network supply service. Hearing Augmentation Systems Hearing augmentation systems are important not only for universal access but to attract hirers to the centre and must be provided in the following locations. Provision of portable systems is to be rationalised across the anticipated uses and spaces:



Table 9.3: Hearing Augmentation Facility/Space

Fixed

Portable

Peel St Forecourt

Events Plaza – bar and events

Foyer Box Office / Reception, cloakroom

Foyer bars All

Library Program Room

Art Gallery Foyer

Café servery

Function Rooms (2)

Rehearsal Rooms

Proscenium Theatre

Studio Theatre

Salon

Recording Studio

TRCM Rehearsal Rooms

9.3.10 Security Design a complete security installation throughout the venue compatible with TRC existing security systems. The building shall include a zoned intruder passive detection system with an internal and external alarm to a remote monitoring facility. The security system shall be linked to the building automation system to provide occupancy feedback to enable systems to be turn-off when armed. The system shall also include the following: • Duress system wired to security company (to be clarified during the design stage) • Access control system throughout the facility • CCTV surveillance system to include new and refurbished areas as required

9.3.11 Fire Detection and EWIS System The building will require an AS1670 fire detection system. The design shall take into account the installation of the fire sprinkler system and shall be designed in conjunction with the same. The building will require an Early Warning and intercommunication System in the form of speakers activated by the smoke detectors and/or sprinkler heads, WIPS etc. The fire system shall be designed to include a Sub FIP on stage at each performance space to enable smoke heads in the performance space and attached areas to be turned off when smoke or other atmospheric effects are being used within the space for theatrical reasons. The panel shall also control the operation of smoke exhaust systems. The functionality of the system shall be confirmed with the local fire brigade.



9.4 Hydraulic Services The scope of the hydraulic services includes: • Works required to connect to authority sewer main • Natural gas supply • Sewer plumbing and waste • Hot and cold water reticulation • Filtered chilled and hot water taps for drinking, eg at drinking stations, kitchenettes • Pumped circulation of hot water service • Thermostatic mixing valves to all basins and showers • Fire Extinguishers • Greasy waste for catering kitchens • Sediment traps to painting and art sinks as required • Harvested water storage tanks and pumps as required • Harvested water third pipe reticulation to toilets • Reticulated E-water or equivalent cleaning chemicals pipework All dressing rooms and bathrooms are to be gender neutral installations for maximum flexibility of room allocation. Therefore all backstage toilets must adopt water closets instead of urinals.

9.4.1 Cold Water Reticulation The refurbished building areas will require cold water service throughout to fittings and fixtures as nominated in the room data sheets. The system shall be designed to ensure areas can be isolated without shutting down the whole system. The system design shall insure that adequate pressure and flow is maintained for all uses within the building.

9.4.2 Sewer The sewer reticulation shall be design to include: • Sewer system pipework • Installation of one or more grease traps to the sewer pipes from the kitchens • Sediment traps to painting and art sinks as required • Greasy wastes from bars etc

9.4.3 Hot Water Reticulation The building will require hot water service that shall be provided by either natural gas or heat pump systems. The system shall be designed to ensure areas can be isolated without shutting down the whole system. An analysis of solar hot water generation shall be undertaken and included in the design if financially viable.

9.4.4 Tepid Water Tepid water mixing valves will be installed to all ablution areas to provide low temperature hot water (45°C) in accordance with relevant standards and to safeguard occupants. Cleaners and other amenity areas that have staff supervision will however have water at 65ºC for cleaning purposes. A complete review of the various options for thermostatic mixing to provide the lowest overall maintenance cost to the client. A report shall include items such as frequency of testing, replacement costs and reliability.



9.4.5 Fire Systems. The following fire systems will be designed in accordance with the relevant Australian Standards. • Hose reels • Fire extinguishers • Smoke and fire separation • Fire sprinkler system • Fire detection system Pressure and flow data shall be obtained and reviewed early in the design phase to confirm or otherwise the availability of water to services the fire suppression needs of the building. Should firefighting water storage and/or pumps be required these shall be designed into the system.

9.4.6 Acoustic Treatment The hydraulic design shall take into account the acoustic requirements for each space and shall include isolation from the structure as required. The systems shall be designed to ensure that water hammer is not transmitted through the venue.

9.4.7 Lift Services Design the complete lift services required to service the building. The lifts will be required to operate in emergency situations and will require backup power generation. This will be part of a fire engineered solution. The lifts shall all be stretcher and DDA compliant. At least one foyer and both backstage lifts are to be provided with internal car protection liners. Lifts serving backstage areas shall include stainless steel finishes and hooks and be capable of accommodating instruments and objects as defined elsewhere. Refer section 4.4.2 Circulation.

9.4.8 Fire Engineering All building services design work shall be coordinated with any fire engineering solution required for the venue.



10 ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS

This section provides acoustic design guidelines and criteria to be considered for the project. Where specific acoustic criteria are provided these are preliminary and must be refined and optimised by the project consultancy team in conjunction with the client and user groups as the design progresses. Venue acoustics should be excellent for the primary use and as good as possible for secondary uses. In particular: • Performance spaces must be fit for purpose • Dressing Rooms and the Green Room should be free from acoustic anomalies and suitable for performance warm-

up whether vocal or instrumental. • Office and workstation areas should not be subject to excessive plant noise or reverberance and have good levels of

isolation between workspaces. • Meeting and conference rooms should not be subject to excessive plant noise or reverberance. • Kitchen and services working spaces should not be subject to excessive plant noise or reverberance. Good design practice will manage many acoustic requirements through functional layout, separating noisy uses from acoustically sensitive and with features such as buffer spaces and sound locks, to reduce the need for heavy acoustic treatment to mitigate. Similarly, adopting appropriate shape and form of rooms, floors, walls and ceilings will likewise provide inherent room acoustic performance, reducing the need for treatment. Areas such as toilets, bars and kitchens should not be located adjacent to the performance spaces or other noise-sensitive areas wherever possible. Project acoustic criteria have been developed for room acoustics, sound insulation and services noise as described below.

10.1 Room Acoustics Room acoustic parameters that will be considered (as appropriate for the space) are provided below. Additional room acoustics parameters may be included by the acoustic consultant as the design progresses.

Table 10.1: Parameter

Acoustic Parameters – Terminology Explanation

Reverberation Time

T60

A measure of how long a sound takes to decay within a space

Reverberation Time is used for assessing the acoustic qualities of a space, describing how quickly sound decays within a space. The reverberation time is related to the room volume and total absorption.

A long Reverberation Time (RT) sounds “live” and has a high degree of “echo” or reverberation, whereas a short RT sounds “dead” or “dry”.

Clarity

C80

A measure of the energy within 80ms of the direct sound includes that of the direct sound and early reflections. Relates to the balance between the perceived clarity and reverberance.

Loudness G

A measure of the strength of sound and is related to sound distribution within a space

Speech Transmission Index

A single number rating system to quantify the intelligibility of speech, or the ease with which speech can be understood.



Table 10.2: Space

Acoustic Requirements for Venues Description

Proscenium theatre

The primary use will be spoken word theatre productions and musical theatre including opera. The theatre must have high speech clarity and loudness enabling unamplified speech to be clearly heard in all seats.

When the theatre is used for musical theatre, it is anticipated that a sound reinforcement system will be used to assist performers and provide amplified music.

The major secondary use will be for ‘fine’ music with the use of a pit lift and/or extended stage. The repertoire can include large orchestras, chamber music orchestra or recital groups. This requires excellent acoustic conditions on stage to provide good cross-communication between musicians and performers and intimacy between musicians and the audience. Particular attention will be required to provide reflecting surfaces for ample projection of the orchestral sound to the audience in the theatre, including over-stage reflectors.

Orchestra pit The orchestra pit requires highly specialised acoustic treatment to manage high noise levels experienced by musicians – an occupational health and safety requirement which must be met.

Studio theatre The Studio Theatre will be a contemporary drama, dance, cabaret, comedy venue where amplified and unamplified music, rehearsals, school productions, lectures and meetings will be held.

It will also be used as a conference presentation or breakout, banquet or exhibition / trade show space during conferences.

Design must ensure that reverberations are well controlled and can be varied within a sufficiently large range. This could be achieved by deploying an appropriate quantity of acoustically absorbent drapes in the auditorium.

A sound reinforcement system will be needed to assist presenters to be heard clearly in the audience.

The Salon Primary uses for the Salon include cabaret style, jazz and fine music performances. Small bands, both amplified and unamplified, will perform in this space with flexible seating and standing audience.

The Salon must have high clarity and loudness enabling unamplified musical and spoken words performances to be clearly heard throughout the audience. Particular attention will be required to provide sufficient early lateral energy to the audience, in particular during fine music performances. Variable acoustics will be required to accommodate all types of performances.

Function room(s) The Function Room is to be divided into two by operable wall(s), or used as a single space for large events. The space must provide good acoustic comfort in all configurations for amplified speech.

The operable walls must enable simultaneous use for example a function with music in one room with a speaking function in the other

Double operable walls with a service corridor between is ideal and may be required to provide adequate sound insulation

Foyers It is important to avoid these spaces being acoustically too live. Reverberation should be controlled to allow clear and comfortable conditions for public addresses, amplified and non-amplified instrumental performances and group discussions.

Offices and other areas such as control rooms, rehearsal spaces etc

Reverberation times in areas which are not specifically referenced above must be in accordance with Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2107:2016 “Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for building interiors”



10.2 Sound Insulation The various areas within the building are to be designed with differing levels of acoustic performance depending on their individual requirements. The sensitivity of each area is to be assessed to ensure that appropriate acoustic separation is achieved between all areas whether for privacy, operational or functional needs. Appropriate levels of services noise will be determined in accordance with Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2107:2016 “Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for building interiors”. Sound insulation and services noise criteria will be determined by the acoustic consultant in conjunction with the client, user groups and consultancy team. For each space, the following acoustic criteria will be specified: • Allowable noise ingress from outside (LAeq dB) • Service noise (NR) • Sound insulation ratings for the building envelope • Sound insulation ratings for internal partitions without door (Rw) • Sound insulation ratings for internal partitions with doors (Rw) • Sound insulation ratings for doors (Rw) In developing the sound insulation ratings, care must be taken to consider the following: • Sound transfer within the building, in particular noise ingress into the performance spaces and rehearsal rooms • Noise transfer through voids (under floor) and inter-level connecting features (lobby, corridors) • Addressing both structure-borne and footfall noise sources • Noise intrusion from the surrounding environment • Rainfall noise in critical spaces • Internal building services noise • Vibration and noise outputs from internal plant areas and lifts. Adequate internal sound insulation between the performance and rehearsal space is required to ensure that all spaces can be used simultaneously.

10.2.1 Sound insulation - Offices & Meeting Rooms Provide appropriate speech privacy and confidentiality to offices and workstation areas. Speech privacy between adjoining areas is primarily dependent upon three factors: • voice level in the source room • sound reduction between the rooms and • background noise in the receiving room Sound insulation and mechanical services designs should provide appropriate speech privacy without the need for alternative forms of masking sounds, such as electronic masking systems.

Table 10.3: Space identification

Typical spaces

Design Criteria – Speech privacy Speech privacy requirement

Confidential Meeting & Boardrooms

Executive offices

Raised voice conversation can just be heard as a muffled sound in the adjoining space, but cannot be understood. Normal voice levels cannot be heard.

Non-confidential General offices Normal voice conversation can just be heard as a muffled sound in the adjoining space, but cannot be understood. Raised voice can be understood.



10.2.2 Door Systems Doors to the performance spaces and rehearsal rooms must be fitted with perimeter and drop seals and typically have a rating of Rw30-35. All entrances to performance spaces must be via acoustically treated double door sound (and light) locks. Doors to the loading docks and doors from the scene dock to stage must be specialist acoustic doors with integrated frame and acoustic seals with a minimum rating of Rw45.

10.2.3 Acoustic Terminology T60 Room acoustics within a space are commonly described by the Reverberation Time, T60. This is

measured in seconds and is an indication of how quickly sound decays within a space. The higher the T60, the more reverberant or acoustically “live” is the space. A low T60 indicates a quiet or acoustically “dead” space. The use of T60 is not suited to small rooms such as offices, but can be used as a tool to assess the relative benefits of providing acoustic absorption in small rooms.

C The clarity is defined as the ratio of the direct sound to reverberant sound energy. dBA Unit of overall noise level, in A-weighted decibels. The A-weighting approximates the average human

response over the entire frequency range. Leq Continuous or semi-continuous noise levels are described in terms of the equivalent continuous sound

level (Leq). This is the constant sound level over a stated time period which is equivalent in total sound energy to the time-varying sound level measured over the same time period. This is commonly referred to as the average noise level and is generally measured in dBA.

Loudness Also known as the G ‘Strength’ factor, is the ratio (in decibels) of the sound pressure level at a seat that comes from a non-directional source to the sound pressure level from the same source when measured in an anechoic chamber at a distance of 10m. The source is usually located at the stage area.

NR Noise Rating, which is a single number rating which takes into account the sound pressure level at the octave bands 31.5Hz – 8kHz inclusive. This is generally used to assess noise from mechanical services. The higher the NR, the higher the noise level.

Octave band The noise level at a range of individual frequencies can be determined by dividing the frequency range (usually 63Hz to 4kHz) into 7 frequency bands called octave bands, with centre frequencies of 63Hz, 125Hz, 250Hz, 500Hz, 1kHz, 2kHz and 4kHz.

Rw Weighted sound reduction, which is a measure of the acoustic effectiveness of a building partition, door or other building element in blocking noise transmission from one side of the element to the other. This value is the result of measurements in acoustic laboratories in accordance with the relevant Australian Standards. The higher the Rw, the better the acoustic performance.

11: Building Code of Australia Compliance


11 BUILDING CODE OF AUSTRALIA COMPLIANCE

New facilities are required to be fully compliant to the relevant Building Code of Australia (BCA / NCC) and referenced Australian Standards. Existing facilities are to be brought into current code compliance to the extent required by the Relevant Building Surveyor and as much as possible within the project scope and budget. Exceptions to this (to be confirmed) are the existing areas of the Library and Art Gallery not altered. Functional requirements such as fire extinguishers noted in the Room Data Sheets are in excess of BCA requirements – that is, BCA requirements are assumed to be a given. A preliminary BCA review notes the following requirements / issues to be adopted in design: • Type A construction • Fire compartmentation probable • Fire isolated exit stairs with appropriate separation • Hydrant and hose reel systems • Sprinkler protection extended to all areas • Relocation of existing fire services infrastructure likely • Relocation of existing electrical mains required • Smoke exhaust system to proscenium theatre and possibly other areas • Lifts sized for stretchers, road cases and set pieces • Emergency and exit lighting • Emergency sound / intercom system • HVAC systems to comply with Section J • Universal access throughout the building (except areas that are exempt for occupational safety reasons) • Wheelchair seating requirements are to be integral to the target seating capacity • Smoke detection isolation is required to all spaces considered functionally part of the stage area, including sound

locks, to allow for theatrical smoke effects. • High temperature sprinkler heads where required. Sprinklers heads must not be located in close proximity to lighting

positions (risk of triggering during performance or rehearsal due to high temperature build up near technical lights).

12: Environmentally Sustainable Design


12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN

The facility is to be designed and built to achieve equivalence (or close) to the 5 Star GreenStar Design and As-built Tool for all new elements but not the existing Library and Art Gallery facilities. The design process should also investigate and report on measures and cost to achieve 6 Star performance equivalence (carbon neutrality) for TRC consideration of what is to be implemented, with regard to: • Design and As-built facilities • Interior fit-out However, the design process is not to be accredited or constrained by the GreenStar Tool evaluation system. Appropriate and effective sustainability measures are to be assessed and presented, whether or not included in the GreenStar system. The analysis of ESD initiatives shall be from a community wide viewpoint and not simply considered for use by this venue alone. For example, the venue has relatively low water consumption with a high ability to collect a relatively large amount of water. The water collected could be used for other community uses. The cost estimate includes provision of 2% for sustainability measures to a 5 Star rating. All analysis should compare possible design solutions on an 8 year payback period. Anything under 8 years should be considered a given and included in the design. ESD Analysis The following shall be included in the ESD analysis for the redevelopment: • Passive Design • High efficiency equipment • Optimised indoor air quality • Fit for purpose - response to theatrical/functional needs of each space • Renewable energy sources. Review and analysis of the following: • Solar power and hot water • Photo-voltaic power generation • Battery power storage, noting that this may possibly substitute emergency generator back-up • Wind technologies (if allowed in the city) • Co-generation / tri-generation if relevant • Heat pump heating and cooling in lieu of gas boiler. • Water efficiency • Sub-metering • Sustainable materials • Sustainable transport solutions • Environmental management plans • Fit out A critical factor in increasing the overall energy efficiency of the building is operational feedback on how the system operates and how the client interacts with the facility. An important part of the design will be the processes put in place to enable the client to monitor outcomes of ESD initiatives. Therefore the following will be critical to enable these outcomes to occur: • Accurate and comprehensive operation manuals • Clear understanding of the design philosophy and implementation of the same • Feedback mechanism to measure and report on outcomes • Clear and concise training of the operation and maintenance of all systems

12: Environmentally Sustainable Design


• Non-Negotiable ESD Measures The following shall be included in the design and are not negotiable: • All general house lighting LED. • Lighting control system for daylight and dimming control, • Sub-metering of water, gas electricity etc, in sub-groups that provide feedback to the overall operations of the venue

and identification of billing for tenancies, • NO low voltage incandescent light sources.

13: Public Art and Place-making


13 PUBLIC ART AND PLACE-MAKING

Best practice in public art encourages the integration of art and design into public buildings and spaces rather than simply adding paintings or sculptures after building projects and precincts are complete. Public Art may be: • Temporary or permanent • Internal or external • Integrated subtly in functional items such as the building fabric, paving, park furniture, lighting/projected images,

entry statements, signage, balustrade • Landscape interventions • Monumental and eye catching • Use of water (including harvested water). Public art can create a unique sense of place, enhance community ownership and public places, express regional and cultural identities and renew a sense of civic pride. The benefits of Public or Integrated Art may include: • Provide exposure to engaging, innovative and experimental art for visitors. • Increased opportunities for innovation and experimentation in the design and development of public spaces. • Provision of opportunities for collaboration between artist, communities and built environment professionals in

shaping our public spaces. • Greater accessibility for the public to the work of artists of many disciplines, thus expanding audiences for all cultural

activity. • Greater understanding of the role and contribution of artists and cultural workers in the community. The TPAC redevelopment has the potential to contribute significantly to the enhancement of the Tamworth Cultural Precinct. The presence of public art could assist in defining the Centre as a signature building, and set an aesthetic and environmental standard for future developments in the precinct. Artwork commissioned for the arts centre should be consistent with relevant arts policies. It should reflect a succinct and clear brief, and could: • Respond and highlight the various aims of the Centre, to entice, relax, enchant and amuse the public of all ages and

walks of life, during the day and at night. • Increase the uniqueness of this Arts Centre ‘precinct’. • Facilitate community involvement and thus ownership of the Centre and precinct. • Address typologies identified in the Public Art Policy and Strategy in an interesting and engaging manner. • Celebrate and support local Indigenous and culturally diverse cultures.

13.1.1 Public Art Program The design team is to work with TPAC and TRAG staff to identify opportunities to: • Locate existing TRG art works within the TPAC on a permanent and temporary basis • Identify locations externally and internally in the development to commission new dedicated art works. The TRAG will collaborate with the design team to initiate a public art commission program, such as an art procurement competition. Refer to Section 15: TRAG Selected works from Tamworth Regional Gallery Collection suitable for foyer.pdf

14: Typical Calendar


14 TYPICAL THREE MONTH CALENDAR

Refer to the attached document for an indicative three month calendar of activities in the centre, to inform design consideration of functional requirements, diversity of use and the like. S14 TPAC 3 month typical Calendar A_201211.pdf

TPAC

Typ

ical

3 M

onth

Cal

enda

rM

arch

-May

202

4Ve

rsio

n A,

11/

12/2

020

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

31

PRO

SCEN

IUM

BUM

P-IN

Kids

Show

6pm

Kids

Show

10:3

0am

12:3

0pm

BUM

P-IN

& R

eh23

40BB

2340

BB7:

30pm

BUM

P-IN

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

Conf

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

Mee

ting

BUM

P-IN

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

STU

DIO

BUM

P-IN

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n TD

SBU

MP-

INTD

SBU

MP-

INTD

SBU

MP-

INTD

SRE

HEAR

SAL

TDS

REHE

ARSA

LTD

SRE

HEAR

SAL

TDS

Perf

#1

TDS

Perf

#2

TDS

Perf

#3

TDS

Perf

#4

TDS

Perf

#5

TDS

Perf

#6

TDS

Perf

#6 &

#7

TDS

BUM

PO

UT

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

n

SALO

NLi

brar

y Fo

rum

M

eetin

g Co

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

ADFA

SLE

CTU

RESE

RIES

6pm

CON

STU

DEN

TCO

NCE

RT3p

m

Gal

lery

Fo

rum

M

eetin

g CO

MM

ERCI

AL

CON

CERT

8pm

Conf

EV C

once

rt

8pm

Li

brar

y Fo

rum

Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n CO

NM

USI

CA

VIVA

CON

CERT

3pm

Mee

ting

EV C

once

rt

8pm

REH

RM

ON

ETM

SRe

hTD

SRe

hTM

SRe

hTD

SRe

hTM

SRe

hTM

SRe

hCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n TM

SRe

hCo

nfTM

SRe

hTM

SRe

hCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

TMS

Reh

TMS

Reh

REH

RM

TW

O (S

UB

DIV

IDED

)EV

W

ORK

SHO

PEV

W

ORK

SHO

PCo

nf

FUN

CTIO

N R

OO

MCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g Co

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

n

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Conf

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Conf

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

FUN

CTIO

N R

OO

M T

WO

(S

UBD

IVID

ED)

Conf

Conf

MEE

TIN

G R

OO

MCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n Co

nfM

eetin

g Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g

EVEN

T PL

AZA

TBC

Arts

&

Craf

t M

arke

tCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Conf

OU

TDO

OR

THEA

TRE

Mov

ie

Con

Lunc

htim

e Co

ncer

t

Mus

ic

Mov

ie

Mus

ic

Mus

ic

TDS

Tam

wor

th D

ram

atic

Soc

iety

TMS

Tam

wor

th M

usic

al S

ocie

ty23

40BB

2340

Big

Ban

dTM

S &

TD

SRe

hear

se 7

:30p

m to

10:

15pm

CON

Con

even

ts in

clud

ing

stud

ent c

once

rts a

nd M

usic

a Vi

va e

vent

sTB

CTa

mw

orth

Bus

ines

s Cha

mbe

r Art

& C

raft

Mar

ket

EVEn

tert

ainm

ent V

enue

s pre

sent

ed e

vent

Com

mun

ity F

unct

ion

Com

mun

ity o

rgan

isatio

ns a

nd C

ounc

il Co

mm

erci

al F

unct

ion

Corp

orat

e, g

over

nmen

t and

priv

ate

Mee

ting

Mee

tings

, wor

ksho

ps a

nd tr

aini

ng

MAR

CH 2

024

EAST

ER

PRO

SCEN

IUM

STU

DIO

SALO

N

REH

RM

ON

E

REH

RM

TW

O (S

UB

DIV

IDED

)

FUN

CTIO

N R

OO

M

FUN

CTIO

N R

OO

M T

WO

(S

UBD

IVID

ED)

MEE

TIN

G R

OO

M

EVEN

T PL

AZA

OU

TDO

OR

THEA

TRE

TDS

TMS

2340

BBTM

S &

TD

SCO

NTB

CEV Co

mm

unity

Fun

ctio

n Co

mm

erci

al F

unct

ion

Mee

ting

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

BUM

P-IN

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

SCHO

OL

CON

CERT

COM

MER

CIAL

DA

NCE

8PM

BUM

P-IN

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

mCo

nfCo

nf

Kids

Show

6pm

Kids

Show

10:3

0am

12:3

0pm

TMS

BUM

P IN

TM

S BU

MP

IN

TMS

BUM

P IN

TM

S BU

MP

IN

TMS

REHE

ARSE

TMS

REHE

ARSE

TMS

REHE

ARSE

TMS

REHE

ARSE

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n Co

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Conf

Conf

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

Mee

ting

Libr

ary

Foru

m

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

n

CON

STU

DEN

TCO

NCE

RT3p

m

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nM

eetin

g G

alle

ry

Foru

m

EV C

once

rt

8pm

Conf

Conf

Mee

ting

Kids

Show

6pm

Kids

Show

10:3

0am

12:3

0pm

Mee

ting

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

TMS

Reh

TMS

Reh

TMS

Reh

TMS

Reh

TDS

INFO

NIG

HTTM

SRe

hCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

TMS

Reh

TMS

Reh

Conf

TMS

Reh

TMS

Reh

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

TDS

Reh

EV

WO

RKSH

OP

EV

WO

RKSH

OP

Conf

Mee

ting

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nM

eetin

g Co

nfCo

nfCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n

Conf

Conf

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n Co

nfCo

nfM

eetin

g Co

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

n

TBC

Arts

&

Craf

t M

arke

tCo

nf

Mov

ie

Con

Lunc

htim

e Co

ncer

t

Mus

ic

Mov

ie

Mus

ic

APRI

L 20

24

SCHO

OL

HOLI

DAYS

PRO

SCEN

IUM

STU

DIO

SALO

N

REH

RM

ON

E

REH

RM

TW

O (S

UB

DIV

IDED

)

FUN

CTIO

N R

OO

M

FUN

CTIO

N R

OO

M T

WO

(S

UBD

IVID

ED)

MEE

TIN

G R

OO

M

EVEN

T PL

AZA

OU

TDO

OR

THEA

TRE

TDS

TMS

2340

BBTM

S &

TD

SCO

NTB

CEV Co

mm

unity

Fun

ctio

n Co

mm

erci

al F

unct

ion

Mee

ting

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

Sat

Sun

Mon

Tue

Wed

Thu

Fri

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

31

TMS

PER

F #1

TMS

PER

F #2

TMS

PER

F #3

TMS

PERF

#4

&

#5

TMS

PER

F #6

TMS

PER

F #7

TMS

PER

F #8

TMS

PERF

#9

&

#10

TMS

PER

F #1

1TM

S P

ERF

#12

TMS

PER

F #1

3TM

SPE

RF #

14 &

#1

5

TMS

BUM

P O

UT

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

Mee

ting

BUM

P-IN

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

COM

MER

CIAL

CO

NCE

RT8p

m

SCHO

OL

CON

CERT

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nEV

TH

EATR

E SE

ASO

N

8PM

EV

THEA

TRE

SEAS

ON

8P

M

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Conf

Conf

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

EDU

CATI

ON

CA

BARE

T SE

ASO

N

BUM

P IN

EDU

CATI

ON

CA

BARE

T SE

ASO

N

PERF

EDU

CATI

ON

CA

BARE

T SE

ASO

N

PERF

EDU

CATI

ON

CA

BARE

T SE

ASO

N

PERF

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

n

EV C

once

rt

8pm

M

eetin

g CO

NST

UDE

NT

CON

CERT

3pm

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nLi

brar

y Fo

rum

CO

MM

ERCI

AL

CON

CERT

8pm

Conf

Conf

Mee

ting

CON

STU

DEN

TCO

NCE

RT3p

m

Mee

ting

Gal

lery

Fo

rum

Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g CO

NM

USI

CA

VIVA

CON

CERT

8pm

EV C

once

rt

8pm

TDS

Reh

TDS

Reh

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nTD

SRe

h

Conf

Conf

TDS

Reh

EDU

CATI

ON

CA

BARE

T SE

ASO

N

REHE

ARSA

L

EDU

CATI

ON

CA

BARE

T SE

ASO

N

REHE

ARSA

L

TDS

Reh

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

TDS

Reh

TDS

Reh

TDS

Reh

EV

WO

RKSH

OP

EV

WO

RKSH

OP

Conf

Conf

EV

WO

RKSH

OP

EV

WO

RKSH

OP

Conf

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g Co

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Conf

Conf

Mee

ting

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nM

eetin

g

Conf

Conf

Conf

Conf

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nM

eetin

g Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n M

eetin

g Co

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n Co

nfCo

nfM

eetin

g Co

mm

erci

al

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mun

ity

Func

tion

Mee

ting

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

nCo

mm

unity

Fu

nctio

n

Com

mer

cial

Fu

nctio

n

TBC

Arts

&

Craf

t M

arke

tCo

nf

Mov

ie

Mus

ic

Mus

ic

MAY

202

4

15: TRAG Selected Artworks


15 TRAG SELECTED ARTWORKS

Refer to the attached document for descriptions of art works in the TRAG collection that have been identified by TRAG as suitable for display within the TPAC, extended Library and TRAG foyers. S15 TRAG Selected works from Tamworth Regional Gallery Collection suitable for foyer.pdf

Artw

orks

for f

oyer

Gal

lery

Lib

rary

and

new

Per

form

ing

Arts

Cen

tre

Jose

ph B

row

n O

BE, O

A (1

918

– 20

09)

Red

Spi

re w

ith B

lack

Loo

p

Timbe

r, co

mpo

site

woo

d a

nd a

cryl

ic p

aint

19

90 x

615

x 6

15m

m (v

aria

ble

dim

ensio

ns)

Re

com

men

ded

Max

imum

Lig

ht a

nd U

V Le

vels

Thes

e va

lues

are

set s

o th

at o

bjec

ts c

an b

e vi

ewed

whi

le m

inim

ising

the

risk

of

phot

oche

mic

al d

amag

e. N

ote

that

the

UV le

vels

reco

mm

end

ed b

elow

co

rresp

ond

to 3

0 µW

/lum

en fo

r hig

hly

sens

itive

obj

ects

and

75

µW/lu

men

for

sens

itive

and

inse

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts.

200

lux

and

15,0

00 µ

W/m

2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. Fl

at le

vel s

urfa

ce, f

ree

stan

ding

.

Roge

r Noa

kes

Illust

rate

d H

istor

y of

Han

dle

s 19

90

mild

stee

l, fo

und

stee

l obj

ects

, gun

blu

e an

d fis

h oi

l di

men

sions

var

iabl

e To

p ap

prox

127

0 h

x 11

00 m

m ,

base

800

h x

710

w x

300

d m

m

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Leve

ls Th

ese

valu

es a

re se

t so

that

obj

ects

can

be

view

ed w

hile

min

imisi

ng

the

risk

of p

hoto

chem

ical

dam

age.

Not

e th

at th

e UV

leve

ls re

com

men

ded

bel

ow c

orre

spon

d to

30

µW/lu

men

for h

ighl

y se

nsiti

ve

obje

cts a

nd 7

5 µW

/lum

en fo

r sen

sitiv

e an

d in

sens

itive

obj

ects

. 20

0 lu

x an

d 15

,000

µW

/m2

In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Flat

leve

l sur

face

,

this

wor

k is

in tw

o pa

rts, t

he to

p fre

e st

and

s on

bas

e.

The

wor

k re

quire

s tw

o pe

ople

to h

and

le.

Fran

cois

Jagg

i

The

Brid

e 20

08

recl

aim

ed fe

ncin

g w

ire, n

atur

al ru

stin

g

2mtrs

hig

h

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Leve

ls Th

ese

valu

es a

re se

t so

that

obj

ects

can

be

view

ed w

hile

min

imisi

ng

the

risk

of p

hoto

chem

ical

dam

age.

Not

e th

at th

e UV

leve

ls re

com

men

ded

bel

ow c

orre

spon

d to

30

µW/lu

men

for h

ighl

y se

nsiti

ve

obje

cts a

nd 7

5 µW

/lum

en fo

r sen

sitiv

e an

d in

sens

itive

obj

ects

. 20

0 lu

x an

d 15

,000

µW

/m2

In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Flat

leve

l sur

face

, wor

k is

very

stab

le.

The

wor

k re

quire

s tw

o pe

ople

to h

and

le.

Chr

istop

her H

odge

s

Ane

mon

e

2

007

stai

nles

s ste

el

1099

x 1

100

x 47

5 m

m

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Leve

ls Th

ese

valu

es a

re se

t so

that

obj

ects

can

be

view

ed w

hile

m

inim

ising

the

risk

of p

hoto

chem

ical

dam

age.

Not

e th

at

the

UV le

vels

reco

mm

end

ed b

elow

cor

resp

ond

to 3

0 µW

/lu

men

for h

ighl

y se

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts a

nd 7

5 µW

/lum

en fo

r se

nsiti

ve a

nd in

sens

itive

obj

ects

. 20

0 lu

x an

d 15

,000

µW

/m2

In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Flat

leve

l sur

face

, a p

linth

free

stan

ding

.

Chr

istop

her H

odge

s

Ane

mon

e 20

07

Felt,

woo

l, ha

nd st

itche

d 4

pane

ls a

ppro

x. 1

10cm

x 3

00cm

D

onat

ed d

irect

ly b

y th

e ar

tist

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, ma

nusc

ripts

, min

iatu

res,

dist

empe

r in

fresc

oes,

wal

lpap

ers,

goua

che,

dye

d le

athe

r, m

ost n

atur

al e

xhib

its, b

ota

nica

l spe

cim

ens,

fur a

nd fe

athe

rs.

50 lu

x an

d 15

00 µ

W/m

2 In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Wa

ll bas

ed w

ork

Step

hen

King

Bala

ncin

g th

e Bo

oks

20

09

Aus

tralia

n ce

dar

and

strin

gy b

ark

3.

3mtre

s hig

h x

300

mm

wid

e x

350

mm

dee

p

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Leve

ls Th

ese

valu

es a

re se

t so

that

obj

ects

can

be

view

ed w

hile

min

imisi

ng

the

risk

of p

hoto

chem

ical

dam

age.

Not

e th

at th

e UV

leve

ls re

com

-m

end

ed b

elow

cor

resp

ond

to 3

0 µW

/lum

en fo

r hig

hly

sens

itive

ob-

ject

s and

75

µW/lu

men

for s

ensit

ive

and

inse

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts.

200

lux

and

15,0

00 µ

W/m

2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. Fl

at le

vel s

urfa

ce,

The

wor

k is

in o

ne p

iece

. Thi

s wor

k is

atta

ched

to

the

floor

with

bol

ts o

n ea

ch c

orne

r at t

he b

ase.

Th

e w

ork

is qu

ite h

eavy

.

Pete

r Hoo

per

Fo

ur le

gs a

nd a

whe

el

2010

Pa

inte

d w

ood

ass

embl

age

1720

x 4

00 x

400

mm

Re

com

men

ded

Max

imum

Lig

ht a

nd U

V Le

vels

Thes

e va

lues

are

set s

o th

at o

bjec

ts c

an b

e vi

ewed

whi

le m

inim

ising

the

risk

of

phot

oche

mic

al d

amag

e. N

ote

that

the

UV le

vels

reco

mm

end

ed b

elow

co

rresp

ond

to 3

0 µW

/lum

en fo

r hig

hly

sens

itive

obj

ects

and

75

µW/lu

men

for

sens

itive

and

inse

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts.

200

lux

and

15,0

00 µ

W/m

2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. Fl

at le

vel s

urfa

ce, f

ree

stan

ding

. N

otes

bac

kgro

und

/ in

form

atio

n.

Pete

r is a

form

er H

igh

Scho

ol a

rt te

ache

r, (3

7 ye

ars

,) lo

cal a

rtist

lives

at H

ang

ing

Rock

.

Pete

r Hoo

per

Rob

Set 1

2010

Pain

ted

woo

d a

ssem

blag

e 60

0 x

920

x 1

50 m

m

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Lev

els

Thes

e va

lues

are

set s

o th

at o

bjec

ts

can

be v

iew

ed w

hile

min

imisi

ng th

e ris

k of

pho

toch

emic

al d

amag

e. N

ote

that

the

UV le

vels

reco

mm

end

ed

belo

w c

orre

spon

d to

30

µW/lu

men

for

high

ly se

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts a

nd 7

5 µW

/lu

men

for s

ensit

ive

and

inse

nsiti

ve

obje

cts.

200

lux

and

15,0

00 µ

W/m

2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. Ro

b Se

t 1 is

a w

all h

ung

asse

mbl

age,

an

d is

hun

g fro

m D

ring

s . T

he w

ork

shou

ld b

e in

stal

led

so th

at th

e to

p of

the

wor

k is

at a

ppro

x. 1

850

mm

from

the

floor

. N

otes

bac

kgro

und

/ in

form

atio

n.

Rob

Set 1

is a

wal

l hun

g as

sem

blag

e cr

eate

d u

sing

obje

cts o

btai

ned

from

the

sam

e sit

e th

at A

ustra

lian

Scul

ptor

and

as

sem

blag

e ar

tist R

ober

t Klip

pel u

sed

to so

urce

mat

eria

l for

his

wor

ks.

Jam

es R

oger

s

Dirt

Mus

ic

2011

ply

boar

d, w

ood

, glu

e, n

ails

ap

prox

110

cmh

x 48

0wcm

(d

imen

sions

var

iabl

e)

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Leve

ls Th

ese

valu

es a

re se

t so

that

obj

ects

can

be

view

ed w

hile

min

imisi

ng th

e ris

k of

pho

toch

emic

al d

am

age.

Not

e th

at th

e UV

leve

ls re

com

men

ded

bel

ow c

orre

spon

d to

30

µW/lu

men

for h

ighl

y se

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts a

nd 7

5 µW

/lum

en fo

r sen

sitiv

e an

d in

sens

itive

ob

ject

s. 20

0 lu

x an

d 15

,000

µW

/m2

In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Com

miss

ione

d fo

r the

bul

khea

d in

the

foye

r of t

he G

alle

ry/

Libra

ry b

uild

ing.

Rog

ers h

as c

reat

ed a

site

spec

ific

wor

k fo

r the

bu

lkhe

ad in

the

foye

r lan

ding

of t

he G

alle

ry L

ibra

ry B

uild

ing.

The

wor

k w

ill be

a fe

atur

e in

the

foye

r and

va

lue

add

to th

e vi

sitor

s ex

perie

nce

to th

e G

alle

ry, a

s the

y se

e th

e w

ork

whe

n le

avin

g.

Wa

ll bas

ed w

ork,

is a

ttach

ed to

the

wal

l on

from

the

front

of t

he b

ulkh

ead

as w

ell a

s beh

ind

the

bulk

head

.

Tani

a Sp

ence

r

Wou

ld y

ou lik

e so

me

cake

201

1

Mild

ste

el

(10

0H x

100

W x

30D

cm)

Reco

mm

ende

d M

axim

um L

ight

and

UV

Leve

ls Th

ese

valu

es a

re se

t so

that

obj

ects

can

be

view

ed w

hile

m

inim

ising

the

risk

of p

hoto

chem

ical

dam

age.

Not

e th

at th

e UV

leve

ls re

com

men

ded

bel

ow c

orre

spon

d to

30

µW/lu

men

fo

r hig

hly

sens

itive

obj

ects

and

75

µW/lu

men

for s

ensit

ive

and

inse

nsiti

ve o

bjec

ts.

200

lux

and

15,0

00 µ

W/m

2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

ould

you

like

som

e ca

ke is

a su

spen

sions

wor

k ha

ng p

oint

s ar

e at

tach

ed to

the

wor

k. T

he w

ork

shou

ld b

e in

stal

led

so

that

the

top

of th

e w

ork

is at

app

rox.

185

0 m

m fr

om th

e flo

or.

Not

es b

ackg

roun

d /

info

rmat

ion.

Ang

us N

iviso

n,

Sum

mer

/Cot

tan

Bim

bang

, 200

9

Acr

ylic

, cha

rcoa

l, pi

gmen

ts &

ges

so o

n ca

nvas

200

x 36

0cm

(Dip

tych

)

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, ma

nusc

ripts

, min

iatu

res,

dist

empe

r in

fresc

oes,

wal

lpap

ers,

goua

che,

dye

d le

athe

r, m

ost n

atur

al e

xhib

its, b

ota

nica

l spe

cim

ens,

fur a

nd fe

athe

rs.

50 lu

x an

d 15

00 µ

W/m

2 In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Wa

ll bas

ed w

ork,

inst

alle

d o

n D

-ring

s wor

k ce

ntre

d a

t 150

0mm

from

the

floor

Ba

ckgr

ound

not

es

Sum

mer

/Cot

tan

Bim

bang

, 200

9 is

a la

rge

scal

e di

ptyc

h cr

eate

d u

sing

acry

lic p

aint

, cha

rcoa

l, pi

gmen

ts a

nd g

esso

. C

otta

n-Bi

mba

ng is

a n

atio

nal p

ark

in N

ew S

outh

Wa

les,

and

is 6

5 km

sout

h ea

st o

f the

arti

sts’

hom

etow

n of

Wa

lcha

. Sum

mer

/Cot

tan

Bim

bang

, 200

9 ev

okes

the

hot s

umm

er lig

ht p

ass

ing

thro

ugh

gum

s in

the

fore

st, t

he w

arm

ora

nge

pale

tte a

nd sh

ocks

of b

lack

su

gges

t sha

dow

, sun

light

and

refle

ctio

n. A

cryl

ic, c

harc

oal,

gess

o a

nd p

igm

ents

are

ver

tica

lly a

pplie

d in

a so

lid lin

ear f

orm

at,

beco

min

g d

econ

stru

cted

as g

ritty

text

ured

laye

rs o

verla

p.

Roge

r Kem

p,

Aus

tralia

n Ta

pest

ry W

orks

hop

Leon

ie B

essa

nt, P

amel

a Jo

yce

and

Irja

Wes

t (W

EAV

ERS)

Rele

ase

1985

Tape

stry

409

x 38

0 cm

Gift

of C

FS M

anag

ed P

rope

rty L

td th

roug

h th

e A

ustra

lian

Gov

ernm

ent’

s Cul

tura

l Gift

s Pro

gram

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, m

anus

crip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e,

dye

d le

athe

r, m

ost n

atur

al e

xhib

its, b

ota

nica

l spe

cim

ens,

fur a

nd

fea

ther

s. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g a

lum

iniu

m/

stai

nles

s ste

el b

aton

s and

Vel

cro

Back

grou

nd n

otes

C

omm

issio

ned

by

the

Stat

e Ba

nk o

f Vic

toria

in 1

985.

Sol

d in

199

0 a

s a fi

xtur

e of

385

Bou

rke

St, M

elbo

urne

, to

the

Com

mon

wea

lth

Bank

of A

ustra

lia. I

n 19

99, o

wne

rshi

p of

the

build

ing

was

tran

sfer

red

to th

e C

omm

onw

ealth

Pro

perty

Offi

ce F

und

, whi

ch is

ow

ned

by C

FS M

anag

ed P

rope

rty L

td.

Poor

qua

lity

imag

e

Robe

rt Ja

cks

Rug.

198

6 10

0% virg

in woo

l face, Loo

ped

40

0 x

402

cm

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, m

anus

crip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e, d

yed

lea

ther

, mos

t nat

ural

exh

ibits

, bot

ani

cal

spec

imen

s, fu

r and

feat

hers

. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g al

umin

ium

/ st

ainl

ess s

teel

bat

ons a

nd V

elcr

o Ba

ckgr

ound

not

es

Feat

urin

g an

orig

inal

des

ign

by R

ober

t Jac

ks, t

his r

ug fo

rms p

art o

f a

gift

of fo

urte

en fi

bre

artw

orks

from

the

Com

mon

wea

lth B

ank

of

Aus

tralia

. It w

as c

omm

issio

ned

by

the

arch

itect

s and

inte

rior

des

igne

r (G

eorg

e Fr

eed

man

) for

the

then

Sta

te B

ank

of N

SW

Build

ing

in M

arti

n Pl

ace

.

Poor

qua

lity

imag

e

Allu

n Le

ach

–Jon

es

Rug

1

986

100%

woo

l, tufted

, cut

396 x 930 cm

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, ma

nusc

ripts

, min

iatu

res,

dist

empe

r in

fresc

oes,

wal

lpap

ers,

goua

che,

dye

d le

athe

r, m

ost n

atur

al e

xhib

its, b

ota

nica

l spe

cim

ens,

fur a

nd fe

athe

rs.

50 lu

x an

d 15

00 µ

W/m

2 In

stal

latio

n Re

quire

men

ts.

Wa

ll ba

sed

wor

k, a

ll wa

ll ba

sed

rugs

ca

n be

hun

g us

ing

alum

iniu

m/

stai

nles

s ste

el b

aton

s and

Vel

cro

Not

es b

ackg

roun

d in

form

atio

n Th

e im

age

qua

lity

is po

or. O

ne o

f thr

ee ru

gs fe

atur

ing

orig

inal

des

igns

by

Alu

n Le

ach-

Jone

s for

m p

art o

f a g

ift o

f fou

rteen

fib

re

artw

orks

don

ated

by

the

Com

mon

wea

lth B

ank

of A

ustra

lia. T

hey

wer

e co

mm

issio

ned

by

the

arch

itect

s and

inte

rior d

esig

ner

(Geo

rge

Free

dm

an) f

or th

e th

en S

tate

Ban

k of

NSW

Bui

ldin

g in

Ma

rtin

Plac

e. D

onat

ed b

y th

e C

omm

onw

ealth

Ban

k of

Aus

tralia

th

roug

h th

e A

ustra

lian

Gov

ernm

ent’

s Cul

tura

l Gift

s Pro

gram

Lesle

y Du

mbr

ell

Rug

Pure

woo

l, tu

fted

200

x 15

2 cm

Hi

ghly

Sen

sitiv

e O

bjec

ts

Text

iles,

cost

umes

, wa

terc

olou

rs, t

ape

strie

s, pr

ints

and

dra

win

gs,

man

uscr

ipts

, min

iatu

res,

dist

empe

r in

fresc

oes,

wal

lpap

ers,

goua

che,

dye

d

leat

her,

mos

t nat

ura

l exh

ibits

, bot

anic

al s

peci

men

s, fu

r and

feat

hers

. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g a

lum

iniu

m/

stai

nles

s ste

el b

aton

s and

Vel

cro

Lesle

y Du

mbr

ell

Rug

Pure

woo

l, tu

fted

208

dia

met

er c

m

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, m

anus

crip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e,

dye

d le

athe

r, m

ost n

atur

al e

xhib

its, b

ota

nica

l spe

cim

ens,

fur a

nd

fea

ther

s. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g a

lum

iniu

m/

stai

nles

s ste

el b

aton

s and

Vel

cro

Lesle

y Du

mbr

ell

Rug

Pure

woo

l, tu

fted

210

dia

met

er c

m

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, m

anus

crip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e,

dye

d le

athe

r, m

ost n

atur

al e

xhib

its, b

ota

nica

l spe

cim

ens,

fur a

nd

fea

ther

s. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g a

lum

iniu

m/

stai

nles

s ste

el b

aton

s and

Vel

cro

Kenn

y Ke

e

Rug

198

6

woo

l, tu

fted

, cut

30

3 x

300

cm

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, m

anus

crip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e, d

yed

lea

ther

, mos

t nat

ural

exh

ibits

, bot

ani

cal

spec

imen

s, fu

r and

feat

hers

. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g al

umin

ium

/ st

ainl

ess s

teel

bat

ons a

nd V

elcr

o

Jenn

y Ke

e

Rug

198

6

woo

l, tu

fted

, cut

32

2x 2

30 c

m

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd d

raw

ings

, m

anus

crip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e, d

yed

lea

ther

, mos

t nat

ural

exh

ibits

, bot

ani

cal

spec

imen

s, fu

r and

feat

hers

. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g al

umin

ium

/ st

ainl

ess s

teel

bat

ons a

nd V

elcr

o

Jenn

y Ke

e

Rug

198

6

woo

l, tu

fted

, cut

20

3 x

202

cm

High

ly S

ensit

ive

Obj

ects

Te

xtile

s, co

stum

es, w

ate

rcol

ours

, ta

pest

ries,

prin

ts a

nd

dra

win

gs, m

anu

scrip

ts, m

inia

ture

s, d

istem

per i

n fre

scoe

s, w

allp

aper

s, go

uach

e, d

yed

leat

her,

mos

t nat

ural

exh

ibits

, bo

tani

cal s

peci

men

s, fu

r and

feat

hers

. 50

lux

and

1500

µW

/m2

Inst

alla

tion

Requ

irem

ents

. W

all b

ase

d w

ork,

all w

all b

ase

d ru

gs c

an

be h

ung

usin

g al

umin

ium

/ st

ainl

ess s

teel

bat

ons a

nd V

elcr

o

16: TRAG Truck Access and Deliveries Requirements


16 TRAG TRUCK ACCESS AND DELIVERIES REQUIREMENTS

Refer to the attached extract of the TRAG Facility Report describing existing and required truck access and exhibition delivery requirements. S16 TRAG Truck access and exhibition deliveries.pdf

Sh

ipp

ing

an

d R

ec

eiv

ing

2.1

7

Do y

ou

ha

ve

(o

r h

ave

acce

ss to

):

-

Sh

ippin

g/r

ece

ivin

g d

oo

r (d

ime

nsio

ns:

Heig

ht:

45

00m

m

Wid

th: 3

600

mm

)?

...

....

....

....

....

....

....

.. Y

es

-

Rais

ed

loa

din

g d

ock (

heig

ht

fro

m g

rou

nd:

N/A

)?

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

. No

-

Dock le

ve

ller?

N/A

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

No

-

Fo

rk-l

ift

(we

ight

ca

pacity:

4K

Pa

)?

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

.. Y

es

-

Hyd

rau

lic lift

(we

igh

t ca

pa

city:

)?

...

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

.. N

o

-

Cra

ne

(w

eig

ht ca

pa

city:

)?

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

.. N

o

-

Ram

p (

len

gth

:60

00m

)?

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

.. Y

es

-

Sca

ffo

ldin

g (

heig

ht:

)? ...

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

.. N

o

-

Oth

er

(sp

ecify:

Do

llie

s,

pa

llet

jac

k a

nd

EW

P a

va

ila

ble

as

req

uir

ed

)?..

....

....

......

......

......

....

....

......

......

......

......

......

....

Ye

s

2.1

8

What

is th

e m

axim

um

siz

e c

rate

yo

ur

ship

pin

g/r

ece

ivin

g d

oo

r ca

n a

cco

mm

oda

te?

H

eig

ht: 3

950

mm

W

idth

: 2

500

mm

D

ep

th:

As

re

qu

ire

d;

30

00

mm

lo

ad

ing

do

ck

op

en

s d

irec

tly i

nto

te

mp

sto

rag

e a

rea

2.1

9

If y

ou

do

no

t h

ave

a s

hip

pin

g/r

ece

ivin

g d

oo

r o

r a

rais

ed

dock, h

ow

do

yo

u r

ece

ive

sh

ipm

en

ts (

Descri

be

lo

ad

ing

are

a a

nd

in

dic

ate

on

atta

ch

ed

flo

or

pla

n)?

N

/A

2.2

0

What

are

yo

ur

no

rma

l re

ce

ivin

g h

ou

rs?

8

.30 a

m t

o 5

pm

Mo

nd

ay t

o F

rid

ay

2.2

1

Can

yo

u a

ccom

mo

da

te a

de

live

ry a

t tim

es o

the

r th

an

duri

ng th

ese h

ou

rs?

...

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

. Ye

s

2.2

2

Can

yo

ur

loa

din

g a

rea

acco

mm

od

ate

: -

a 1

2 .4

me

tre v

eh

icle

or

lon

ge

r? ...

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

Ye

s

- m

ore

th

an o

ne 1

2.4

me

tre

veh

icle

at a

tim

e?

...

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

... Y

es

2.2

3

Is y

ou

r lo

adin

g a

rea

: -

sh

elte

red

? 2

m ..

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

. Ye

s

- e

nclo

se

d?

...

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

... N

o

2.2

4

Describ

e s

ecu

rity

pre

cau

tion

s ta

ken

in

you

r lo

ad

ing

are

a:

Sec

uri

ty c

am

era

, a

larm

, s

ec

uri

ty d

oo

rs,

plu

s s

taff

in

vig

ila

tio

n a

t a

ll t

imes

2.2

5

Do y

ou

ha

ve

a s

ecu

re r

ece

ivin

g a

rea

sep

ara

te f

rom

the

loa

din

g a

rea

? .

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

... Y

es

(D

ime

nsio

ns: L

en

gth

: 4

.6m

W

idth

:5.3

m

Ceili

ng

heig

ht: 4

.8m

If

ye

s,

is th

is a

rea u

se

d o

nly

for

exh

ibitio

n o

bje

cts

? .

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

....

. Ye

s

2.2

6

How

is a

cce

ss t

o th

e r

eceiv

ing a

rea

co

ntr

olle

d?

S

ec

ure

d a

rea

, s

urv

eil

lan

ce

mo

nit

or

ins

tall

ed

. In

terc

om

in

sta

lled

ou

tsid

e.

Ga

lle

ry s

taff

wit

h s

ec

uri

ty c

lea

ran

ce

on

ly.

The

in

form

atio

n b

elo

w is

ta

ke

n f

rom

th

e T

am

wo

rth

Re

gio

na

l Ga

llery

Fa

cili

ty R

ep

ort

The

Tru

cks

de

live

rin

g a

nd

co

llec

tiin

g e

xh

ibitio

ns

fro

m T

am

wo

rth

Re

gio

na

l G

alle

ry e

nte

r th

e H

ill S

tre

et,

ca

r p

ark

fro

m t

he

ac

ce

ss r

oa

d n

ext

to

Se

rvic

es

NSW

an

d p

roc

ee

d a

cro

ss t

he

ca

rpa

rk a

t th

e r

ea

r o

f th

e P

arr

y B

uild

ing

, u

p t

he

slig

ht

inc

line

to

th

e lo

ad

ing

do

ck a

t th

e r

ea

r o

f th

e

Ga

llery

/ Li

bra

ry B

uild

ing

.

Ac

ce

ss f

rom

Pe

el Str

ee

t b

etw

ee

n N

RA

M a

nd

NSW

Pu

blic

Wo

ks

bu

ildin

gs

is v

ery

re

stric

tive

with

tra

ffic

isla

nd

s, d

ou

ble

lin

es,

pe

de

stria

n

cro

ssin

gs

an

d r

ou

nd

ab

ou

ts. O

nc

e in

th

e c

arp

ark

th

ere

is in

suff

icie

nt

roo

m f

or

the

tru

ck t

o t

urn

to

wa

rds

the

Ga

llery

.

Tru

cks

drive

in b

eh

ind

th

e C

ity S

ide

r M

ote

l to

re

ve

rse

into

th

e G

alle

ry lo

ad

ing

do

ck.

Tru

ck

fu

lly p

osi

tio

ne

d

in

Ga

llery

lo

ad

ing

do

ck

De

pe

nd

ing

on

th

e s

ize

of th

e e

xh

ibitio

n lo

ad

ing

an

d u

nlo

ad

ing

ta

ke

s b

etw

ee

n 1—

2 .5 h

ou

rs

Cra

te a

nd

tra

ve

llin

g f

ram

es

ca

me

in

all s

ha

pe

s, s

ize

s, a

nd

we

igh

ts. Ea

ch

is

sho

uld

on

ly b

e m

ov

ed

ov

er

sho

rt d

ista

nc

es,

with

ca

re a

nd

Min

ima

l h

an

dlin

g.

The

Ga

llery

ow

ns

a H

yu

nd

ai I

loa

d v

an

, w

ith

lift

ing

pla

tfo

rm a

tta

ch

ed

. L

en

gth

is a

pp

rox.

5.5

90

mtr

s.

The

dim

en

sio

ns

of

a t

ruc

k d

eliv

erin

g o

r c

olle

ctin

g a

n e

xh

ibitio

n a

re h

eig

ht

4.2

8 m

trs,

wid

th 2

.5 m

trs

len

gth

12.2

4 m

trs,

plu

s th

e t

ailg

ate

s/ li

ftin

g p

latf

orm

on

th

e t

ruc

ks

wh

en

op

en

ed

fo

r lo

ad

ing

ad

ds

an

oth

er

264

cm

to

th

e o

ve

rall

len

gth

of

ea

ch

tru

ck. Sh

ou

ld a

n e

xh

ibitio

n b

e e

xce

ptio

na

lly la

rge

, it m

ay

be

ne

ce

ssa

ry f

or

a t

raile

r, h

eig

ht

2.7

mtr

s, w

idth

2.5

mtr

s, a

nd

le

ng

th 6

.9 m

trs,

giv

ing

th

e v

eh

icle

a t

ota

l le

ng

th o

f a

pp

rox

. 20

mts

.

Inte

rna

tio

na

l A

rt S

erv

ice

s d

ed

ica

ted

tru

ck

fle

et

dim

en

sio

ns

Larg

e E

xh

ibitio

n t

ruc

k X

F D

AF

This

tru

ck

ha

s d

eliv

ere

d e

xh

ibitio

ns

to T

am

wo

rth

Re

gio

na

l G

alle

y

The

dim

en

sio

ns

of

a t

ruc

k d

eliv

erin

g o

r c

olle

ctin

g a

n e

xh

ibitio

n a

re h

eig

ht

4.1

0 m

trs,

wid

th 2

.5 m

trs

len

gth

11.1

0 m

trs,

plu

s th

e t

ailg

ate

s/ li

ftin

g

pla

tfo

rm o

n t

he

tru

cks

wh

en

op

en

ed

fo

r lo

ad

ing

ad

ds

an

oth

er

26

4 c

m t

o t

he

ov

era

ll le

ng

th o

f e

ac

h t

ruc

k.

Inte

rna

tio

na

l A

rt S

erv

ice

s d

ed

ica

ted

tru

ck

fle

et

dim

en

sio

ns

Me

diu

m e

xh

ibitio

n t

ruc

k L

F D

AF

This

tru

ck

oft

en

bri

ng

s e

xh

ibitio

ns

to T

am

wo

rth

Re

gio

na

l G

alle

y

The

dim

en

sio

ns

of

a t

ruc

k d

eliv

erin

g o

r c

olle

ctin

g a

n e

xh

ibitio

n a

re h

eig

ht

3.8

0 m

trs,

wid

th 2

.48

mtr

s le

ng

th 9

.17

mtr

s, p

lus

the

ta

ilga

tes/

lift

ing

pla

tfo

rm o

n t

he

tru

cks

wh

en

op

en

ed

fo

r lo

ad

ing

ad

ds

an

oth

er

26

4 c

m t

o t

he

ov

era

ll le

ng

th o

f e

ac

h t

ruc

k.

Rig

ht:

Sm

all E

xh

ibitio

n t

ruc

k,

Be

low

: S

ma

ll E

xh

ibitio

n T

ruc

k D

AF

It is

ve

ry r

are

th

at

eith

er

of th

ese

tru

ck

s c

om

e t

o T

am

wo

rth

.

Ho

we

ve

r th

ey

are

in

clu

de

d a

s th

e t

ruc

ks

are

sim

ila

r in

siz

e t

o s

eve

ral

oth

er

tru

ck

s, w

ho

ma

ke

re

gu

lar

de

live

rie

s to

Ta

mw

ort

h R

eg

ion

al

Ga

lle

ry,

inc

lud

ing

Toll, TN

T, S

tar

Tra

ck

, A

ust

ralia

Po

st, C

ha

lle

ng

e C

om

mu

nity

Se

rvic

es

an

d p

riva

tely

ow

ne

d t

ruc

ks

be

lon

gin

g t

o s

om

e r

eg

ion

al a

rtis

ts w

ho

de

live

ry t

he

ir w

ork

to

th

e G

alle

ry.

In a

dd

itio

n t

o h

ire

tru

ck

s.

The

dim

en

sio

ns

of

a t

ruc

k d

eliv

erin

g o

r c

olle

ctin

g a

n e

xh

ibitio

n a

re h

eig

ht

3.9

5 m

trs,

wid

th 2

.50

mtr

s le

ng

th 9

.30

mtr

s, p

lus

the

ta

ilga

tes/

lift

ing

pla

tfo

rm

on

th

e t

ruc

ks

wh

en

op

en

ed

fo

r lo

ad

ing

ad

ds

an

oth

er

264

cm

to

th

e o

ve

rall

len

gth

of

ea

ch

tru

ck.

On

ce

th

e T

ruc

k is

fu

lly lo

ad

ed

it le

av

es

Tam

wo

rth

Re

gio

na

l Ga

llery

via

Th

e H

ill s

tre

et,

it is

a m

att

er

of

driv

ing

fo

rwa

rd, re

ve

rsin

g b

ac

k, th

e t

urn

ing

.

Veh

icle

tu

rnin

g p

ath

Pas

sen

ger

veh

icle

(5

.2 m

)

6.3

m r

adiu

s

Serv

ice

ve

hic

le (

8.8

m)

9 m

rad

ius,

5 k

m/h

12

.5 m

rad

ius,

5 k

m/h

15

m r

adiu

s, 5

to

15

km

/h

20

m r

adiu

s, 1

5 t

o 2

0 k

m/h

Sin

gle

un

it t

ruck

/bu

s (1

2.5

m)

12

.5 m

rad

ius,

5 k

m/h

15

m r

adiu

s, 5

to

15

km

/h

20

m r

adiu

s, 1

5 t

o 2

0 k

m/h

17: TPAC Existing Equipment Schedule


17 TPAC EXISTING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

Refer to the attached schedule of items to be relocated into the TPAC from the Capitol Theatre. Liaise with TRC to identify storage locations for these items and other potential equipment. S17 Items for relocation from Capitol_210204.pdf

Ente

rtai

nmen

t Ven

ues,

Tam

wor

th R

egio

nal C

ounc

ilIte

ms f

or R

eloc

atio

n to

TPA

C fr

om th

e Ca

pito

l The

atre

FTDB

Sec

tion

17 0

4.02

.202

1

Ref

Item

/Des

crip

tion

Dim

ensio

nsHo

w m

any

Exist

ing?

Phot

o?Ph

oto

IDNo

tes

W x

H x

D1

LX M

eat r

ack

1450

x 1

920

x 75

02

YY

1.1

Port

able

item

. Mov

es b

etw

een

all v

enue

s. L

ikel

y m

ore

usef

ul in

smal

ler s

pace

s - st

udio

salo

n. W

ill

alw

ays n

eed

stor

age

spac

e 2

LX M

eat r

ack

- Tre

cc14

50 x

192

0 x

750

3Y

NR

efer

to 1

.1

3Cu

pboa

rd -

mic

stor

age

920

x 18

02 x

460

1Y

Y1.

24

Cupb

oard

- to

ols &

con

sum

able

s92

0 x

1802

x 4

601

YN

Refe

r to

1.2

5G

el st

ore

- Cup

boar

d Cr

ate

815

x 11

50 x

710

1Y

Y1.

36

Cupb

oard

- la

mps

920

x 18

02 x

460

1Y

NRe

fer t

o 1.

2 7

Filin

g ca

bine

t ( 4

dra

wer

) - G

el47

0 x

1320

x 6

001

Y8

Chem

ical

cup

boar

d - H

azer

flui

d9

Meg

a de

ck tr

olle

y (h

olds

3 x

2.4

x 1

.2)

2500

x 1

350

x 56

02

YY

1.4

10M

ega

deck

trol

ley

(hol

ds 4

x 2

.4 x

1.2

)25

00 x

135

0 x

790

1Y

NRe

fer t

o 1.

4M

ade

sam

e w

ay a

s 1.4

trol

ley,

just

wid

er11

Meg

a de

ck 2

.4 x

1.2

2400

x 1

200

12y

N12

Orc

hest

ra c

hairs

(sta

ck 1

0)44

0 x

1900

x 6

304

Y1.

513

Tres

te ta

ble

1800

x 7

50 x

50

(fold

ed)

20Y

1.6

Stor

ed in

var

ious

loca

tion

and

can

exce

ed 2

0 ta

ble

depe

ndin

g on

dem

and.

No

exist

ing

trol

ley

in th

e Ca

pito

l. Do

es e

xist

in o

ther

ven

ues

14Re

trac

tabl

e Bo

llard

s (1.

8m b

elt)

360

x 10

5020

YY

1.7

Indi

vidu

ally

stor

ed15

Bolla

rd T

rolle

y (e

mpt

y)18

50 x

930

x 8

001

YY

1.8

Loca

ted

at T

RECC

due

to si

ze. C

ould

be

usef

ul in

ne

w v

enue

. Sto

res u

p to

18

bolla

rds

16G

rand

Pia

noPi

ano

Stor

e17

Mus

ic st

ands

24Re

fer t

o 1.

918

Mus

ic st

ands

- Tr

olle

y15

00 x

109

2 x

560

2Y

Y1.

9Ho

lds 1

2/13

Man

hass

et st

ands

19W

edge

s12

Y20

Rio

Rack

s2

21Re

ciev

er ra

ck22

SI3

FOH

or m

onito

rs23

SI1

FOH

or m

onito

rs24

Proj

ecto

r (N

EC) w

ith c

lam

p40

0 x

280

x 17

0Y

25Le

cter

n (b

uilt)

600

x 11

60 x

500

2Y

Ref

Item

/Des

crip

tion

Dim

ensio

nsHo

w m

any

Exist

ing?

Phot

o?Ph

oto

IDNo

tes

26Co

stum

e Ra

ck (m

obile

)16

00 x

175

0 x

450

5Y

1.1

27Pu

ll up

s28

Post

er st

orag

e29

Broc

hure

stor

age

30Fr

idge

Y31

Was

hing

Mac

hine

1Y

32Dr

yer

1Y

33La

undr

y Ch

emic

al c

upbo

urd

920

x 18

02 x

460

2N

Refe

r to

1.1

34Li

nen

cupb

oard

900

x 18

00 x

400

2Y

1.11

35va

cuum

s bac

kpac

k2

Y36

Bath

room

stoc

k co

nsum

able

sY

37fr

idge

trol

ley

Y38

Loun

ges

Y39

Misc

stor

age

har

d ha

ts, c

loth

, leg

s, h

ardw

are

920

x 18

10 x

460

1Y

40Ki

ncro

me

trol

ley

940

x 40

0 x

150

4Y

41Ba

se p

late

s4

Y1.

1542

pole

s - v

ario

us le

ngth

s Y

1.16

43Sn

orke

lY

1.17

44St

age

cupb

oard

- M

ic st

ands

920

x 18

30 x

460

1Y

45St

age

cupb

oard

- M

ic le

ads

920

x 18

30 x

460

1Y

46Pr

ojec

tor r

oad

case

( Hi

tach

i)58

0 x

580

x 29

0Y

47Ha

zer

630

x 54

0 x

340

2Y

48La

dder

sY

1.12

49SM

con

sole

650

x 15

40 x

740

Y1.

1350

FOH

curt

ain

Y51

Drap

es/ L

egs/

Y

52Cy

cY

53Ba

r sto

ol (e

ach)

900

x 40

0 ea

ch4

Y1.

1454

Proj

ecto

r (M

its)

430

x 20

0 x

410

Y55

Bio

- Cup

boar

d - C

D pl

ayer

s, b

its n

pie

ces

920

x 18

02 x

460

1Y

56Ro

adca

ses -

Var

ious

size

s5

Y

18: Facility Space Program and Room Data Sheet Index


18 FACILITY SPACE PROGRAM AND ROOM DATA SHEET INDEX

The attached Facility Space Program (S18 TPAC FTDB Facility Space Program_A 210208.xlsx and pdf), which also forms the Room Data Sheet Index, defines anticipated required functional space for each room or functional space. These areas may be adjusted in future editions following more detailed functional analysis. For instance, analysis of specific storage requirements and their physical mapping may lead to increases in storage allocations. By its nature as a pre-design tool, spatial analysis indicates the most efficient, lowest area facility achievable. Constrained sites can result in less efficient facility planning leading to increased floor area. Area allocations for some venues and technical spaces are preliminary and will vary with specific configuration. Area assumptions for foyers and circulation are estimates that will vary with the actual design layout adopted (and may be under-stated). Occupancy shows all facilities in typical, simultaneous use for professional performance. Some users, especially community groups may have larger stage crews. Facilities will rarely be in full simultaneous use. The Facility Space Program is NOT in itself a Functional Brief, and cannot be considered an adequate or complete description of functional requirements. Zones refer to the categories of Oh You Beautiful Stage: Australian Benchmarks for Performing Arts Centres, ed 4. The FSP also includes a spreadsheet with a preliminary estimate the TRCM Instrument Store area calculation, which similarly is to be reviewed and refined with the TRCM in schematic design. The Facility Space Program lists the following information:

Columns Spaces:

A Room reference number, and RDS reference number. Where multiple spaces are (largely) identical the RDS of the first room listed applies to other rooms as noted in the RDS and FSP.

B Room / Space name

C Zone Titles and Description: brief functional description and note of facilities required – RDS take precedence over this description

D Patron Numbers: numbers of typical maximum public or patrons that the room must cater for. Occupant numbers are listed once in order to project the building occupancy. Patron numbers are listed with the relevant venue (rather than foyer)

E Staff / Crew Numbers: numbers of typical staff, hirers personnel, crew or service staff anticipated. For some community events in theatres these numbers may be significantly exceeded. Staff members are listed generally with the relevant functional space.

F Proposed Internal Area: net effective functional area of the room (estimated). These may be subject to refinement following preparation of furniture and format layouts for various spaces.

G Proposed External Area: indicative external functional area to be provided.

Footprint Analysis: Columns H-K indicate the anticipated location of facilities in the building, projecting a nominal building area by floor level. Subject to design.

H Basement

I Ground Floor / Level 1

J Upper Floors / Levels 2 and above

K Footprint Total (check total to column F)

18: Facility Space Program and Room Data Sheet Index


18.1 Zones and Spaces: Functional zones are identified by a 100 series number as per OYBS. Functional sub-zones are identified by number sets within each zone, such as all Front-of-House administration is set 200, centre administration is set 220. Each venue has its own number series, such as the Proscenium Theatre 500 series. General backstage facilities serving the Proscenium Theatre and shared by other venue users are included in the 800 series. Typical rooms are described in one data sheet only, however all spaces are uniquely numbered. Occupant numbers are only listed once, to generate the building occupancy figures to inform building permit occupancy and fire engineering analysis. Audiences are listed in the relevant venue. Staff/hirers are listed with relevant functional spaces.

Table 18.1 Zone Ref:

Sub-zone

Functional Zones Referencing Functional Zones:

100 Front-of-House, Tamworth City Library, Tamworth Regional Art Gallery

100 Main foyers (Proscenium and Salon) patron toilets, bars and FOH lifts

120 Tamworth City Library, Tamworth Regional Art Gallery (expansion)

200 Centre Operations and Servicing

200 Front-of-House Services

220 Centre Administration

240 Centre Servicing As these spaces are driven largely by building services design or authority requirements, RDS are not provided.

300 300 Café

400 Functions, Board Room, Rehearsal Studios

400 Functions and Board Room

420 Rehearsal Studios (RS)

500 Proscenium Theatre Refer to 800 series for Proscenium backstage

500 Proscenium Auditorium

520 Proscenium Stagehouse

600 Studio Theatre

600 Studio Theatre (auditorium and stage)

610 Studio Theatre Backstage

700 Salon and Recording Studio

700 Salon and backstage

710 Recording Studio

800 Backstage

800 Production / Stage Support (primarily proscenium theatre)

820 Performer and Crew Support

900 Creative Tenancies

900 ABC Studio

920 Tamworth Regional Conservatorium of Music (TRCM)

Tam

worth

Per

form

ing

Arts

Cen

tre -

Func

tiona

l & T

echn

ical D

esig

n Br

iefTa

mwo

rth R

egio

nal C

ounc

il

Facil

ity S

pace

Pro

gram

Issue

:A

Area

Ana

lysis

Sum

mar

y:Th

e are

a ana

lysis

indica

tes th

e mos

t effic

ient,

lowes

t are

a fac

ility a

chiev

able.

Date:

8/0

2/202

1Co

nstra

ined s

ites c

an re

sult i

n les

s effic

ient f

acilit

y plan

ning l

eadin

g to i

ncre

ased

floor

area

.W

RA R

ef:

1822

Occu

panc

y is b

ased

on al

l facil

ities i

n typ

ical, s

imult

aneo

us us

e for

profe

ssion

al pe

rform

ance

.So

me us

ers,

espe

cially

comm

unity

grou

ps m

ay ha

ve la

rger

stag

e cre

ws.

Note:

area

alloc

ation

s for

some

tech

nical

spac

es ar

e pre

limina

ry an

d will

vary

with

spec

ific co

nfigu

ratio

n.Th

e Fac

ility S

pace

Pro

gram

is N

OT a

Func

tiona

l Brie

f, an

d can

not b

e con

sider

ed an

adeq

uate

or co

mplet

e des

cripti

on of

func

tiona

l requ

ireme

nts.

Zone

s refe

r to t

he ca

tegor

ies of

Oh

You

Beau

tiful S

tage

: Aus

tralia

n Be

nchm

arks

for P

erfo

rming

Arts

Cen

tres,

ed 4.

Iss

ues /

Rev

ision

sIss

ueDa

teNo

tes

TRC

appr

oved

for u

seA

8/02/2

021

Desc

riptio

nPo

pulat

ion

Foot

prin

t Ana

lysis

(m2)

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs

Staf

f / C

ast

Crew

Nos

Prop

osed

In

tern

al Ar

eaPr

opos

ed

Exte

rnal

Area

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t Ch

eck

Tota

lZo

ne 10

0: Fr

ont-o

f-Hou

se0

41,3

5060

059

777

497

1,334

Zone

200:

Centr

e Ope

ratio

ns0

1488

530

224

357

782

0Zo

ne 30

0: Ca

fé14

020

306

600

306

030

6Zo

ne 40

0: Fu

nctio

ns, B

oard

Roo

m, R

ehea

rsal S

tudios

230

2176

650

00

766

766

Zone

420:

Rehe

arsa

l Stud

ios (R

S)56

464

40

00

644

644

Zone

520:

Pros

ceniu

m Au

ditor

ium60

09

1,194

095

486

613

1,194

Zone

520:

Pros

ceniu

m St

ageh

ouse

0

51,3

080

164

588

556

1,308

Zone

600:

Stud

io Th

eatre

(ST)

204

2782

20

00

822

822

Zone

700:

Salon

and R

ecor

ding S

tudio

124

739

50

034

847

395

Zone

800:

Prod

uctio

n / S

tage S

uppo

rt - B

acks

tage

02

497

065

372

6049

7Zo

ne 82

0: Pe

rform

er &

Cre

w Su

ppor

t - B

acks

tage

090

591

2065

204

323

591

Zone

900:

ABC

Stud

io4

1830

626

20

306

030

6

Zone

920:

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

onse

rvator

ium of

Mus

ic (T

RCM)

9829

1,256

00

01,2

561,2

56Su

b-to

tal

1,456

250

10,31

91,2

9444

83,6

296,1

6110

,238

Build

ing st

ructu

re al

lowan

ce @

5%51

622

181

308

512

Multi-

venu

e are

a/circ

ulatio

n con

tinge

ncy @

10%

1,032

4536

361

61,0

24To

tal P

rojec

ted

Occu

pant

s / B

uild

ing

Area

(m2)

1,456

250

11,86

71,2

9449

33,9

926,7

7811

,262

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

1/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

100

Zone

100:

Fro

nt-o

f-Hou

sePa

tron A

rriva

lSh

ort-t

erm

car,

taxi &

bus d

rop-

off at

entry

, pre

f und

er sh

elter

.Ma

y be a

t rea

r car

park

entry

in un

dercr

oft su

bject

to ve

hicle

flow.

101

Fore

cour

t - P

eel S

t La

rge o

utdoo

r cou

rtyar

d / pl

aza f

or en

try, f

oyer

& ca

fe ou

tlook

, ex

terna

l eve

nts in

cludin

g per

forma

nce a

nd pr

ojecti

on. E

ncou

rage

co

mmun

ity ga

therin

g and

habit

ation

of th

e buil

ding f

ronta

ge. C

reate

a h

abita

ble an

d com

fortab

le am

bienc

e for

centr

e and

fore

cour

t use

rs – a

void

wind

, glar

e, pr

ovide

wea

ther s

helte

r.Fu

rnitu

re an

d fixe

d elem

ents

must

not o

bstru

ct ca

pacit

y for

ga

therin

gs, p

erfor

manc

es.

Clos

e pro

ximity

to sh

ort s

tay pa

rking

and v

ehicl

e dro

p-off

, pick

-up.

Perfo

rman

ce in

frastr

uctur

e, po

wer,

water

and s

ewer

servi

ces,

capa

city t

o loc

ate m

arqu

ees e

ssen

tial. S

ignag

e. Liq

uour

licen

se fo

r ev

ents.

OB

van l

ocati

on. B

icycle

stan

ds.

400

102

Even

ts Pl

aza

Exter

nal e

vents

/ fun

ction

s ter

race

, she

lter/

retra

ctable

shad

e str

uctur

es, p

erfor

manc

es, b

ar, r

oofto

p cine

ma. P

erfor

manc

e inf

rastr

uctur

e, po

wer,

water

and s

ewer

servi

ces,

capa

city t

o loc

ate

marq

uees

esse

ntial.

Sign

age.

Liquo

ur lic

ense

for e

vents

. OB

van

locati

on. P

rojec

tor en

closu

re. M

inimu

m ar

ea sa

y 200

m2.

Even

ts Pl

aza

200

103

Airlo

ck

2 sets

of au

tomati

c doo

rs.foy

er10

4Fo

yer -

Main

, Lev

el 1

(Pro

scen

ium T

heatr

e)Ba

sed o

n 1.0m

2 per

patro

n/sea

t, 60

0 patr

ons,

nomi

nal.

Corri

dors

to ve

nue e

ntries

(min

2.5m,

pref

3m w

ide) 2

side

s, 2 l

evels

.Me

rchan

dise /

Con

feren

ce: p

rovid

e suit

able

area

, alco

ve in

foye

r for

tem

pora

ry sta

nds f

or sh

ow m

erch

andis

ing,

confe

renc

e org

anisi

ng.

FOH

Patro

n Stor

e alco

ve 20

m2 (in

clude

d)Re

fer R

DS 20

3 Cult

ural

merch

andis

e alco

ve.

see v

enue

s88

050

060

560

105

Foye

r - M

ain, L

evel

2 (P

rosc

enium

The

atre)

as ab

ove

incl a

bove

300

300

FOH

Lift 1

& 2

2 no.x

pass

enge

r lift

servi

ng al

l relev

ant f

loor le

vels.

Fu

ll-size

stre

tcher

capa

city.

459

1818

45

FOH

Stair

sMi

n. 2 a

cces

s/exit

stair

case

s, foo

tprint

15m2

, 3-4

x lev

els,

9030

6090

106

Pros

Bar

1Se

rvery,

mult

iple s

ervin

g stat

ions.

Upsta

irs fo

yer b

ar re

quire

d.Be

vera

ge st

ore i

n BOH

253

5353

107

Bar 1

Stor

eAd

jacen

t bev

erag

e & su

pplie

s stor

e, de

sirab

le to

back

-load

to ba

r6

66

108

Pros

Bar

2Dr

ess C

ircle

Foye

r bar

, ser

very,

mult

iple s

ervin

g stat

ions.

Beve

rage

stor

e in B

OH. R

efer R

DS 10

62

3535

35

109

Bar S

tore 2

As fo

r 107

, Refe

r RDS

107

88

811

0TP

AC B

ever

age S

tore

Post-

mix,

beer

syste

m, co

ol ro

om50

5050

111

TPAC

Libr

ary A

rt Ga

llery

Link

Link T

PAC

foyer

to LA

G bu

ilding

3030

30

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

2/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

Patro

ns T

oilet

sBa

sed o

n Aud

ience

nos.,

2x N

CC re

quire

ment

for w

omen

, 1.5x

for

men.

Spre

ad ov

er nu

mber

of fo

yer le

vels.

Note

: fitti

ng nu

mber

s mus

t be

size

d for

perfo

rman

ce in

terva

ls pe

ak lo

ads.

111

Patro

n Toil

ets -

Male

3 WC,

9 UR

, 5 W

HB51

3318

5111

2Pa

tron T

oilets

- Fe

male

18

WC,

8 W

HB

7851

2778

113

Patro

n Toil

et -A

cces

sible

4 fac

ilities

, dist

ribute

d at e

ach b

ank o

f toil

ets -

in ex

cess

of B

CA, le

ft an

d righ

t han

d.24

1414

28

Toile

t Sub

-tota

ls98

5915

7

Zone

100:

Fro

nt-o

f-Hou

se0

41,3

5060

059

777

497

1,334

120

Zone

120:

Lib

rary

and

Art G

aller

y FOH

All r

oom

are

as a

re a

ppro

ximat

e an

d su

bject

to d

esign

opp

ortu

nity

arisi

ng o

n sit

e in

conju

nctio

n wi

th fo

reco

urt a

nd e

ntry

des

ign a

nd

with

clien

t con

firm

ation

. Are

as n

oted

are

for n

ew b

uildin

g ar

eas.

LAG

Grou

nd F

loor

- Le

vel 1

121

LAG

Entry

airlo

ck2 s

ets of

autom

atic d

oors.

As f

or R

DS 10

3 exc

ept 1

set o

f auto

matic

do

ors.

1010

10

122

LAG

Foye

r Exp

ansio

nEx

pans

ion of

exist

ing fo

yer t

owar

ds st

reet

to ne

w pr

omine

nt LA

G en

try. M

axim

ise vi

ews,

glazin

g and

links

to T

PAC,

exter

ior.

Autom

ated g

lazed

door

s to T

PAC,

capa

ble of

secu

ring L

AG fo

yer

from

TPAC

.

4040

40

123

Libra

ry Af

ter H

ours

Retur

nRe

turns

slots

from

exter

nal 2

4/7 ac

cess

point

. Fir

e-pr

oof e

nclos

ure a

nd R

FID

scan

ner.

To be

confi

rmed

.6

66

124

Libra

ry Pr

ogra

m Ac

tivity

prog

ram

room

and q

uiet r

oom

for lib

rary

activ

ities,

also d

irect

after

-hou

rs ac

cess

for c

ommu

nity e

vents

, mee

tings

, pro

gram

s etc.

Ki

tchen

ette,

video

-confe

renc

e. Lo

ckab

le sto

rage

.

1575

7575

125

Libra

ry BO

H Ex

pans

ionTo

be co

nfirm

ed: p

otenti

al BO

H ex

pans

ion as

Clic

k & C

ollec

t stat

ion -

vehic

le ac

cess

. Esti

mated

area

- su

bject

to de

sign.

120

120

120

LAG

Firs

t Flo

or -

Leve

l 20

126

LAG

Foye

r 2Ex

isting

foye

r mod

ified t

o mak

e link

s to n

ew T

PAC

build

ing an

d new

St

udio

2. Ne

w gla

zed e

ntry d

oors/

wall t

o Art

Galle

ry foy

er.

extg

extg

0

127

Stud

io 1

Exist

ing V

isual

Art m

aking

stud

io. R

etain

exist

ing fit

out.

Natur

al da

yligh

t impo

rtant.

Add

vide

o scre

en /

pres

entat

ion te

chno

logy a

nd

addit

ional

stora

ge -

expa

nd to

stre

et fro

ntage

. Ope

rable

wall

/door

to

new

Stud

io 2.

Exist

ing ~

56m2

add a

s muc

h as p

ossib

le.

2040

4040

128

Stud

io 2

New

visua

l art

makin

g stud

io an

d mee

ting r

oom.

Ope

rable

wall

to

Stud

io 1.

Vide

o-co

nfere

nce f

acilit

ies. D

aylig

ht im

porta

nt.De

sirab

le 10

0m2 -

conc

ept d

esign

area

subje

ct to

desig

n.

7070

70

129

Innov

ation

s Stud

io 1

Exist

ing M

aker

s Spa

ce fo

r var

iety o

f inno

vatio

ns pr

ogra

ms -

to be

up

grad

ed. A

dd si

nk w

ith in

terce

ptor t

rap,

extra

ction

syste

m.

Conn

ectio

n to s

pace

130.

(No R

DS).

extg

extg

0

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

3/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

130

Innov

ation

s Stud

io 2

New

Make

rs Sp

ace f

or va

riety

of inn

ovati

ons p

rogr

ams.

3D pr

inter

s, ex

tracti

on sy

stem.

Acc

esse

d fro

m sp

ace 1

29.

Maxim

ise na

tural

dayli

ght.

Stor

age c

upbo

ard o

ver s

tair b

elow.

4848

48

131

Art G

aller

y BOH

Exp

ansio

nTo

be co

nfirm

ed: C

ollec

tions

Stor

e (po

ssibl

y Tex

tiles)

and o

ther

poten

tial B

OH ex

pans

ion to

be co

nfirm

ed. 1

00-1

50m2

desir

able

- su

bject

to de

sign.

120

120

120

Circu

lation

- se

e new

airlo

ck an

d foy

er ex

pans

ion0

0Zo

ne 12

0: L

ibra

ry an

d Ar

t Gall

ery F

OH35

052

925

127

852

9

Zone

100:

Fro

nt-o

f-Hou

se35

41,8

7960

059

1,028

775

1,863

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

4/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

Zone

200:

Cen

tre O

pera

tions

and

Serv

icing

200

Zone

200:

Fro

nt-o

f-Hou

se S

ervic

es20

1Bo

x Offic

e Sup

ervis

or -

FOH

2 wor

kstat

ions,

phon

e tick

eting

, sec

ure v

iew to

Box

Offic

e/Foy

er,

drop

-box

safe,

cash

secu

rity, C

CTV.

Pro

gram

relay

116

1616

202

Box O

ffice /

FOH

Rec

eptio

n -

FOH

3 staf

f ser

vice/t

icketi

ng co

unter

posit

ions.

EFTP

os, t

icket

print

ers,

broc

hure

s/mktg

, cas

h sec

urity

, CCT

V, du

ress

alar

ms.

Dire

ct ac

cess

to B

ox O

ffice S

uper

visor

.

216

1616

203

Cultu

ral M

erch

andis

e - F

OHGa

llery

/ TPA

C re

tail in

tegra

ted in

to ma

in foy

er w

all ne

xt to

Box

Offic

e Cou

nter,

the m

erch

andis

e are

a sec

ured

behin

d a sl

iding

wall

.

204

Cloa

kroom

- FO

HCl

oakro

om st

ore &

acce

ssibl

e cou

nter.

Exten

sion o

f Box

Offic

e co

unter

19

99

205

First

Aid -

FOH

Hand

basin

, stor

e, be

d/cha

ir, ala

rm. B

O vie

w. A

mbula

nce a

cces

s.8

88

206

FOH

Admi

nistra

tion S

ervic

es -

FOH

Temp

orar

y rec

eipt o

f deli

verie

s, sto

rage

/shelv

ing fo

r FOH

sign

age,

eqpm

t, sp

ares

, mar

ketin

g, br

ochu

res,

flags

, ba

nner

s, etc

. Ne

twor

k prin

ter, la

yout

benc

h for

mar

ketin

g, co

mpila

tion.

Extra

ction

syste

m.

1515

15

207

FOH

Mana

ger O

ffice -

FOH

1 wor

kstat

ion, F

OH us

hers

sign-

in, st

andin

g mee

ting f

or 7-

8p.

View

to B

ox O

ffice/F

oyer

, FOH

comm

s rac

k & C

ontro

l Pan

el1

1818

18

208

FOH

Staff

Acc

essib

le Ba

throo

m - F

OH1x

acce

ssibl

e toil

et, w

ash h

and b

asin

and s

howe

r 8

88

209

FOH

Staff

Amb

ulant

Toile

t /

Chan

ge (T

ypica

l)1x

ambu

lant t

oilet

with

WHB

and c

hang

e are

a4

44

210

FOH

Staff

Roo

m - F

OHKi

tchen

ette/t

ea st

ation

, sink

benc

h, loc

kers,

unifo

rm cu

pboa

rd

(war

drob

e)25

2525

FOH

Servi

ces c

ircula

tion @

30%

3636

36Zo

ne 20

0: F

ront

-of-H

ouse

Ser

vices

413

913

913

9

220

Zone

220:

Adm

inist

ratio

n0

221

Foye

r / w

aiting

Rece

ption

, wait

ing ar

ea fo

r spo

nsor

s, hir

ers

circ'n

222

Meeti

ng R

oom

10-1

5 per

sons

, data

proje

ction

/ V-

C, w

hiteb

oard

, pinb

oard

s40

4040

223

Centr

e Man

ager

1 wor

kstat

ion, 2

- 3 v

isitor

s, me

eting

s for

61

1818

1822

4Op

erati

ons M

anag

er1 w

orks

tation

, 2 -

3 visi

tors,

meeti

ngs f

or 6

118

1818

225

Admi

nistra

tion O

ffice

8 ope

n plan

wor

kstat

ions,

files,

reso

urce

s, inf

orma

l mee

ting t

able,

etc

. inclu

des 2

spar

e wks

tns gr

owth,

inter

ns, p

lacem

ents,

audit

ors.

10m2

per w

orks

tation

.

880

8080

226

Admi

nistra

tion S

uppo

rtAd

minis

tratio

n res

ource

s, eq

uipme

nt. P

rinter

s, bin

ding,

layou

t ben

ch,

pape

r stor

e. Ex

tracti

on sy

stem.

1616

16

227

Staff

Loun

geKi

tchen

ette,

fridge

, dish

wash

er, w

hiteb

d, pin

bd, s

how

relay

. Pr

oxim

ity to

Adm

in foy

er fo

r hos

pitali

ty de

sirab

le.

Exter

nal a

rea /

outlo

ok de

sirab

le

2525

2525

228

Ambu

lant T

oilet

Ambu

lant u

nisex

toile

t, wa

shha

nd ba

sin, c

lose t

o mee

ting r

oom

22

2Ta

mwor

th Re

giona

l Cou

ncil |

Tam

worth

Per

formi

ng A

rts C

entre

Cult

ural

Prec

inct

Facil

ity S

pace

Pro

gram

Issue

A | 0

8/02/2

15/

19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

229

Acce

ssibl

e Bath

room

Unise

x acc

essib

le ba

throo

m inc

l sho

wer,

serve

s 15 F

, 15M

close

to m

eetin

g roo

m7

77

230

Comm

unica

tions

Roo

mPA

BX, S

erve

r, Se

curity

, PA

syste

m, se

rvice

wor

kstat

ion.

Gene

rally

loca

ted in

Adm

in ar

ea20

2020

Arch

iveFil

es, c

entre

mem

orab

ilia, h

istor

ic ma

terial

, fac

ility r

ecor

ds. 5

0m2

Off-s

iteOf

f-site

0Ci

rculat

ion @

30%

6868

68Zo

ne 22

0: A

dmin

istra

tion

010

294

250

294

294

240

Zone

240:

Cen

tre S

ervic

ing

Room

Dat

a Sh

eets

not p

rovid

ed fo

r the

se sp

aces

as t

hey a

re d

riven

by

regu

lator

y and

serv

ices d

esign

. Ref

er to

the

Brief

for s

pecif

ic re

quire

men

ts.Ba

sem

ent (

sub-

tota

l RHS

)50

00

5024

1Ce

ntral

Clea

ner

Clea

ners

sink,

stora

ge sh

elving

, elec

trolys

is sy

stem

(retic

ulated

). Flo

or po

lishe

rs, cl

eanin

g tro

lleys

, etc.

3030

242

Misc

plan

t roo

msSw

itchb

oard

, mete

rs, pu

mps,

FIP,

mino

r plan

t are

as, s

ay20

20Gr

ound

/ Loa

ding

Doc

k (su

b-to

tal R

HS)

080

080

243

Deliv

eries

Stor

eFu

rnitu

re, e

quipm

ent.

At st

age d

oor f

or de

liver

ies, p

allet

loads

. 40

4024

4Ge

nera

l load

ing do

ckSe

para

te to

theatr

e doc

k. 8-

10m

rigid

truck

s, 5x

10m.

Ped

estria

n en

try.

50

245

Recy

cling

/Refu

se Y

ard

Roofe

d, sc

reen

ed, r

ecyc

ling,

H&C

water

, bin

wash

ing, r

ubbis

h co

mpac

tor. V

entila

tion i

f inter

nal.

30

246

Staff

Bicy

cles

Secu

re en

closu

re, e

xtern

al or

inter

nal, s

ay (E

SD)

1224

7Su

bstat

ionAu

thority

requ

ireme

nts. D

irect

exter

nal a

cces

s.40

40Up

per L

evels

(sub

-tota

l RHS

)0

021

821

824

8Sa

tellite

Clea

ner

On ea

ch le

vel/s

epar

ate fu

nctio

nal z

one -

say 3

@ 6m

2. Cl

r sink

1818

1824

9Pl

ant R

ooms

Acou

stic t

reatm

ent m

ay be

requ

ired,

say

200

200

200

250

Exter

nal P

lant P

lator

mRo

oftop

stair

case

acce

ss, a

cous

tic tr

eatm

ent /

scre

ening

, sa

y 15

025

1Ba

ck-u

p Gen

erato

rBa

ck-u

p gen

erato

r to s

erve

TPA

C cri

tical

servi

ces d

uring

outag

es -

capa

city a

nd ar

ea re

quire

ment

to be

deter

mine

d, sa

y35

Circu

lation

@ 30

%10

415

2465

104

Zone

240:

Cen

tre S

ervic

ing

00

452

277

6510

428

345

2Ch

eck

452

Zone

200:

Cen

tre O

pera

tions

014

885

302

6524

357

788

5

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

6/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

300

Zone

300:

Caf

éSt

reet

fronta

ge, o

pena

ble fa

çade

to st

reet,

shelt

ered

outdo

or se

ating

. Int

egra

ted /

conn

ected

to fo

yer b

ar.

Serve

30%

of au

dienc

e pre

-show

- ap

prox

180 s

eats.

Ind

oor /

outdo

or sp

lit 70

/30 =

~13

0 ind

oor,

~50 o

utdoo

r.Ca

fé din

ing: 6

0 res

taura

nt, 30

priva

te din

ing ro

om, 4

0 in

foyer

.Ta

ble s

eatin

g in f

oyer

, 40,

incl. i

n foy

er ar

ea -

assu

me th

ese

occu

pants

are v

enue

patro

ns30

1Se

rvery

In din

ing ro

om, s

erve

ry, 2x

coffe

e mac

hines

, bar

fridg

es, g

lass-

wash

ing, 3

-4 st

aff3

2222

22

302

Indoo

r Dini

ng

Dine

rs +

live m

usic

'stag

e', ta

ble se

rvice

. Bi-fo

ld gla

zed f

ronta

ge

open

ing to

outdo

or di

ning a

rea.

606

8080

80

303

Priva

te Di

ning

Oper

able

wall/d

oors

to din

ing ro

om.

302

3030

30re

fer

101

Outdo

or D

ining

Ou

tdoor

(stre

et fro

nt) se

ating

50, v

eran

dah,

gas h

eatin

g, po

wer,

water

503

forec

ourt

600

304

Toile

ts Ma

le Re

quire

d for

stan

dalon

e ope

ratio

n. Po

ssibl

e link

to fo

yer t

oilets

.1W

C, 1U

R, 1W

HB (d

iscou

nted 1

UR f

or ac

cess

ible)

924

24

305

Toile

ts Fe

male

2WC,

1WHB

(disc

ounte

d x1 e

ach f

or ac

cess

ible)

930

6Ac

cess

ible

Acce

ssibl

e toil

et &

whb

630

7Ki

tchen

2.5m

works

tation

, 8 rin

g gas

burn

er, 2

x dee

p frye

rs, sa

laman

der,

flat

top gr

ill, 2x

WHB

, dry

food &

croc

kery

shelv

ing. I

nclud

es co

oler a

nd

freez

er (2

+2),

5-6 s

taff

572

150

150

308

Beve

rage

Stor

eCo

ol ro

om fo

r café

only

430

9St

aff T

oilet

1x W

C, 1x

WHB

Amb

ulant,

12 ha

lf loc

kers,

seat

benc

h6

310

Stor

esFu

rnitu

re, s

uppli

es, p

inboa

rd, w

hiteb

oard

831

1Of

fice

1 wor

kstat

ion, w

hiteb

oard

, pinb

oard

, dro

p-bo

x safe

110

312

Was

teW

heele

d bin

acce

ss to

centr

e was

te ma

nage

ment,

servi

ce do

cks.

Air-c

ond,

extra

ction

, H&C

wate

r, flo

or w

aste

10

Circu

lation

@ 30

% (C

afé B

OH on

ly)40

Zone

300:

Caf

é14

020

306

600

306

030

6

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

7/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

400

Zone

400:

Fun

ctio

ns, B

oard

Roo

m, R

ehea

rsal

Stud

ios

400

Zone

400:

Fun

ctio

ns an

d Bo

ard

Room

NOT

sized

for r

ehea

rsal u

se -

see R

ehea

rsal S

tudio

400

Balco

nySe

cure

balco

ny to

func

tions

room

if the

room

s do n

ot ha

ve ac

cess

to

a lar

ge, s

ecur

e eve

nts ar

ea /

cour

tyard

. Tem

pora

ry ba

r insta

llatio

n.50

401

Foye

rCi

rculat

ion to

func

tions

room

s, tea

stati

on. C

apac

ity fo

r ser

ving b

uffet

morn

ing/af

terno

on te

as, e

tc. S

mall p

erfor

manc

es. D

esira

ble, o

ption

al80

8080

Lift

Servi

ce lif

t for

food

& be

vera

ge m

ovem

ents.

Refe

r Foy

er lif

ts.40

2Ba

rBa

r / dr

inks s

erve

ry, se

rving

both

functi

on ro

oms.

Ideall

y bac

k-to-

back

with

uppe

r foy

er ve

nues

bar.

3030

30

403

Bar S

tore

Adjac

ent b

ever

age &

supp

lies s

tore,

small

safe.

88

840

4To

ilets

Male

1WC,

2UR,

2WHB

, 1x a

mbula

nt15

3636

405

Toile

ts Fe

male

3WC,

2WHB

, 1x a

mbula

nt15

406

Toile

t Acc

essib

le1 W

C, W

HB ac

cess

ible

640

7Bo

ard R

oom

High

quali

ty, 30

p, wh

itebd

, vide

o-co

nfere

nce,

kitch

enett

e. Pu

blic &

out o

f hou

rs ac

cess

. Univ

ersit

y tra

ining

sess

ions -

dista

nce

learn

ing ca

pabil

ity.

3070

7878

408

BR S

tore

Furn

iture

& eq

uipme

nt sto

re, t

ech r

ack

840

9Fu

nctio

n Roo

mSu

b-div

isable

into

2 roo

ms. 4

.5m ce

iling m

in, T

&G flo

or.

Occu

panc

y: 35

0 stan

ding,

200 d

inner

-dan

ce w

ith sm

all ba

nd20

015

300

300

300

410

Furn

iture

Stor

eFu

nctio

ns eq

uipme

nt (a

ssum

es F

F&E

stora

ge el

sewh

ere w

ith ea

ch

comp

onen

t ven

ue).

Ideall

y, loc

ate to

oper

ate as

small

stag

e whe

n em

ptied

, bas

ic tec

h infr

astru

cture

capa

bility

.

5023

423

4

411

Kitch

enCo

mmer

cial p

late-

up &

serve

insta

llatio

n. Ma

in pr

ep oc

curs

off-si

te, 4-

5 staf

f5

80

412

Cater

ing S

tore

Croc

kery/

small

equip

/linen

(6).

Dry &

cool

store

s (12

)18

413

Beve

rage

Stor

eSe

cure

stor

e inc

l 4m2

cool

room

. Pos

t-mix

for so

ft dr

inks.

2041

4To

ilet S

taff

1xW

C, 1x

WHB

, sha

red w

ith al

l Fun

ction

s staf

f, am

bulan

t, loc

kers

1041

5Of

fice

1 wor

kstat

ion1

641

6W

aste

Was

te sto

rage

prior

to di

spos

al, ai

r-con

d, ex

tracti

on, H

&C w

ater,

floor

was

te. A

cces

s to c

entre

was

te ma

nage

ment,

servi

ce do

cks.

10

Refus

e Yar

dre

fer Z

one 2

40Se

rvice

Doc

kre

fer Z

one 2

40Ci

rculat

ion @

30%

(Fun

ction

s BOH

only)

40Zo

ne 40

0: F

unct

ions

, Boa

rd R

oom

, Reh

ears

al St

udio

s23

021

766

500

766

766

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

8/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

420

Zone

420:

Reh

ears

al St

udio

s (RS

)42

0Fo

yer

Foye

r / C

ircula

tion t

o Reh

earsa

l Stud

io - s

ubjec

t to l

ayou

t. Ki

tchen

ette.

After

-hou

rs ac

cess

by co

mmun

ity gr

oups

esse

ntial.

Poten

tial to

oper

ate as

small

foye

r if R

ehea

rsal S

tudio

used

for s

mall

perfo

rman

ces i

nclud

ing te

mpor

ary b

ar.

Link t

o Bac

kstag

e, Lo

ading

, Dre

ssing

Roo

ms.

7070

70

421

Toile

ts Un

isex

2xW

C, 2x

WHB

, 1x a

mbula

nt - e

ach w

ith fu

lly se

para

te co

mpar

tmen

ts8

88

422

Toile

t Acc

essib

leUn

isex 1

WC,

WHB

acce

ssibl

e (se

rves 3

0p)

66

642

3Re

hear

sal S

tudio

1Mi

n. 16

x14m

to su

it Main

Stag

e (12

x12)

rehe

arsa

l. Su

b-div

isable

, ope

rable

acou

stic w

all.

Min c

eiling

4.5m

clea

r, fix

ed lig

hting

grid,

spru

ng flo

or, t

arke

tt, 1x

wall

mi

rrors,

curta

ins, p

ortab

le da

nce b

arrs,

1whb

. (NO

retra

ctable

se

ating

). Ac

ousti

c tre

atmen

t.Ac

cess

for la

rge s

et ob

jects

into t

he ro

om (li

ft, ov

ersiz

e doo

rs).

Natur

al da

yligh

t high

ly de

sirab

le (vi

sual

relie

f).

282

224

224

224

424

RS 1

Stor

eHi

rers

equip

ment

store

open

ing of

f Reh

earsa

l Stud

io10

1010

425

Equip

ment

Stor

eCe

ntre f

urnit

ure,

equip

ment

store

to se

rve re

hear

sal ro

oms

3030

30

426

Rehe

arsa

l Stud

io 2

Min.

14x1

2m to

suit S

tudio

Stag

e (10

x10)

rehe

arsa

l. Mi

n ceil

ing 4.

5m cl

ear,

fixed

lighti

ng gr

id, sp

rung

floor

, tar

kett,

1x w

all

mirro

rs, cu

rtains

, por

table

danc

e bar

rs, 1w

hb. A

cous

tic tr

eatm

ent.

Acce

ss fo

r med

ium se

t obje

cts in

to the

room

(refe

r lift,

over

size

door

s). N

atura

l day

light

highly

desir

able

(visu

al re

lief).

282

168

168

168

427

RS 2

Stor

eHi

rers

equip

ment

store

open

ing of

f Reh

earsa

l Stud

io. R

efer R

DS

424.

1010

10

Circu

lation

@ 30

% of

stud

ios on

ly 11

811

811

8Zo

ne 42

0: R

ehea

rsal

Stud

ios (

RS)

564

644

644

644

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

9/ 19

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

500

Zone

500:

Pro

scen

ium

The

atre

500

Zone

520:

Pro

scen

ium

Aud

itoriu

mGr

ound

/ All L

evels

501

Venu

e Entr

y Sou

nd Lo

cks

6-8 @

6m2.

Doub

le ac

ousti

c doo

r sets

, stor

age c

upbd

s (pr

ogra

ms,

seat

cush

ions,

ushe

r equ

ipmen

t). P

ram,

walk

er, w

heelc

hair s

tore

near

by

4824

2448

502

Audit

orium

Sea

t Stor

esSt

ore r

emov

able

theatr

e sea

ts on

troll

eys n

ear v

enue

entrie

s, dis

tribute

d at e

ach l

evel

3015

1530

503

Audit

orium

- St

alls &

Balc

ony

Audie

nce s

eatin

g and

aisle

s, ap

prox

. 1.0m

2/sea

tGe

nero

us ro

w sp

acing

impo

rtant

- ass

ume 1

.0m(In

cludin

g app

rox 4

8 sea

ts on

orch

estra

pit.)

Appr

ox 12

acce

ssibl

e whe

elcha

ir pos

itions

+ co

mpan

ion se

ating

&

circu

lation

. 2m2

/whe

elcha

ir inc

l circ

ulatio

n. Va

rious

loca

tions

.Pe

rman

ent a

udio

mix p

ositio

n at s

talls

rear

, in ad

dition

to se

ating

ar

ea, m

in. 6m

2 with

remo

veab

le the

atre s

eats

(in ad

dition

to m

in.

seati

ng co

mplem

ent)

600

665

042

322

865

0

504

Box B

oom

Posit

ions

Vertic

al sid

e ligh

ting p

ositio

ns ei

ther s

ide -

acce

ss la

dder

s /

platfo

rms.

6m2 x

2 sid

es x

4-5 l

evels

60

2436

60

505

Orch

estra

Pit

Base

ment:

For

estag

e lift,

3-4 l

evel

settin

gs +

over

run p

it. Lif

t run

3.0

+m. M

inimu

m ar

ea 1.

5m2/m

usici

an =

28p.

Two e

ntry/e

xits.

Patro

n sea

ting o

n tru

cks w

hen n

ot in

use f

or or

ches

tra/pr

oduc

tion.

4545

506

Pit S

eats

store

Unde

r stal

ls or

stag

e, or

ch pi

t sea

ts on

truc

ks50

50Up

per L

evels

510

511

View

ing /

Desc

riptio

n Roo

ms

1 & 2

2x du

plica

te ro

oms.

Acou

stica

lly is

olated

view

ing of

perfo

rman

ce w

ith

audio

relay

. acc

ess f

rom

foyer

. Per

forma

nce d

escri

ption

for h

earin

g as

sistan

ce, D

irecto

r view

ing of

perfo

rman

ce, L

ateco

mers.

Ac

cess

from

foye

r.

2424

24

512

Contr

ol Ro

om3 s

tation

s: lig

hting

, aud

io, vi

deo c

ontro

l, cab

ling &

patch

pane

l rack

s.

A/C.

Idea

lly ex

tends

full w

idth o

f aud

itoriu

m inc

l. FS

posit

ions.

Must

have

dire

ct BO

H tec

h acc

ess f

rom

CR to

stag

ehou

se.

322

2222

513

FOH

Bridg

es /

Tech

Acc

ess

LX 1-

2 1.2m

wide

, app

rox.

30m2

. LX

3 pre

ferab

ly 3.0

m at

rear

audit

orium

full w

idth,

other

wise

1.2m

wi

de. I

f LX

3 not

3.0m

wide

prov

ide m

inimu

m fol

lowsp

ot loc

ation

s eit

her s

ide of

audit

orium

high

leve

l (6m2

each

side

). Inc

ludes

later

al ac

cess

catw

alks (

can b

e outs

ide au

ditor

ium) t

o all

bridg

es, b

oth si

des,

exten

ding f

rom

Contr

ol Ro

om to

Stag

ehou

se.

205

205

205

514

Fore

stage

Grid

Tech

nical

grid

over

orch

estra

pit,

2.5m

high c

leara

nce,

= pit

area

. Re

quire

d if o

rches

tra pi

t insta

lled,

say 4

50m2

6060

60

Zone

520:

Pro

scen

ium

Aud

itoriu

m60

09

1,194

095

486

613

1,194

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

10/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

520

Zone

520:

Pro

scen

ium

Sta

geho

use

Stag

e Lev

el an

d Un

ders

tage

568

568

521

Stag

e Entr

y Loc

ks4 n

o. loc

ks, 6

m2 m

inimu

m, pr

efera

bly 4

entrie

s/loc

ks ea

ch le

vel

4824

2448

522

Stag

e & W

ings

Actin

g are

a: 12

x12D

, ove

rall (

5m P

wing

+12+

5m O

P wi

ng)x1

2D

includ

ing w

ings,

19.0m

to u'

side o

f grid

. Ide

ally O

P wi

ng 10

m de

ep.

Modu

lar, t

rapp

able

resil

ient f

loor.

Acou

stic s

cenic

door

s to s

tage

7.5mH

to un

dersi

de ga

llery

worki

ng he

ight.

Pros

ceniu

m Op

ening

:Ha

rd op

ening

: 14m

wide

x 9m

high

, tor

mento

rs, te

aser

pane

lsW

orkin

g heig

ht ma

sked

for f

lying

: 6.5-

7m hi

gh

526

426

426

4

523

Rear

Stag

e Cro

ssov

erSt

age c

orrid

or to

Bac

kstag

e min.

1.5m

W, p

refer

ably

2.5m

for st

age

stora

ge, p

rops

, cas

es, e

tc. R

efer R

DS 82

5se

e zon

e 80

524

Scen

e Doc

k Ac

ousti

c doo

rs to

entry

& st

age,

5mW

x 6.5

m hig

h.60

525

Stag

e Stor

e6.5

m cle

ar he

ight.

Bund

ed sc

enic

art s

ink (if

not in

cl. in

gene

ral

store

).60

120

120

526

Thea

tre Lo

ading

Doc

k En

close

d, pe

destr

ian ac

cess

. 1x

Sem

i-trail

er st

and (

Pros

), 1x

12m

truck

stan

d (St

udio)

. Do

ck le

velle

rs &

gates

to ea

ch tr

uck s

tand.

Door

s 3W

x 4.5

mH (2

no).

Min.

20 x

8m or

20 x

4m if

sepa

rate.

May b

e two

sepa

rate

dock

s for

Pro

scen

ium an

d Stud

io Th

eatre

.

160

160

160

527

Unde

r-stag

eFu

ll heig

ht sp

ace f

or tr

aps i

n stag

e abo

ve, e

quiva

lent t

o Acti

ng ar

ea

abov

e (mi

n)14

414

414

4

Uppe

r Sta

geho

use /

Grid

528

Fly G

aller

ies2x

leve

ls of

2 no.

techn

ical g

aller

ies, 2

.5m w

ide +

cros

sove

r gall

ery

1.5mW

. Und

ersid

e clea

ranc

e 7m

min,

pref

7.5m

No Lo

ading

Gall

ery r

equir

ed du

e to p

ower

flying

. Ess

entia

l if

coun

terwe

ights

syste

m is

adop

ted.

162

162

162

529

Stag

e Grid

Tech

nical

grid,

2.5m

H cle

ar =

stage

area

. 1x s

tair a

cces

s, lift

acce

ss,

2nd e

merg

ency

exit r

oute.

144

144

144

530

531

Winc

h Roo

ms 1

& 2

2x du

plica

te ro

oms,

at gr

idlev

el ov

er w

ings e

ither

side

full d

epth

of sta

ge, m

in 3m

wide

, futu

re w

inch a

cces

s to b

e pro

vided

, heig

ht to

suit e

quipm

ent r

equir

emen

t, mi

n. 5m

.

9696

96

Grid/

Winc

h Acc

ess S

tair

Linkin

g to

grid

at 19

m ab

ove s

tage l

evel,

footp

rint 1

5m2,

may

comb

ine w

ith ba

cksta

ge st

air de

pend

ing on

layo

ut. R

efer 8

00s.

circu

lation

Lift 4

- Ba

cksta

gePe

rsonn

el &

road

case

lift:

base

ment

to gr

id lev

el, Li

nking

all B

OH

levels

to gr

id: sh

aft 10

m2 x

5 lev

els. C

apac

ity to

take

a rig

ging w

inch.

5010

1030

50

Lift 5

- Ba

cksta

gePi

ano l

ift ca

r min

1.4x3

.0m to

take

gran

d pian

o.lar

ge ob

jects,

eg se

t elem

ents

loadin

g lev

el to

Rehe

arsa

l, Salo

n, TR

CM

4010

1020

40

Galle

ries a

nd G

rid ci

rculat

ion @

20%

8080

80Zo

ne 52

0: P

rosc

eniu

m S

tage

hous

e 0

51,3

080

164

588

556

1,308

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

11/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

600

Zone

600:

Stu

dio

Thea

tre (S

T)St

age e

ntry l

ocks

- re

fer R

DS 52

160

1En

try ai

rlock

sRe

ar m

ain pa

tron e

ntry t

o cen

tre. A

s for

RDS

103 e

xcep

t 1 se

t of

autom

atic d

oors.

incl F

oyer

incl F

oyer

0

602

Foye

r - S

TFo

yer /

patro

n circ

ulatio

n. Cl

ose p

roxim

ity to

Bar

facil

ity.

Desir

able

to be

able

to op

en up

to m

ain fo

yer.

100

100

100

603

Bar -

ST

Depe

nding

on bu

ilding

layo

ut - 8

-10m

long

. 30

3030

604

Bar S

tore -

ST

Bar S

tore,

refer

RDS

107

66

660

5Ve

nue E

ntry L

ocks

- ST

Doub

le ac

ousti

c doo

r sets

, stor

age c

upbd

s (pr

ogra

ms, s

eat

cush

ions,

ushe

r equ

ipmen

t). M

in 2 l

ocks

, pre

ferab

ly 4n

o. Re

fer R

DS 50

1.

circu

lation

circu

lation

0

606

Stud

io Th

eatre

14

.5W x

15.5D

(10 r

ows x

18p)

or 15

.5Wx1

4.5D

(9 ro

ws x

20p)

, plu

s stag

e are

a 15.5

Wx9

D, ac

ting a

rea 8

x8m

nomi

nal. R

etrac

table

tiere

d sea

ting,

contr

ol pla

tform

over

entry

& re

tracta

ble sy

stem.

Te

chnic

al ca

twalk

s/ten

sion w

ire gr

id ov

er, c

eiling

min.

9m hi

gh.

Resil

ient f

loor s

uitab

le for

danc

e.

200

236

436

436

4

607

Tens

ion W

ire G

rid -

STTe

nsion

wire

acce

ss gr

id wi

th pe

rimete

r fixe

d catw

alks a

nd rig

ging

loft o

ver S

tudio

Thea

tre, in

clude

s roll

ing be

am lig

hting

and r

igging

sy

stem.

Are

a to m

atch e

ntire

Stud

io Th

eatre

42

00

608

Contr

ol Ga

llery

- ST

Contr

ol pla

tform

(no p

atron

seati

ng) -

prefe

rably

exten

ding f

ull w

idth

of ro

om (le

ss en

try lo

cks).

147

4747

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

12/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

610

Zone

610:

Stu

dio

Thea

tre B

acks

tage

611

Scen

e Doc

k - S

TSc

ene D

ock,

stage

/set b

acks

tage.

6m hi

gh. 6

x3m

door

into

Stud

io St

age.

Paint

sink

, H&C

wate

r. Ad

jacen

t to l

oadin

g doc

k. (P

ossib

ly co

mbine

d with

Pro

s Sce

ne D

ock s

ubjec

t to d

esign

)

4027

627

6

612

Seat

Stor

e - S

TRe

move

able

seats

, equ

ipmen

t. 12

613

Hire

r's E

quipm

ent -

ST

Secu

re st

ore /

cage

10Op

t.Te

ch E

quipm

ent S

tore -

ST

Optio

nal, s

ubjec

t to d

esign

- pr

ovide

say 2

0m2 o

f tec

hnica

l eq

uipme

nt sto

rage

at S

T ba

cksta

ge in

stead

of ce

ntral

facilit

y,re

fer R

DS 80

7 & 80

861

4La

undr

y - S

T2x

trou

ghs,

benc

h & st

orag

e, 1x

WM,

1x D

ryer,

ironin

g boa

rd12

615

Dres

sing R

oom

1 - S

TPr

incipa

l (1-2

perso

ns):

2x m

akeu

p stat

ions,

1x W

HB.

212

616

DR 1

Ensu

ite -

ST1 W

C, 1W

HB, 1

SW

R ac

cess

ible.

761

7Dr

essin

g Roo

m 2 -

ST

Princ

ipal: a

s abo

ve. R

efer R

DS 61

52

1261

8DR

2 En

suite

- ST

1 WC,

1WHB

, 1 S

WR

ambu

lant.

Refer

RDS

616

461

9Dr

essin

g Roo

m 3 -

ST

6-8 p

erfor

mers,

mak

eup b

ench

es, m

irror

s & lig

hting

, 4 x

WHB

. 8

3662

0Dr

essin

g Roo

m 4 -

ST

6-8 p

erfor

mers,

mak

eup b

ench

es, m

irror

s & lig

hting

, 4 x

WHB

. Refe

r RD

S 61

9.8

36

621

Bathr

oom

1 - S

T2 W

C, 1W

HB, a

mbula

nt, un

isex

962

2Ba

throo

m 2 -

ST

2 WC,

1 W

HB, a

mbula

nt Re

fer R

DS 62

19

623

Show

er 1

- ST

1 sho

wer,

show

er se

at, un

isex (

= 10

partic

ipants

)3

624

Show

er 2

- ST

1 sho

wer,

show

er se

at, un

isex (

= 10

partic

ipants

). Re

fer R

DS 62

3.3

625

Acce

ssibl

e Bath

room

- ST

WC,

WHB

, SW

R ac

cess

ible.

Clos

e to s

tage.

Perfo

rmer

s & cr

ew(a

llows

15 ea

ch M

/F)

7

626

Tour

ing C

ompa

ny O

ffice 2

- ST

Offic

e & ov

erflo

w Dr

essin

g Roo

m / m

akeu

p.2x

wor

kstat

ion se

rvice

s, 1x

mak

eup s

tation

. Refe

r RDS

824.

212

Back

stage

Circ

ulatio

n - S

TAl

lowan

ce -

30%

of ba

cksta

ge fa

cilitie

s exc

luding

Stud

io Th

eatre

52

Zone

600:

Stu

dio

Thea

tre (S

T)20

427

822

00

082

282

2

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

13/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

700

Zone

700:

Salo

n (S

N)Fin

e aco

ustic

mus

ical re

cital,

caba

ret,

etc.

Acce

ss to

back

stage

, Sce

ne S

tore a

nd Lo

ading

Doc

k.St

age e

ntry l

ocks

- re

fer R

DS 52

170

1Fo

yer -

Salo

nSh

are P

T ma

in foy

er if

on sa

me le

vel. E

ntry s

ound

lock

s.10

010

010

070

2Ve

nue e

ntry l

ocks

- Sa

lonDo

uble

acou

stic d

oor s

ets, s

torag

e cup

bds (

prog

rams

, sea

t cu

shion

s, us

her e

quipm

ent).

Min

2 loc

ks, p

refer

ably

4no.

Refer

RDS

501.

circu

lation

circu

lation

0

703

Salon

100-

120 t

heatr

e styl

e, fla

t floo

r, 8-

9m cl

ear h

eight,

flown

tech

nical

grids

. Spr

ung f

loor.

Actin

g are

a in e

nd-st

age m

in. 10

x5m.

120

116

016

016

0

704

Contr

ol Ro

om -

Salon

Op

enab

le ac

ousti

c wind

ow to

Salo

n 1

1010

1070

5DR

1 - S

alon

2-4 p

erfor

mers,

mak

eup b

ench

es, m

irror

s & lig

hting

, 2W

HB2

2020

2070

6DR

1 En

suite

- Sa

lonEn

suite

WC,

WHB

, SW

R - a

cces

sible.

7

77

707

DR 2

- Sa

lonAs

abov

e refe

r RDS

705

220

2020

708

DR 2

Ensu

ite -

Salon

Refer

RDS

706 -

ambu

lant

33

370

9Eq

uipme

nt St

ore -

Salo

nFu

rnitu

re, le

ctern

s, etc

1010

10Ci

rculat

ion @

30%

Salo

n bac

kstag

e18

1818

Zone

700:

Salo

n (S

N)12

06

348

034

80

348

710

Zone

710:

Rec

ordi

ng S

tudi

o71

1En

try lo

ck -

Reco

rding

Stud

ioAc

ousti

c and

light

lock.

Equip

ment

acce

ss.

44

4

712

Reco

rding

Stud

io Co

ntrol

Desir

able:

acou

stic w

indow

to S

alon b

ut oth

erwi

se fu

nctio

nally

se

para

te. T

echn

ical in

frastr

uctur

e link

s to a

ll ven

ues.

115

1515

713

Reco

rding

Stud

ioAc

ousti

cally

isola

ted ro

om, a

cous

tic w

indow

to R

ecor

ding C

ontro

l 4

1818

18Ci

rculat

ion @

30%

10

1010

Zone

710:

Rec

ordi

ng S

tudi

o4

147

4747

Zone

700:

Salo

n an

d Re

cord

ing

Stud

io12

47

395

00

348

4739

5

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

14/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

Zone

800:

Bac

ksta

ge80

0Zo

ne 80

0: P

rodu

ctio

n / S

tage

Sup

port

- Bac

ksta

geId

eally

all a

t sta

ge le

vel

801

Quick

Cha

nge D

ress

ing R

mAc

cess

ible D

R clo

se to

stag

e req

uired

if Dr

essin

gs R

ooms

are

remo

te fro

m sta

ge. 1

x mak

eup s

tation

. 20m

2no

t inclu

ded

0

802

Acce

ssibl

e Bath

room

WC/

WHB

/SW

R, ac

cess

ible,

close

to st

age,

at sta

ge le

vel, p

erf &

cre

w us

e, en

d-of-

ride f

acilit

ies.

77

7

803

Tech

nical

Offic

eTe

ch, h

irer t

echs

/SM

works

tation

s, me

eting

, file

s, re

sour

ces,

kitch

enett

e. 3x

wor

kstat

ions +

2 ho

t des

ks fo

r cas

ual/te

mp st

aff/

Stud

io hir

er. S

tage D

oor o

vervi

ew

240

4040

804

Tech

nical

Wor

ksho

pEl

ectro

nics/e

qpmt

repa

ir, be

nch,

shelv

ing.

1515

1580

5Cr

ew C

hang

eCr

ew ch

ange

cubic

les M

, F. L

ocke

rs, un

isex s

howe

r14

1414

806

Gene

ral W

orks

hop

Small

gene

ral w

orks

hop f

or st

age/s

et re

pairs

, etc.

Pa

int bo

oth &

sink

. Adj.

Sce

ne D

ock a

nd Lo

ad-in

or ne

ar S

T, S

alon.

4040

40

Stag

e Sto

res (

close

pro

ximity

to st

ages

)80

7Lig

hting

Equ

ipmen

t Stor

e(s)

LX S

tore,

stage

leve

l (OYB

S 20

+15=

35)

3030

3080

8So

und E

quipm

ent S

tore(

s)SX

Stor

e, sta

ge le

vel (O

YBS

20+1

5=35

)30

3030

809

Hire

rs Eq

uip S

tores

Secu

re st

ore/c

ages

, 1 pe

r ven

ue P

T &

Salon

. See

also

ST

@ 10

m220

2020

810

Rigg

ing &

Dra

pes S

tore

Stag

e dra

pes,

curta

ins, le

gs, m

askin

g8

88

811

Prop

s Stor

eSe

cure

stor

e. Fr

idge,

sink b

ench

, she

lving

. Wea

pons

safe.

88

881

2Ve

nues

Equ

ipmen

t Stor

eTh

eatre

seats

, tab

les, f

urnit

ure,

etc.

5050

5081

3Pi

ano /

Larg

e Ins

trume

ntsDu

st fre

e, cli

mate

contr

ol. In

strum

ent r

acks

. 1x

Gra

nd, 1

Bab

y Gra

nd, 2

x Upr

ight

3030

30

BOH

Lift

Perso

nnel

and m

ateria

ls ha

ndlin

g acc

ess t

o all B

OH le

vels,

refer

520

Stag

e Sup

port

BOH

Stair

sMi

n. 2 s

tairs

servi

ng al

l hab

itable

leve

ls of

BOH

acco

moda

tion.

Min 1

stair

with

in sta

geho

use s

ervin

g all l

evels

up to

grid.

Se

cond

exit r

equir

ed fr

om gr

id, pl

ant r

ooms

, refe

r 520

Stag

e Sup

port

9015

1560

90

Circu

lation

@ 30

%11

511

511

5Zo

ne 80

0: P

rodu

ctio

n / S

tage

Sup

port

- Bac

ksta

ge0

249

70

6537

260

497

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

15/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

820

Zone

820:

Per

form

er &

Cre

w Su

ppor

t - B

acks

tage

Amen

ities t

o su

ppor

t per

form

ance

cast

& pe

rson

nel, i

n clo

se

prox

imity

/ sh

ort t

rave

l tim

e to

pro

scen

ium st

age.

All d

ress

ing ro

oms,

toile

t & sh

ower

s to

be g

ende

r neu

tral (

no

urina

ls).

820

Stag

e Doo

r Offic

e Se

cure

entry

/wait

ing ar

ea, s

ecur

ity of

fice (

10m2

), da

ta/ph

one,

sign-

in, re

ceive

deliv

eries

. 20

2020

821

Gree

n Roo

mKi

tchen

, pinb

ds, lo

unge

, tab

le &

chair

s, pr

ogra

m re

lay.

Priva

te co

urtya

rd/ba

lcony

desir

able.

5020

5050

822

War

drob

e Int

erco

nnec

ting t

o Lau

ndry.

Cos

tume,

prop

s main

tenan

ce, ir

oning

, se

wing

wor

kstat

ion, f

ull le

ngth

mirro

r. 2

2020

20

823

Laun

dry

Inter

conn

ectin

g to W

ardr

obe.

Sink

benc

h, db

le tro

ugh,

comm

ercia

l was

hers

(2) &

drye

rs (2

), dr

ying

cabin

et (co

stume

s, wi

gs).

215

1515

824

Tour

ing C

ompa

ny O

ffice 1

(Pro

s The

atre)

Offic

e & ov

erflo

w Dr

essin

g Roo

m / m

akeu

p.2x

wor

kstat

ion se

rvice

s, 1x

mak

eup s

tation

.2

1212

12

825

BOH

Corri

dors

Corri

dors

min 2

.5m w

ide fo

r roa

d cas

es, c

ostum

e rac

ks.

Vend

ing m

achin

es al

cove

: 3-4

mac

hines

, wate

r, po

wer,

data

circu

lation

826

Dres

sing R

oom

1Pr

incipa

l (1-2

perso

ns):

2x m

akeu

p stat

ions,

1x W

HB.

212

1212

827

DR 1

Ensu

ite1 W

C, W

HB, S

WR

acce

ssibl

e.7

77

828

Dres

sing R

oom

2Pr

incipa

l: as a

bove

- re

fer R

DS 82

62

1212

1282

9DR

2 En

suite

1 WC,

WHB

, SW

R no

t acc

essib

le - r

efer R

DS 82

74

44

830

Dres

sing R

oom

3Ac

tors (

4-6 p

erso

ns):

6x m

akeu

p stat

ions,

3x W

HB.

625

2525

831

DR 3

Ensu

ite1 W

C, W

HB, S

WR

acce

ssibl

e - re

fer R

DS 82

77

77

832

Dres

sing R

oom

4Ac

tors (

4-6 p

erso

ns):a

s abo

ve -

refer

RDS

830

625

2525

833

DR 4

Ensu

ite1 W

C, W

HB, S

WR,

not a

cces

sible

- re

fer R

DS 82

74

44

834

Dres

sing R

oom

5Ch

orus

: 16-

20 pe

rform

ers,

20x m

akeu

p stat

ions,

2x W

HB,

acce

ssibl

e. Ide

ally,

large

slidi

ng do

or to

DR

6 for

shar

ed us

e.20

6060

60

835

Dres

sing R

oom

6Ch

orus

: As a

bove

- re

fer R

DS 83

420

6060

6083

6Ch

orus

1 To

ilets

6 WC,

3 W

HB, 1

x amb

ulant

2727

2783

7Ch

orus

2 To

ilets

3 WC,

3 W

HB, 1

x amb

ulant,

refer

RDS

836

1818

1883

8Sh

ower

s4x

SW

R (1

2 req

uired

total

), un

isex,

each

in in

dividu

al cu

bicles

, one

ac

cess

ible,

1212

12

839

Music

ians R

oom

1.5m2

per m

usici

an. M

in 3m

ceilin

g. Ro

om ac

ousti

cs fo

r war

mup.

Small

instr

umen

t she

lves.

1x m

akeu

p stat

ion, w

hb. K

itche

nette

/ tea

po

int.

2842

4242

840

Music

ians T

oilet

Unise

x amb

ulant

1WC,

1WHB

66

6Ci

rculat

ion @

35%

153

1753

8415

3Zo

ne 82

0: P

erfo

rmer

& C

rew

Supp

ort -

Bac

ksta

ge0

9059

120

6520

432

359

159

1Zo

ne 80

0 Bac

ksta

ge T

otal

092

1,088

2013

057

538

31,0

881,0

88

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

16/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

900

Zone

900:

Cre

ative

Ten

ancie

s - A

BC, T

RCM

High

leve

ls of

acou

stic i

solat

ion an

d roo

m ac

ousti

c per

forma

nce.

Tena

ncy m

eterin

g req

uired

.90

0Zo

ne 90

0: A

BC S

tudi

o

24/7

inde

pend

ent a

cces

s & se

curit

y, ind

icativ

e all

owan

ces s

ubjec

t to

ABC

deta

il. St

reet

iden

tify p

rese

nce

/ sign

age.

To

tal te

nanc

y req

ueste

d 30

0m2.

Fit-o

ut to

be

desig

ned

and

unde

rtake

n by

the

ABC.

No

RDS.

901

Foye

r /re

cepti

onwa

iting a

rea

1010

1090

2Of

fice 1

115

1515

903

Offic

e 21

1515

1590

4St

aff W

orks

tation

sOp

en pl

an, 1

4 wor

kstat

ions,

grow

th pr

ovisi

on sa

y 2, 8

m2/w

orks

tation

1612

812

812

8

905

Stud

io 1

Acou

stic i

solat

ion &

trea

tmen

t, wi

ndow

s betw

een s

tudios

212

1212

906

Stud

io/Pr

oduc

er 2

Acou

stic i

solat

ion &

trea

tmen

t, wi

ndow

s betw

een s

tudios

212

1212

907

Stud

io 3

Acou

stic i

solat

ion &

trea

tmen

t, wi

ndow

s betw

een s

tudios

1212

1290

8St

udio/

Voice

Boo

th 4

Acou

stic i

solat

ion &

trea

tmen

t, wi

ndow

s betw

een s

tudios

44

490

9St

aff R

oom

Kitch

enett

e, tab

le &

chair

s, wh

itebo

ard,

pinbo

ard

1515

1591

0Ac

cess

ible T

oilet

Unise

x acc

essib

le ba

throo

m inc

l sho

wer,

serve

s 15 F

, 15M

77

791

1Am

bulan

t Toil

et Un

isex a

mbula

nt toi

let &

WHB

33

391

2Ra

ck R

oom

Comm

s/data

rack

s, air

-cond

itione

d (siz

e dep

ends

on nu

mber

of

rack

s)12

1212

913

Equip

ment

Stor

eAd

jacen

t to e

xtern

al ve

hicle

loadin

g pos

ition w

ith w

eathe

r can

opy

1010

1091

4Ci

rculat

ion20

% (m

ay be

poss

ible t

o red

uce t

his w

ith a

very

effici

ent la

yout)

5151

5191

5Ex

terna

l facil

ities:

Satel

lite di

sh an

d rad

io tow

er36

916

Gene

rator

Emer

genc

y Gen

erato

r (re

locate

exist

ing -

by A

BC) &

Dies

el tan

k16

917

Vehic

le pa

rks6 n

o. ca

r par

ks, O

B va

n stan

d21

0Zo

ne 90

0: A

BC S

tudi

o4

1830

626

20

306

306

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

17/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

920

Zone

920:

Tam

worth

Reg

iona

l Con

serv

ator

ium

of M

usic

(TRC

M)0

0

Oper

ates

7am

-9.3

0pm

M-S

at, &

conc

erts

on S

unda

ysIn

depe

nden

t acc

ess &

secu

rity.

Supe

rviso

ry re

sons

ibility

for c

hild-

clien

ts du

ring

their

pre

senc

e on

site

- re

quire

s sep

arat

e to

ilets,

etc.

Tota

l tena

ncy r

eque

sted

appr

ox 8

00m

2.W

ill us

e th

e re

hear

sal /

func

tion

room

s for

larg

e en

sem

ble w

ork.

Assu

mes

all v

ertic

al cir

culat

ion is

pro

vided

out

side

of th

e te

nanc

y. Gr

and

piano

acc

ess r

equir

ed -

via lif

t.TR

CM d

uty o

f car

e / s

ecur

ity fo

r wor

king

with

child

ren.

921

Foye

r / w

aiting

To ac

comm

odate

20 w

aiting

, par

ents

& ch

ildre

n, inc

luding

pram

s30

3030

922

Male

Stud

ents

2WC,

2UR,

3WHB

, amb

ulant

toilet

, bab

y cha

nge t

able

2121

2192

3Fe

male

Stud

ents

3WC,

3WHB

, amb

ulant

toilet

, bab

y cha

nge t

able

1818

1892

4Ac

cess

ible

(Stud

ents/

Visit

ors)

Unise

x acc

essib

le toi

let, W

C, W

HB, s

erve

s 15F

, 15M

, bab

y cha

nge

table

66

6

925

Staff

Amb

ulant

Toile

tUn

isex a

mbula

nt toi

let &

WHB

33

392

6St

aff A

cces

sible

Bathr

oom

Unise

x acc

essib

le ba

throo

m, se

rves 1

5 F, 1

5M7

77

927

Admi

ninstr

ation

offic

e4 w

orks

tation

s ope

n plan

, 2 ho

t des

ks fo

r tea

cher

s, re

cepti

on /

sign-

in co

unter

/serve

ry, te

ache

rs pig

eonh

oles.

Sepa

rate

staff

entry

to

admi

n (no

t pub

lic).

Print

er/co

pier,

comp

iling b

ench

.

650

5050

928

Admi

nistra

tion S

tore

Stati

oner

y, re

sour

ces -

dire

ct/ad

jacen

t to A

dmin

office

66

692

9Me

eting

Roo

mAd

jacen

t Adm

in, st

aff m

eetin

gs, A

udito

rs, et

c. 6-

8 nos

. V-C

capa

city,

staff

traini

ng, t

ea/co

ffee s

tation

4040

40

930

Dire

ctor's

Offic

e1 w

orks

tation

, mee

tings

5-6 n

o, tea

ching

1-1 l

arge

instr

umen

ts,

acou

stic t

reatm

ent r

equir

ed1

3030

30

931

Staff

Roo

mKi

tchen

ette,

shelv

ing, t

able

and c

hairs

25

2525

932

Libra

ryRe

sour

ces,

orch

estra

l sco

res,

music

scor

es, e

tc se

cure

stor

e. 1

works

tation

, mee

tings

5-6 n

o, tea

ching

1-1 l

arge

instr

umen

ts.Co

mpac

tus /

filing

syste

m: 25

lm sh

elving

2525

25

933

Instru

ment

Stor

eCu

stomi

sed s

helvi

ng fo

r instr

umen

ts: st

ring i

nstru

ments

, woo

dwind

, br

ass -

refer

instr

umen

t com

pleme

nt50

5050

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

18/ 1

9

Ref

Room

/ Spa

ceDe

scrip

tion

Patro

n Nu

mbe

rs St

aff /

Cre

w No

sPr

opos

ed

Inte

rnal

Area

Prop

osed

Ex

tern

al Ar

ea

Base

men

tGr

ound

Fl

oor

Uppe

r Le

vels

Foot

prin

t To

tal

Prog

ram

Roo

ms a

nd T

each

ing

Stud

ios 1

-18:

All r

oom

s to

have

hea

vy a

cous

tic tr

eatm

ent &

isola

tion.

2x

white

boar

d, 1

x plai

n, 1

x with

stav

es ru

led, n

otice

boar

d. S

mall

des

k. Fu

ll len

gth

mirr

or. M

usic

playb

ack.

Uprig

ht p

iano

in 50

% o

f roo

ms.

934

ECM

Prog

ram

Babie

s to 6

yr ol

d, pin

boar

d, dis

play i

nstru

ment

stora

ge sh

elves

, pin

boar

d wall

s, up

right

piano

, whit

eboa

rd, lo

ckab

le cu

pboa

rds

(instr

umen

ts) -

close

to ge

nero

us w

aiting

area

, adm

in toi

lets,

acce

ss.

121

4545

45

935

Comp

uter /

Key

boar

d Lab

10 w

orks

tation

s: 5 c

ompu

ters,

5 key

boar

ds,

v-c le

sson

s rem

otely,

2 sc

reen

s.5

135

3535

936

Teac

hing S

tudios

1-13

13 no

., Sm

all: 1

-2 pe

rsons

, 4.6

x 3.1

ideal,

say 1

4m2

139

182

182

182

937

Teac

hing S

tudios

14-1

85 n

o. as

abov

e, Me

dium:

2-4 p

erso

ns, 4

.0 x 5

.0 ide

al, sa

y 20m

210

510

010

010

093

8Te

achin

g Stud

ios 19

-21

4 no.

as ab

ove,

Larg

e: 4-

6 per

sons

, say

30m2

184

120

120

120

939

Rehe

arsa

l 1To

acco

mmod

ate 20

-25 e

ach,

rehe

arsa

l use

: cho

irs, s

mall c

once

rts.

Oper

able

walls

to R

ehea

rsal 2

. 20

140

4040

940

Rehe

arsa

l 2

To ac

comm

odate

20-2

5. De

dicate

d orch

estra

l / ba

nd fu

rnitu

re se

t-up

, tim

pani,

percu

ssion

. Ope

rable

wall

s to R

ehea

rsal 1

. Refe

r RDS

93

9.

201

8080

80

941

Rehe

arsa

l 1 S

tore

Furn

iture

& eq

uipme

nt sto

res a

cces

sed d

irectl

y fro

m Re

hear

sal

Room

s 1/2,

mus

t be a

ble cl

ear t

he ro

om ,

15m2

x 2 s

tores

2020

20

942

Rehe

arsa

l 2 S

tore

As ab

ove,

refer

RDS

941

4040

40Ci

rculat

ion @

30%

(exc

luding

foye

r)28

328

328

3Zo

ne 92

0: T

amwo

rth R

egio

nal C

onse

rvat

oriu

m o

f Mus

ic (T

RCM)

9829

1,256

1,256

1,256

Tamw

orth

Regio

nal C

ounc

il | T

amwo

rth P

erfor

ming

Arts

Cen

tre C

ultur

al Pr

ecinc

t Fa

cility

Spa

ce P

rogr

amIss

ue A

| 08/0

2/21

19/ 1

9

19: Functional Diagrams


19 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS

The Functional Relationship diagrams depict indicative relationships and are not prescriptive layouts. Some venue alternative formats are shown. 100 Series: Front-of-House and Public Areas 200 Series: Centre Operations and Servicing 300 Series: Café 400 Series: Functions Centre, Board Room and Rehearsal Rooms 500 Series: Proscenium Theatre 600 Series: Studio Theatre 700 Series: The Salon & Recording Studio 800 Series: Backstage Facilities 900 Series: TRCM (ABC not included)

00De

c 202

0A3

1822

TPAC

Fun

ction

al Di

agra

mTP

AC B

usin

ess C

ase

Tamw

orth

Reg

ional

Coun

cil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

STAG

EDO

ORSE

RVIC

EDO

CK

SERV

ICES

ACCE

SS

LIBR

ARY

& AR

T GA

LLER

YLO

ADIN

G DO

CKS

/SE

RVIC

E AC

CESS

STAG

E SU

PPOR

TPE

RFOR

MER

SUP

PORT

STAG

E HO

USE

AU

DIT

ORIU

M

BAR

CLOA

KSM

ERCH

ANDI

SEFU

NCT

ION

SPE

RFOR

MAN

CE

Oppo

site

Pro

mpt

(OP)

Win

gPr

ompt

Win

g

Actin

g Ar

ea Orch

estra

Pit

Fore

stag

e

Back

stag

e Ci

rcul

atio

n

BACKSTAGE FRONT OF HOUSE

CAFE

KIT

CHEN

FUN

CTIO

NS

SERV

ICES

FUN

CTIO

NRO

OMS

REHE

ARSA

LST

UDIO

SERV

ICIN

GCE

NTR

E

GREE

N R

OOM

ADM

INIS

TRAT

ION

FOH

SERV

ICES

Cafe / Functions Services Circulation

LIBR

ARY

/ ART

GALL

ERY

LIN

KCA

FE D

ININ

G

PERF

ORM

ANCE

FUN

CTIO

NS

Patron Circulation

Ligh

ting

brid

ge n

o.2

TheatreCentreline

THEA

TRE

LOAD

ING

DOCK

SALO

N B

ACKS

TAGE

STUD

IO B

ACKS

TAGE

STUD

IOLO

ADIN

GDO

CK

RECO

RDIN

G ST

UDIO

Ligh

ting

brid

ge n

o.3

LIBR

ARY

& AR

T GA

LLER

YEN

TRY

LIBR

ARY/

ART

GALL

ERY

EXPA

NSI

ON

OUTD

OOR

CAFE

CON

TROL

ROO

M

Technical Circulation

240

800

100

FORE

COU

RT

100

FOYE

R

300

700

SALO

N60

0ST

UD

IOTH

EATR

E

TOIL

ETS

TOIL

ETS

EXIS

TIN

GLI

BRA

RY A

ND

ART

GA

LLER

Y

800

BACK

STA

GE

820

240

420

400

400

500

500

200

220

900

ABC

STU

DIO

920

TRCM

300

526

700

610

600

710

700

SALO

NFO

YER

600

STU

DIO

FOYE

R

LIBR

ARY

PROG

RAM

LIBR

ARY

INN

OVA

TION

STU

DIO

AG

STU

DIO

1

AG

STU

DIO

2

120

Ligh

ting

brid

ge n

o.1

Technical Circulation

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

01De

c 202

0A3

1822

100 F

ront-

of-Ho

use

200 C

entre

Ope

ratio

ns, 3

00 C

afe

TPAC

Bus

ines

s Cas

eTa

mwor

th R

egion

al Co

uncil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

TPAC

ENTR

Y

TO S

ERVI

CE, D

ELIV

ERIE

S,W

ASTE

MAN

AGEM

ENT

PROG

RAM

ENTR

YL

/ AG

ENTR

Y

TO V

ENUE

S, F

UNCT

ION

S,RE

HEAR

SAL,

TRC

M, B

ACKS

TAGE

TO V

ENUE

S, F

UNCT

ION

S,RE

HEAR

SAL,

TRC

M

STAF

FEN

TRY

- PAT

RON

GAT

HERI

NG

- CAF

E &

PATR

ON S

EATI

NG

- EVE

NTS

/ PE

RFOR

MAN

CES

- MER

CHAN

DISE

CULT

URA

L PR

ECIN

CT F

OREC

OURT

FOYE

R BA

R

CAFE

SER

VICE

MA

IN F

OYER

CAFE

OU

TDOO

RBA

R / P

ATR

ON O

UTD

OOR

LIBR

ARY

AN

D A

RT G

ALL

ERY

PATR

ON&

CAFE

TOIL

ETS

LIBR

ARY

PROG

RAM

PATR

ONTO

ILET

S

900

ABC

STU

DIO

200

FOH

SERV

ICES

220

AD

MIN

ISTR

ATI

ON

FOH

PATR

ONS

STOR

E

CLK

CAFE

DIN

ING

BOX

OFFI

CEFO

HM

GRS

CULT

MER

CH

MEE

TIN

GRO

OM

BOX

OFFI

CESU

PER

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

02De

c 202

0A3

1822

400 F

uncti

ons &

Boa

rd R

oom

TPAC

Bus

ines

s Cas

eTa

mwor

th R

egion

al Co

uncil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

ENTR

Y

VIEW

S / O

UTLO

OK

TEM

PORA

RY B

AR

- FOY

ER A

CCES

S- L

IFT

ACCE

SS

TO S

ERVI

CE, D

ELIV

ERIE

S,W

ASTE

MAN

AGEM

ENT

PRE-

FUN

CTIO

NS

FOYE

RFU

NCT

ION

S BA

R &

ST

FUN

CTIO

NS

STOR

E

FUN

CTIO

NS

KITC

HEN

F&B

STOR

E

F&B

OFFI

CE

FUN

CTIO

NS

BALC

ONY

F&B

STOR

E

PATR

ONTO

ILET

S

BOA

RDRO

OM

BM S

T

F&B

WA

STE

KNT

FUN

CTIO

N R

OOM

DAN

CE F

LOOR

7 x

7

OP WALL16 x 9.5

16 x 9.5

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

Tabl

e Se

atin

g20

roun

d ta

bles

(18

00D,

10

seat

s pe

r tab

le)

200

pers

ons

03De

c 202

0A3

1822

420 R

ehea

rsal S

tudios

TPAC

Bus

ines

s Cas

eTa

mwor

th R

egion

al Co

uncil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

12

34

5

ENTR

Y

- AFT

ER H

OURS

ACC

ESS

- LIF

T AC

CESS

- BAC

KSTA

GE L

INK

PERF

ORM

ER A

CCES

SFR

OM B

OH

RS1

Tab

le F

orm

at16

x 1

0 Ta

bles

= 1

60 p

erso

ns

RS1

Per

form

ance

For

mat

22 s

eats

x 4

-5 ro

ws

= a

ppro

x. 1

00 p

erso

ns

RS F

OYER

EQU

IPM

ENT

STOR

E

RS1

ST

TOIL

ETS

RS2

ST

SL

KNT

REHE

ARS

AL

STU

DIO

1

REHE

ARS

AL

STU

DIO

2

ACTI

NG

AREA

12

x12

OP WALL

ACTI

NG

AREA

10

x10

OP WALL

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

04De

c 202

0A3

1822

500 P

rosc

enium

The

atre

TPAC

Bus

ines

s Cas

eTa

mwor

th R

egion

al Co

uncil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

ACTI

NG

AREA

12

x 12

TO BACK

STAG

E80

0s

TO F

OH

TO BACK

STAG

E

TO F

OYER

TO F

OYER

EXIT

TO B

ACKS

TAGE

800

s

TO F

OYER

TO F

OYER

TO C

ONTR

OL R

OOM

LX 2LX

1 LX 3

GRID O

VER

TECHNICAL ACCESS

OVER

OVER

CON

TROL

ROO

M

SL

AU

DIT

ORIU

M D

RESS

CIRC

LE

SL

SLSL

SL

SLSL

SL

SLSL

SLSL

SLSL

STA

GE

LOA

DIN

GD

OCK

SCEN

E D

OCK

STA

GE S

TORE

SW

ORKS

HOP

REA

R ST

AGE

CRO

SSOV

ER

BBBB

BB

FLY GALLERY 1

FLY GALLERY 1

TECH

OFFI

CE

BB

UN

DER

STA

GE

PIT

SEA

T ST

ORE

ORCH

ESTR

A P

IT /

LIFT

MU

SICI

AN

S RO

OM,

TOIL

ETS

FLY

GALL

ERY

CROS

SOVE

R 1

TECH

GA

LLER

Y

BB

FLY GALLERY 2

FLY GALLERY 2

BB

FLY

GALL

ERY

CROS

SOVE

R 2

WINCH ROOM 2

WINCH ROOM 1

AU

DIT

ORIU

M S

TALL

S

PROM

PTW

ING

OPPO

SITE

PRO

MPT

WIN

G

ORCH

ESTR

A P

IT/ F

ORES

TAGE

L0 U

ND

ER S

TAGE

L1 S

TAGE

& A

UD

ITOR

IUM

L2 -

3 D

RESS

CIR

CLE

FORE

STA

GEGR

ID

L4 -

5 TE

CHN

ICA

L GA

LLER

IES

& GR

ID

STA

GE H

OUSE

VD 1

VD 2

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

05De

c 202

0A3

1822

600 S

tudio

Thea

treTP

AC B

usin

ess C

ase

Tamw

orth

Reg

ional

Coun

cil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

STU

DIO

FOY

ER

STU

DIO

BA

R +

ST

PATR

ONTO

ILET

S

BATH

RMS

1 &

2SH

OWER

S1

& 2

STA

GE

SLSL

SLSL

SL

SL

SLSL

ENS

ENS

SL

SL

RETR

ACTA

BLE

SEAT

BAN

K

ACTI

NG

AREA

10x

10

SL

OP W

ALL

PATR

ONEN

TRY

TO T

PAC

FOYE

R

EXTE

RIOR

TO O

UTDO

ORCO

URTY

ARD

STA

GE L

EVEL

(1)

BALC

ONY

LEVE

L (2

)

CON

TROL

BALC

ONY

ACCE

SS F

ROM

STUD

IO F

OYER

TO T

ECH

ACCE

SS,

BACK

STAG

E

TECH

NIC

AL

LEVE

L

TEN

SION

WIR

E GR

ID

TECH

CAT

WAL

K

STA

GE R

IGGI

NG

ZON

E

TECH

CAT

WAL

K

TECH CATWALK

TECH

NIC

AL

GALL

ERY

CON

TROL

BALC

ONY

ACCE

SS

DR

3

DR

4

ST S

CEN

ED

OCK

SEA

TST

ORE(

S)

LDY

ST LOA

DIN

GD

OCK

TOU

RCO

. OFF

ST T

ECH

STOR

E

ACC

WC

HIRE

RSST

ORE

DR

1D

R 2

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

06De

c 202

0A3

1822

700 S

alon &

Rec

ordin

g Stud

ioTP

AC B

usin

ess C

ase

Tamw

orth

Reg

ional

Coun

cil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

SALO

N F

OYER

CON

TROL

ROOM

SEA

TST

ORE

SN PATR

ONTO

ILET

S

REC

STU

DIO

RS CON

TROL

SALO

N

ENS

ENS

SLSL

SLSL

SLSL

SLSL

STA

GE

SL

ENTR

YM

AIN

FOY

ER

STA

GE(N

OMIN

AL)

TO S

CEN

E DO

CKBA

CKST

AGE

800s

ABC

STUD

IO

SALO

N S

TAGE

LEV

ELSA

LON

CON

TROL

ROO

M L

EVEL

TO S

ALON

BACK

STAG

E80

0sAB

C ST

UDIO

SALO

N V

OID

TO FOYE

R

DR

1D

R 2

SN EQU

IPST

ORE

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

07De

c 202

0A3

1822

920 T

amwo

rth R

egion

alCo

nser

vator

ium of

Mus

ic (T

RCM)

TPAC

Bus

ines

s Cas

eTa

mwor

th R

egion

al Co

uncil

Functional Diagrams

.Re

v C..

REHE

ARS

AL

1

INST

RUM

ENT

STOR

E

STA

FFRO

OM

AD

MIN

ISTR

ATI

ONOF

FICE

FOYE

RRE

CEPT

ION

STA

FFTO

ILET

S

AD

MIN

STOR

E

MEE

TIN

GRO

OM

R2 S

T

R1 S

T

REHE

ARS

AL

2

LIBR

ARY

DIR

ECTO

R

TEA

CHIN

G ST

UD

IOS

1 - 2

1

TO E

NTR

Y

STA

FFZO

NE

KEYB

OARD

/CO

MPU

TER

LAB

EMC

PROG

RAM

STU

DEN

TTO

ILET

S

LEGE

ND PUBL

IC / F

OYER

ADMI

N/ S

ERVI

CE

VENU

ES / F

UNCT

IONS

BACK

STAG

E / V

ENUE

SUPP

ORT

TOILE

TS / A

MENI

TIES

EXIS

TING

21: Concept Design Technical Budgets


20 CONCEPT DESIGN COST ESTIMATE

TPAC Business Case Proposal, Wilde and Woollard, 10 October 2019 The cost estimate has not been updated during preparation of the Functional Brief. As briefed areas have changed, and increased, it is a high priority to prepare an updated estimate based on the current issue of the Facility Space Program and Brief. S20 TPAC Business Case Cost Estimate_191010.pdf

Tamworth Regional Council - TPAC Business Case Proposal QUANTITY SURVEYOR'S REPORT 10th October 2019

37–41 Prospect Street Box Hill VIC 3128 T +61 3 9899 0411

Quantity Surveyors I Construction Cost Consultants I Tax Depreciation Consultants I Asset and Facilities Management Associated Offices Adelaide I Brisbane I Canberra I Perth I Sydney Wilde and Woollard Quantity Surveyors Pty Ltd ACN 004 933 448 trading as Wilde and Woollard Use of Wilde and Woollard name and logo is under Licence from Wilde and Woollard Australia Pty Ltd

10th October, 2019 Virginia Ross Director Williams Ross 1/70 Kerr Street FITZROY VIC 3065 Dear Virginia, TAMWORTH REGIONAL COUNCIL NEW PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE BUSINESS CASE AND FUNCTIONAL CONCEPT DESIGN AND COSTINGS Please find attached our “A - Concept Cost Plan (REV01)” dated 10th October, 2019. This report has been prepared by Wilde and Woollard for Tamworth Regional Council to present the estimated project costs as at the concept documentation phase. The report is based on documentation provided by the consultant team along with responses to any questions we have raised. Should you have any questions or require further information, please do not hesitate to contact me. Yours faithfully, Wilde and Woollard

Gary A. Crutchley Director H:\jobs\Tamworth Performing Arts Centre Business Case\Concept August 2019\Cost Plan\Tamworth PAC Cost Plan 10 October 2019.docx

TAMWORTH REGIONAL COUNCIL – NEW PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE Page 2 of 8 BUSINESS CASE CONCEPT COST PLAN 10

TH OCTOBER 2019

Table of Contents

1. PROJECT BUDGET ........................................................................................................ 3

2. COST PLAN SUMMARY ................................................................................................. 3

3. COST CENTRES ............................................................................................................ 4

4. VALUE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................. 4

5. SCOPE OF WORKS ....................................................................................................... 4

a) Architectural ......................................................................................................... 4

b) Structural ............................................................................................................. 4

c) Services ............................................................................................................... 4

d) Traffic and Car parking ........................................................................................ 4

e) Theatre Equipment .............................................................................................. 4

6. ASSUMPTIONS/NOTES ................................................................................................. 5

7. EXCLUSIONS ................................................................................................................. 5

8. CONTINGENCIES ........................................................................................................... 6

a) Design Contingency ............................................................................................. 6

b) Construction Contingency .................................................................................... 6

c) Project Contingency ............................................................................................. 6

9. COST ESCALATION ....................................................................................................... 6

10. LOCALITY ALLOWANCE ................................................................................................ 6

11. POTENTIAL COST RISKS .............................................................................................. 7

12. CASH FLOW FORECAST ............................................................................................... 7


TH OCTOBER 2019

1. PROJECT BUDGET

A project budget is yet to be advised.

2. COST PLAN SUMMARY

We estimate the total project cost is in the order of $128,200,000 excluding GST as summarised below.

PROJECT ELEMENT ESTIMATED COST

1. Front of House $10,774,100

2. Centre Operations $2,931,100

3. Cafe and Retail $2,568,400

4. Functions and Boardroom $6,183,900

5. Rehearsal/Dance Studio $3,910,800

6. Proscenium Auditorium $14,761,100

7. Proscenium Stage House $12,526,900

8. Studio Theatre $9,064,800

9. Salon Recital Room and Recording Studio $4,544,300

10. Productions/Stage Support – Backstage $2,453,100

11. Performer and Crew Support – Backstage $3,607,000

12. Centre Servicing $1,996,500

13. Library and Art Gallery Expansion $1,873,800

14. Conservatorium TRCM $4,810,500

15. ABC Studio $2,337,700

16. External Works and Services $7,077,000

17. Escalation to Tender $5,720,000

18. Escalation During Construction $1,895,000

ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION TENDER COST EXCLUDING GST $99,036,000

19. Construction Contingency $4,952,000

ESTIMATED TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST EXCLUDING GST $103,988,000

OTHER PROJECT COSTS

20. Professional fees $18,800,000

21. Authorities’ Fees and Charges $1,100,000

22. Loose Furnishings Furniture and Equipment and PABX System $4,312,000

23. Decanting Costs By others

24. Artwork Excluded

25. Building Maintenance Access Excluded

26. Project Contingency Excluded

ESTIMATED TOTAL PROJECT COST EXCLUDING GST $128,200,000


TH OCTOBER 2019

Refer to the attached “Cost Summary Allocated to Cost Centres” and “A - Concept Cost Plan” for further details of works included within the total estimated project cost.

3. COST CENTRES

The attached “Cost Summary Allocated to Cost Centres” indicates approximate estimates of various Cost Centres or Zones. These Zones have been taken from the Facility Space Program Issue G, Area Analysis Summary. Areas for each Zone from the FSP have been marked up by 5% for structure and 10% for circulation contingency. These areas have been multiplied by the functional area generic rates taken from Option A of the Masterplan Estimate dated May 2019. We recommend that costs be refined and confirmed once specific zone demarcation and specific allocation of costs have been documented.

4. VALUE MANAGEMENT

Should savings be required, we can undertake value management workshops to identify items and prioritise them for adoption without adversely affecting the scope. Further items could be identified as potential savings which can be implemented in the event of an unfavourable tender result.

5. SCOPE OF WORKS

The cost plan is based on the following documentation and information:-

a) Architectural

Williams Ross Architects TPAC Business Case Architectural Set received 28th

of July 2019. Williams Ross Architects facility Space Program area analysis issue G dated 12

th of September

2019.

b) Structural

None.

c) Services

None.

d) Traffic and Car parking

None.

e) Theatre Equipment

Theatre Equipment estimates provided by Setting Line Theatre Consulting Version 4, dated 12th

of September 2019.


TH OCTOBER 2019

6. ASSUMPTIONS/NOTES

a) Costs are based on a fully designed traditional lump sum competitive tender to four or more

appropriately sized contractors in October 2021 with a 26 month construction period.

b) This cost plan incorporates generic masterplan type services estimates provided by Wilde and Woollard. Specifics such as reusing of existing infrastructure and the like have not been taken into consideration. We recommend that all service figures are confirmed by a preliminary investigation and design and then estimated by a professional services consultant/s.

c) The number of theatre seats, toilet fittings and fitout has been based on Williams Ross Architects TPAC Business Case - Facility Space Program Issue G, dated 12

th of September

2019 and received 2nd

of October 2019.

7. EXCLUSIONS

a) Cost escalation beyond an October 2021 tender date.

b) Decanting and relocation allowance (advised will be undertaken in-house).

c) Refurbishment of the existing Library and Art Gallery including any work required to bring

existing buildings up to current codes.

d) ABC fitout including studio equipment, ABC Emergency Generator, ABC satellite dish and radio

tower.

e) Allowance for a stage sound shell.

f) Staging of construction.

g) Extra contingency for poor ground conditions, now superseded by measurements.

h) Excavation in rock.

i) Excavation of soft spots and backfilling.

j) Out of hours work.

k) Computer hardware and software.

l) Compactus, photocopiers and the like.

m) Crockery and linen.

n) Site infrastructure works beyond the site boundary including road reserve pavements,

“forecourt” apart from an allowance to relocate the underground HV cables from Hill Street.

o) Our estimate is based on competitive quantitative tender criteria only. Allowances or factors for

higher priced tenders being selected on qualitative criteria have not been allowed.

p) Temporary relocation works.

q) Upgrading of vacated spaces as a result of the project.

r) Goods and services tax (GST).


TH OCTOBER 2019

8. CONTINGENCIES

a) Design Contingency

The cost plan includes a design contingency of $3,435,000 which represents 4% of the estimated construction cost. This allowance is based on our past experience with projects at this stage of design. We have marginally reduced the allowance from the previous concept estimate based on the increased degree of design and cost interrogation. We believe this amount is also in line with current industry standards. It is intended to cover the development of design documents up until tender. b) Construction Contingency

The cost plan includes a construction contingency of $4,952,000 which represents 5% of the estimated construction cost. It is intended to cover design documentation/co-ordination issues, latent conditions, etc. It is not intended for changes in scope.

c) Project Contingency

The cost plan excludes a project contingency.

9. COST ESCALATION

The cost plan is based on current day costs. The cost plan includes an allowance of $5,720,000 for escalation to tender. This represents an average of approximately 2% average per annum until the estimated October 2022 tender date. This is an estimate of the degree of escalation that may occur in the future based on current trends and an expectation that prices will remain fairly stagnant. We recommend re-evaluating escalation should market trends start to deviate from our forecast. It is intended to cover rise and fall in construction materials and labour and the construction market until the tender date. A separate allowance of $1,895,000 has also been included for cost escalation/market conditions incurred during the construction period. This amount is not a straight line percentage and has been calculated taking into account typical construction cash flows.

10. LOCALITY ALLOWANCE

The cost plan includes an allowance of $2,122,000 to cover a locality cost which represents 2.5% of the estimated construction cost. It is intended to cover the additional cost to construct a project of this size in Tamworth. This percentage has been based on information provided by our Sydney office.


TH OCTOBER 2019

11. POTENTIAL COST RISKS

In reviewing the tender documents and site conditions, we have identified the following potential cost risks may exist:- a) Exclusions noted above. b) Hazardous materials. c) Abnormal ground conditions including soft spots, rock, contaminated soil and ground water. d) Condition of existing services infrastructure. e) Disruption to adjoining properties and/or occupants including noise, temporary power, etc. f) Locality and escalation costs varying from our forecasted estimate. g) Non-standard procurement processes including design competitions.

12. CASH FLOW FORECAST Refer to the attached estimated cash flow projection and construction cash flow analysis “S” curve. This forecast has been divided into monthly payments based on the concept cost plan and the preliminary program provided by Williams Ross Architects.


TH OCTOBER 2019

APPENDIX A: CONCEPT COST PLAN APPENDIX B: SUMMARY ALLOCATED INTO COST CENTRES APPENDIX C: CASH FLOW FORECAST

Project: TAMWORTH REGIONAL COUNCIL PERFORMING ARTS CENTRECost Plan: A - CONCEPT COST PLAN (REV01)

PROJECT SUMMARY

No. Item Description ProjCost

%

Quantity Rate Total

1 NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS 0.00 0

2 BUILDING WORKS 65.80 13,516 6,240.30 84,343,946

3 EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES 5.53 6,484 1,091.51 7,077,504

4 ESCALATION TO TENDER 4.47 13,516 423.20 5,720,000

5 ESCALATION DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.48 13,516 140.20 1,895,000

ESTIMATED CONSTRUCTION TENDER 13,516 7,327.35 99,036,450

6 CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY 3.87 5.00 366.38 4,952,000

ESTIMATED TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST 13,516 7,693.73 103,988,450

7 OTHER PROJECT COSTS 18.89 13,516 1,791.36 24,212,000

ESTIMATED TOTAL PROJECT COST 13,516 9,485.09 128,200,450

GFA: 13,516.00 m2 100 128,200,450

Job No: 32587Time of Printing: 12:15:45 PMDate of Printing: 10/10/2019

Page 1 of 1 Wilde and Woollard37-41 Prospect Street

Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN

No. Item Description Quantity Unit Rate Total

NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS

NOTESNOTES

Generally

1 Assumes a competitive lump sum tender to four or moreappropriately sized and interested contractors in October2022.

note

2 Assumes the works will be tendered with an industrystandard contract

note

3 This cost plan incorporates generic master-plan typeservices estimates provided by Wilde and Woollard.Specifics such as reusing of existing infrastructure and thelike has not been taken into consideration. We recommendthat all service figures are confirmed by a preliminaryinvestigation and design and then estimated by aprofessional services consultant/s.

note

4 The number of theatre seats, toilet fittings and fitout havebeen based on Williams Ross architects TPAC BusinessCase - Facility Space Program Issue G, dated 12th ofSeptember 2019 and received 2nd October 2019.

note

5 This cost plan incorporates Theatre equipment servicesestimates provided by Setting Line Theatre Consulting,Prelim Tx Budgets V4 - received 12 September 2019.

note

This cost plan has been based on the followingdocumentation:-

Architectural

6 Williams Ross architects TPAC Business Case - FacilitySpace Program Issue GF, dated 12th of September 2019and received 2nd of October 2019.

note

Structural

7 None note

Mechanical

8 None note

Electrical

9 None note

Hydraulic

10 None note

Civil

11 None note

Fire

12 None note

Landscaping



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS (Continued)NOTES (Continued)

13 None note

Acoustic Report

14 None note

Building Surveyor Report

15 None note

Land Survey

16 Brown and Krippner Survey Drawings dated 14th of June2019.

note

Geotechnical Report

17 Costing interpolated from Soil Surveys Engineering PtyLimited for the proposed Library and Art Gallerydevelopment at 466 Peel Street, Tamworth dated July 2003.

note

Hazardous Materials Report

18 None note

Traffic Management Plan

19 None note

NOTES TOTAL 0

INCLUSIONSINCLUSIONS

The following has been included in this cost plan:-

20 Preliminaries note

21 Design contingency note

22 Contract Contingency note

23 Demolition of existing buildings and pavements. note

24 Professional fees note

25 Authority contribution and headworks charges note

26 Underpinning of surrounding buildings note

27 Fire sprinklers (Type and extent subject to building surveyorand fire engineering report)

note

28 Loose furniture and Equipment note

29 Specialist Theatre equipment and AV note

30 Hazardous materials removal from existing building ($1M) note

31 Telephone systems and PABX note



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS (Continued)INCLUSIONS (Continued)

32 Provisional Allowances for a new substation, diversion ofelectrical supply and easement and a new set of diesel firepumps and water tank backup. These large cost itemsremain unresolved and will require confirmation as detailedplanning progresses.

note

INCLUSIONS TOTAL 0

EXCLUSIONSEXCLUSIONS

The following has been excluded from this cost plan:-

33 Cost escalation beyond an October 2022 tender date. note

34 Decanting and relocation allowance (advised will beundertaken in-house).

note

35 Refurbishment of the existing Library and Art Galleryincluding any work required to bring existing buildings up tocurrent codes.

note

36 ABC fitout including studio equipment, ABC EmergencyGenerator, ABC satellite dish and radio tower.

note

37 Allowance for a stage sound shell. note

38 Staging of construction. note

39 Extra contingency for poor ground conditions, nowsuperseded by measurements.

note

40 Excavation in rock. note

41 Excavation of soft spots and backfilling. note

42 Out of hours work. note

43 Computer hardware and software. note

44 Compactus, photocopiers and the like. note

45 Crockery and linen.

46 Site infrastructure works beyond the site boundary includingroad reserve pavements, “forecourt” apart from an allowanceto relocate the underground HV cables from Hill Street.

note

47 Our estimate is based on competitive quantitative tendercriteria only. Allowances or factors for higher priced tendersbeing selected on qualitative criteria has not been allowed.

note

48 Temporary relocation works. note

49 Upgrading of vacated spaces as a result of the project.. note

50 Goods and services tax (GST) note

EXCLUSIONS TOTAL 0

NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS TOTAL 0



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS

SB 01 SUBSTRUCTURENOTES

51 All substructure and basement retaining wall system etcetera has been assumed and is subject to confirmation by astructural consultant.

note

BASEMENT WALL RETENTION SYSTEM

52 Capping beam including formwork etc 598 m 350.00 209,300

53 Piling rig float and set up 1 item 10,000.00 10,000

54 Say 600 diameter Basement wall piling system with piles at2000 centres and 3m deep into foundation

2,220 m 275.00 610,500

55 Temporary ground anchor to wall (assumed 1 per pile) 300 no 1,500.00 450,000

56 Sprayed concrete to wall including trowelled finish andreinforcement

1,517 m2 150.00 227,550

57 Extra over for drainage system to retaining walls 1,517 m2 25.00 37,925

UNDERPINNING

58 Concrete underpinning including staged sequencing ofworks, formwork, excavation etc

115 m 1,500.00 172,500

LIFT PIT

59 Extra over for main lift pit including all tanking etc 2 no 12,000.00 24,000

60 Extra over for smaller lift pit including all tanking etc 1 no 10,000.00 10,000

PILING UNDER BUILDING

61 Piling rig float and set up 1 item 10,000.00 10,000

62 Say average 2000 x 2000 x 600 deep reinforced concretepile cap

100 no 1,520.00 152,000

63 Say 1500 diameter piling system at 6000 centres under slaband 3m deep into foundation

297 m 600.00 178,200

CONCRETE SLAB

64 150 Thick reinforced suspended concrete slab on groundincluding minor excavation, formwork, reinforcement, sandbed, moisture barrier and slab finish

5,790 m2 155.00 897,450

65 Reinforced concrete edge beam including excavation 716 m 177.00 126,732

66 Spoon drain and agi drain to basement perimeter includingoutlets

820 m 80.00 65,600

TERMITE PROTECTION

67 Allow for termite protection 5,790 m2 10.00 57,900

BLINDING CONCRETE

68 Allow for additional excavation and blinding concrete belowfootings (PROVISIONAL)

excluded



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)SB 01 SUBSTRUCTURE (Continued)

01 SUBSTRUCTURE TOTAL 3,239,657

CL 02 COLUMNSCOLUMNS

69 Allow for columns to Basement 683 m2 100.00 68,300

70 Allow for columns to Level 1 3,572 m2 75.00 267,900

71 Allow for columns to Level 1 (Underground Carpark) 2,218 m2 100.00 221,800

72 Allow for columns to Level 1.5 and 2 3,427 m2 60.00 205,620



75 Allow for columns to Level 5 160 m2 45.00 7,200

02 COLUMNS TOTAL 908,375

UF 03 UPPER FLOORSREINFORCED CONCRETE SUSPENDED SLAB

76 250 Thick suspended PT concrete slab and slab thickeningsincluding 32MPa concrete, formwork, post tensioned andconventional reinforcement, surface finishes and sundries

7,138 m2 500.00 3,569,000

77 Extra over to form stepped theatre including additionalreinforcement and formwork

623 m2 750.00 467,250

78 Allow for isolating slab to recording studios and the like 1 item 20,000 20,000

JACK-UP FLOOR SLAB SYSTEM

79 100 Thick floating concrete slab including 32MPa concrete,formwork, SL102, surface finishes, jack up mounts,additional reinforcement, polyethylene sheeting etc.(assumed to Studio Theatre for acoustic isolation)

352 m2 475.00 167,200

STAGE TIMBER FLOOR

80 200 x 45 Hyspan LVL13 joists at 300 centres includingisolation mounts

280 m2 250.00 70,000

81 25 Thick engineered timber flooring on 2 layers of structuralplywood with roof felt laid between sheets fixed to structuralframing measured elsewhere (to Stage)

280 m2 360.00 100,800

SUNDRIES

82 Allow for setdowns, kerbs, upstands, steps and formingvoids, et cetera

1 item 150,000 150,000

03 UPPER FLOORS TOTAL 4,544,250

SC 04 STAIRSFEATURE STAIR



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)SC 04 STAIRS (Continued)83 Curved FEATURE concrete stair including formwork,

reinforcement, landings, finishes, balustrades, handrails etc(Level 1 to Level 1.5)

1 no 51,900 51,900

84 Angled FEATURE stair including formwork, reinforcement,landings, finishes, balustrades, handrails etc (Level 1 toLevel 2)

1 no 144,300 144,300

85 Steps including formwork, reinforcement,finishes,balustrades, handrails etc (To Art Gallery Level 2)

1 no 20,400 20,400

OTHER STAIRS

86 6200 x 3500 overall concrete stair including formwork,reinforcement, landings, sealer, balustrades, handrails etc(Basement to Roof)

1 no 174,000 174,000

87 6200 x 3500 overall concrete stair including formwork,reinforcement, landings, sealer, balustrades, handrails etc(Basement to Level 3)

1 no 89,000 89,000

88 6200 x 3500 overall concrete stair including formwork,reinforcement, landings, sealer, balustrades, handrails etc(Level 1 to Level 2)

1 no 33,000 33,000

04 STAIRS TOTAL 512,600

RF 05 ROOFCONCRETE SUSPENDED ROOF SLAB

89 Suspended concrete roof slab including beams, concrete,formwork, reinforcement, surface finishes, waterproofing andsundries (over carpark)

1,800 m2 800.00 1,440,000

90 Suspended concrete balcony including slab, beams,concrete, formwork, reinforcement, surface finishes,waterproofing and sundries

450 m2 800.00 360,000

ROOF FRAMING

91 Structural steel roof framing including connections, fixingsand purlins and the like

3,852 m2 250.00 963,000

92 Extra over for truss system over Auditorium includingconnections, fixings and purlins and the like

476 m2 350.00 166,600

ROOF CLADDING AND RAINWATER GOODS

93 Metal roof decking including particleboard lining, safetymesh, sisalation, insulation, flashings and cappings

4,004 m2 173.00 692,692

94 Allow for gutters, drainage system as required 4,004 m2 25.00 100,100

95 Allow for syphonic drainage system 4,004 m2 60.00 240,240

SOFFIT LINING

96 Timber soffit lining including battens and finish 845 m2 450.00 380,250

CANOPIES



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)RF 05 ROOF (Continued)97 Steel framed canopies including metal deck roofing with

standing seam, timber soffit lining etc152 m2 1,230.00 186,960

PLANT PLATFORM

98 Roof mounted plant platform including steel support framing,webforge base, steel framed acoustic louvred screening

Excluded

99 Allow for sundry walkways etc 1 item 20,000 20,000

ROOF SAFETY/ACCESS SYSTEM

100 Allow for roof safety system including anchor points, laddersbetween different roof levels, etc

4,454 m2 15.00 66,810

101 Main access ladder including steps, handrails etc. 1 item 5,000 5,000

05 ROOF TOTAL 4,621,652

EW 06 EXTERNAL WALLSBASEMENT WALLS

102 Refer to substructure for measurement of basement walls note

STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

103 Secondary steel wall framing and bracing includingconnections to external facade and glazing

3,681 m2 75.00 276,075

GLAZED FACADE

104 Double glazed windows comprising powder coatedaluminium framing and clear Low-E glass

2,231 m2 1,000.00 2,231,000

105 Allow extra over for boxing to glass 1,450 m2 260.00 377,000

106 Aluminium acoustic louvres with powdercoat finish 50 m2 750.00 37,500

FEATURE FACADE OUTER SKIN

107 Feature external screen comprising metal blades, surroundand steel support framing

1,700 m2 550.00 935,000

PATTERNED, COLOURED PRECAST WALLS

108 Precast walls including colouring and pattern and 13 thickplasterboard lining one side, acoustic insulation and paintfinish

4,066 m2 731.00 2,972,246

109 Extra over for nom. 50 x 50 timber batten screen at 100centres on and including steel subframe to curved internalwall surfaces of Auditorium etc.

143 m2 750.00 107,250

110 Extra over for profiled timber panelling on and including steelsubframe curved external wall surfaces of Auditorium etc.

143 m2 500.00 71,500

SUNDRY

111 Allow for glazing film 1 item 10,000.00 10,000

112 External balustrade to top of carpark voids 261 m2 650.00 169,650



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)EW 06 EXTERNAL WALLS (Continued)113 External acoustic screen to plant area including standing

seam cladding and steel support framing59 m2 1,400.00 82,600

114 Extra over for Cinema Screen 45 m2 500.00 22,500

06 EXTERNAL WALLS TOTAL 7,292,321

WW 07 WINDOWSSUN CONTROL

115 Allow for roller blinds including overhead tracks and rollers 2,231 m2 120.00 267,720

07 WINDOWS TOTAL 267,720

ED 08 EXTERNAL DOORSTIMBER DOORS

116 Single solid core timber doors including frame, hardware andpaint

2 no 1,600.00 3,200

117 Pair of solid core timber doors including frame, hardwareand paint

2 no 3,200.00 6,400

ACOUSTIC DOORS

118 Single acoustic solid core timber door including frame,hardware and paint

1 no 6,700.00 6,700

119 Pair of acoustic solid core timber doors including frame,hardware and paint

1 no 12,730.00 12,730

GLAZED DOORS

120 Single glazed swing door including hardware 2 no 2,485.00 4,970

121 Pair of glazed doors including hardware 1 no 4,890.00 4,890

122 Glazed sliding AUTOMATIC doors including hardware andpowdercoat finish

10 no 11,500.00 115,000

FIRE RATED DOORS

123 Fire rated solid core single door including hardware andpaint finish

1 no 4,000.00 4,000

124 Fire rated solid core double doors including hardware andpaint finish

4 no 7,500.00 30,000

ROLLER SHUTTERS

125 Allow for additional steel framing 1 item 10,000.00 10,000

126 Aluminium roller shutter with 'colorbond' finish and electronicoperation

145 m2 400.00 58,000

08 EXTERNAL DOORS TOTAL 255,890

NW 09 INTERNAL WALLSAUDITORIUM SHELL WALLS



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)NW 09 INTERNAL WALLS (Continued)127 Precast concrete wall panels to Theatre including cast in

plates, connections, caulking etc (Auditorium shell)1,068 m2 450.00 480,600

128 Nom. 50 x 50 timber batten screen at 100 centres on andincluding steel subframe to curved internal wall surfaces ofAuditorium etc.

1,421 m2 750.00 1,065,750

129 Profiled timber panelling on and including steel subframecurved external wall surfaces of Auditorium etc.

1,421 m2 500.00 710,500

STUDIO THEATRE SHELL WALLS

130 Precast concrete wall panels including cast in plates,connections, caulking etc (Studio Theatre)

339 m2 450.00 152,550

BLOCK WALLS

131 140 Thick 2-hour fire-rated core filled reinforced blockworkwalls with paint finish to one side and 13 thick plasterboardlining other side, acoustic insulation and paint finish

138 m2 339.00 46,782

PARTITION WALLS

132 Steel stud wall framing with 13 thick plasterboard lining bothsides, acoustic insulation and paint finish

6,669 m2 180.00 1,200,420

133 Extra over for acoustic isolated partition wall including 2 x 76wide metal stud framing with 20 air gap between, 2 x 13thick plasterboard lining to both sides of wall, including 70(min.) thick insulation (assumed 20%)

1,334 m2 80.00 106,720

134 Timber veneer panel to plasterboard walls (assume 5%) 334 m2 450.00 150,300

LIFT SHAFT WALLS

135 Precast concrete panels including cast in plates,connections, caulking etc

543 m2 350.00 190,050

136 190 Thick reinforced concrete block walls including corefilling to staircase walls

657 m2 280.00 183,960

09 INTERNAL WALLS TOTAL 4,287,632

NS 10 INTERNAL SCREENS & BORROWED LIGHTSGLAZED PARTITIONS

137 Aluminium framed glazed partitions including finish 401 m2 900.00 360,900

138 Extra over for glazing film (50%) 201 m2 150.00 30,150

ACOUSTIC WINDOW

139 Allow for acoustic window to recording studio 1 item 10,000.00 10,000

OPERABLE WALLS

140 Allow for steel support framing 1 item 13,000.00 13,000

141 Operable wall high acoustic side stack including standardrange finish

95 m2 1,200.00 114,000

TOILET PARTITIONS



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)NS 10 INTERNAL SCREENS & BORROWED LIGHTS (Continued)142 Compact laminated toilet partition complete including

hardware 96 no 1,450.00 139,200

10 INTERNAL SCREENS & BORROWED LIGHTSTOTAL

667,250

ND 11 INTERNAL DOORSTIMBER DOOR

143 Allow for single solid core timber door including frame,hardware and paint finish

52 no 1,605.00 83,460

144 Allow for pair of solid core timber door including frame,hardware and paint finish

25 no 2,350.00 58,750

145 Allow for pair of unequal solid core timber door includingframe, hardware and paint finish

10 no 2,140.00 21,400

EXTRA OVER FOR ACOUSTIC TREATMENT

146 Extra over for single acoustic doors 8 no 5,100.00 40,800

147 Extra over for pair of acoustic doors 41 no 10,375.00 425,375

GLAZED DOOR

148 Allow single glazed aluminium doors including hardware 31 no 2,485.00 77,035

AUTOMATIC GLAZED SLIDING DOORS

149 Allow for structural support framing 1 item 18,000.00 18,000

150 Allow for automatic double glazed sliding door includingtrack, hardware and motorisation

9 no 13,650.00 122,850

FIRE RATED DOORS

151 Fire rated solid core single door including hardware andpaint finish

13 no 4,000.00 52,000

152 Fire rated solid core double doors including hardware andpaint finish

19 no 7,500.00 142,500

SERVICE CUPBOARD DOORS

153 Allow for service cupboard doors including hardware andpaint finish

1 item 10,000.00 10,000

ROLLER SHUTTERS

154 Allow for structural support framing 1 item 10,000.00 10,000

155 Allow for roller shutters including frame and hardware tobars, servery & box office

1 item 60,840.00 60,840

11 INTERNAL DOORS TOTAL 1,123,010

WF 12 WALL FINISHESCERAMIC WALL TILING



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)WF 12 WALL FINISHES (Continued)156 Allow for ceramic wall tiling including grout, adhesives and

waterproofing to wet areas560 m2 160.00 89,600

MIRROR WALL CLADDING

157 Mirror wall cladding to rehearsal/dance studio 125 m2 300.00 37,500

CORNER GUARDS

158 Allow for corner guards etc 1 item 15,000.00 15,000

ACOUSTIC WALL LINING

159 Acoustic panel lining or similar fixed to plasterboard linedwall including perimeter edge trim

1 item 820,000 820,000

12 WALL FINISHES TOTAL 962,100

FF 13 FLOOR FINISHESCARPET

160 Allow for carpet tiles fixed to concrete slab including skirtings 5,515 m2 110.00 606,650

FOYER FISH UPGRADE

161 Extra over carpet for upgraded finish to foyers includingskirting

1,572 m2 240.00 377,280

FLOOR MATTING

162 Floor matting including recess frame (allowance) 25 m2 550.00 13,750

VINYL FLOORING

163 Allow for vinyl flooring applied to concrete slab includingskirtings

2,877 m2 85.00 244,545

TIMBER FLOORING

164 Allow for timber flooring fixed to concrete slab includingskirtings

1,021 m2 370.00 377,770

CERAMIC FLOOR TILING

165 Allow for ceramic floor tiling fixed to concrete slab includingskirting

339 m2 135.00 45,765

SEALER

166 Sealer to concrete floor 741 m2 15.00 11,115

ACOUSTIC TREATMENT TO FLOORS

167 Allow for acoustic build-up of flooring including resilientmounts, etc (Provisional Sum)

1 item 360,000 360,000

SUNDRIES

168 Linemarking and metalwork to basement carpark 1 item 15,000.00 15,000

169 Allow for division strips 1 item 5,000.00 5,000

13 FLOOR FINISHES TOTAL 2,056,875



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)CF 14 CEILING FINISHES

EXPOSED STRUCTURE

170 Paint to slab soffit 1,202 m2 20.00 24,040

FEATURE CEILINGS

171 Allow for profiled and perforated timber veneer ceilingsincluding acoustic insulation and suspension systems(Auditorium)

482 m2 800.00 385,600

172 Allow for profiled and perforated timber veneer ceilingsincluding acoustic insulation and suspension systems(Studio Theatre)

352 m2 800.00 281,600

173 Allow for paint to soffit above suspended ceilings 901 m2 25.00 22,525

PLASTERBOARD CEILING

174 Allow for 13 thick flush plasterboard ceiling fixed on andincluding battens and paint finish

9,278 m2 87.00 807,186

175 Allow for 13 thick flush moisture resistant plasterboardceiling fixed on and including concealed grid suspensionsystem and paint finish

287 m2 95.00 27,265

FIRE RATED CEILING

176 2 Layers of fire rated plasterboard on and includingsuspension system and paint finish

1,364 m2 212.00 289,168

ACOUSTIC CEILING TREATMENT

177 Allow for acoustic ceiling panels to 80% of ceiling area(Provisional Sum)

1 item 150,000 150,000

BULKHEADS / SUNDRIES

178 Allow for plasterboard bulkhead fixed on and includingframing, insulation and paint finish

1 item 25,000 25,000

179 Allow for ceiling access hatches 1 item 15,000 15,000

14 CEILING FINISHES TOTAL 2,027,384

FT 15 FITMENTSJOINERY

180 Allowance for joinery including reception, library counters,amenities, stores, etc (PROVISIONAL SUM)

1 item 1,530,000 1,530,000

HANDRAILS AND BALUSTRADES

181 Stainless steel handrails with frameless glass balustrade tovoids

51 m 1,800.00 91,800

182 Stainless steel handrail to studio & stage balcony 100 m 550.00 55,000

SIGNAGE

183 Allow for statutory / way-finding / feature signage(PROVISIONAL SUM)

12,672 m2 10.00 126,720



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)FT 15 FITMENTS (Continued)184 Allow for external signage panels including power / lighting

etc (Provisional Sum)1 item 100,000 100,000

15 FITMENTS TOTAL 1,903,520

SE 16 SPECIAL EQUIPMENTSEATS TO AUDITORIUM

185 Supply and install auditorium seat (PC rate of $750 per seatallowed)

600 no 750.00 450,000

RETRACTABLE SEATING TO STUDIO THEATRE

186 Retractable seating system for 200 number seats (studiotheatre - Allowed $950 per seat)

122 m2 1,600.00 195,200

STAGE CATWALKS

187 Allow for stage catwalks and lighting bridges including railingetc above stage and auditorium areas (PROVISIONALSUM)

1 item 400,000 400,000

KITCHEN AND BAR FITOUT

188 Allow for Café kitchen fitout (provisional sum) 1 item 100,000 100,000

189 Allow for Functional kitchen fitout (provisional sum) 1 item 300,000 300,000

190 Allow for Bar fit-outs (provisional sum) 3 no 150,000 450,000

191 Allow for cooking equipment not part of Kitchen fitout(provisional sum)

1 item 25,000.00 25,000

16 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT TOTAL 1,920,200

SF 17 SANITARY FIXTURESSANITARY FIXTURES

192 Estimated quantity based on Facility Space Program byWilliams Ross Architects dated 10/07/2019

note

193 Sanitary fixtures including all tapware and other fittings 244 no 1,400.00 341,600

194 Floor wastes including trap 48 no 1,000.00 48,000

195 Allow for hot water plant, pumps, valves etc 1 item 85,000 85,000

196 Allow for thermostatic mixing and other miscellaneousplumbing items

1 item 35,000 35,000

197 Allow for acoustic treatment 1 item 50,000 50,000

17 SANITARY FIXTURES TOTAL 559,600

PD 18 SANITARY PLUMBINGSANITARY PLUMBING


note



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)PD 18 SANITARY PLUMBING (Continued)199 Allow for internal sanitary plumbing including PVC pipework

and fittings544 no 450.00 244,800

18 SANITARY PLUMBING TOTAL 244,800

WS 19 WATER SUPPLYWATER SUPPLY


note

201 Allow for cold water points including brass pipework, valvesand fittings

244 no 300.00 73,200

202 Allow for hot water points including brass pipework, lagging,valves and fittings

161 no 350.00 56,350

203 Allow for thermostatic mixing valves 50 no 1,000.00 50,000

19 WATER SUPPLY TOTAL 179,550

GS 20 GAS SERVICEGAS SUPPLY

204 Allow for system including pipework, valves and fittings 12,672 m2 15.00 190,080

Subtotal 190,080

BUILDER'S WORK

205 Allow for builder's work and profit including attendance onthe sub-contract and any builder’s work in connectiontherewith such as hoisting, testing orcommissioning, etc.

1 item 10,000 10,000

20 GAS SERVICE TOTAL 200,080

AC 24 AIR CONDITIONINGAIR CONDITIONING

206 Allow for Mechanical Systems including all plant, ductwork,ventilation systems, insulation, outlets, controls, piping, firecollars, dampers, testing, commissioning and as builtdrawings (Average rate)

12,672 m2 550.00 6,969,600

Subtotal 6,969,600

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 349,000 349,000

208 Allow for additional acoustic requirements 1 item 150,000.00 150,000

24 AIR CONDITIONING TOTAL 7,468,600



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)FP 25 FIRE PROTECTION

WET FIRE SERVICES

209 Sprinkler systems including pipework, heads etc 12,672 m2 85.00 1,077,120

210 Allow for fire hose reel including water reticulation 10 no 4,000.00 40,000

211 Allow for internal fire hydrant including water reticulation 10 no 2,500.00 25,000

212 Allow for fire extinguishers, fire blankets etc. 1 item 20,000 20,000

Subtotal 1,162,120

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 58,200 58,200

DRY FIRE SERVICE

214 Fire detection and EWIS systems including all wiring, outletsetc

12,672 m2 45.00 570,240

215 Fire indicator and EWIS panels 1 item 50,000 50,000

Subtotal 620,240

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 31,100 31,100

25 FIRE PROTECTION TOTAL 1,871,660

LP 26 ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWERELECTRICAL SERVICES

217 Allow for electrical systems including all light fittings, poweroutlets, connection to existing supply, comms, PA,emergency lighting, exit signs etc. (average rate internal)

12,672 m2 305.00 3,864,960

218 Allow for electrical security systems 12,672 m2 40.00 506,880

EMERGENCY GENERATOR

219 Allow for emergency generator including underground fueltank and exhaust stack

1 item 350,000 350,000

PV CELLS

220 Allow for roof mounted PV Array including associated cablingetc

1 item 200,000 200,000

221 Allow for steel support structure 500 m2 75.00 37,500

Subtotal 4,959,340

BUILDER'S WORK



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)LP 26 ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER (Continued)222 Allow for builder's work and profit including attendance on

the sub-contract and any builder’s work in connectiontherewith such as hoisting, testing orcommissioning, etc.

1 item 250,000 250,000

26 ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER TOTAL 5,209,340

CM 27 COMMUNICATIONSELECTRICAL SERVICES

223 Allow for communication system 12,672 m2 40.00 506,880

Subtotal 506,880

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 30,000 30,000

27 COMMUNICATIONS TOTAL 536,880

TS 28 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMSVERTICAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS

225 Stretcher sized lift including car, guide rails, lifting hoist, castin plates etc (Lift From Basement to Level 5)

1 no 340,000 340,000

226 Stretcher sized lift including car, guide rails, lifting hoist, castin plates etc (Lift From Level 2 to Level 3)

1 no 280,000 280,000

227 Passenger lift including car, guide rails, lifting hoist, cast inplates etc (Lift L1-L2 Café and Balcony)

2 no 180,000 360,000

228 Dock Leveller 2 no 30,000.00 60,000

229 Extra over for feature car fitout 2 no 20,000 40,000

Subtotal 1,080,000

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 54,000 54,000

28 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS TOTAL 1,134,000

SS 29 SPECIAL SERVICESBEER PLUMBING

231 Allow for beer plumbing to bars and the like (costs to benegotiated with suppliers)

1 Item 100,000 100,000

Subtotal 100,000

BUILDER'S WORK



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)SS 29 SPECIAL SERVICES (Continued)232 Allow for builder's work and profit including attendance on

the sub-contract and any builder’s work in connectiontherewith such as hoisting, testing orcommissioning, etc.

1 item 5,000 5,000

29 SPECIAL SERVICES TOTAL 105,000

AR 31 ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONSFORMING OPENINGS

233 Allow for forming openings in existing buildings includingtemporary support and making good (Existing library)

1 Item 100,000 100,000

31 ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS TOTAL 100,000

YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - THEATRE AV AND SPECIALIST EQUIPMENTTHEATRE AV AND SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT

All costs are per Setting Line Theatre Consulting estimatesPrelim Tx Budgets V4 190912 - received 20th September2019.

note

234 Some savings in reuse of existing equipment may bepossible.

note

No allowances for technical services or equipment to:

235 1/ Library expansion note

236 2/ Art Gallery expansion note

237 3/ Art Gallery meeting room note

NON EQUIPMENT ITEMS

238 Preliminaries 1 item 150,000 150,000

TECHNICAL PANELS AND TEC CABLE TERMINATIONS

239 Equipment racks, technical panels, patch leads and TECcable terminations

1 item 85,000 85,000

1. FOYER SYSTEMS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

240 Front of House managers panel includes zoned foyer pagingsystem, back ground music, including wireless microphonefunctionality in foyers

1 item 35,000 35,000

241 Small performance system and programme display in caféarea

1 item 20,000 20,000

242 Digital signage system for box office and foyer spaces(software, PC and monitors (6 of)

1 item 50,000 50,000

243 Multi Channel RF/IR hearing assist system 1 item 80,000 80,000

CENTRE OPERATIONS

244 Meeting room video conference system 1 item 50,000 50,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - THEATRE AV AND SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT (Continued)

3.1 FUNCTIONS / 3.2 BOARD ROOM / 3.3 EVENTSTERRACE

245 Installed sound system, zone controlled speakers, digitalprocessing, plug and play BYOD capability

1 item 25,000 25,000

246 Roll drop projection screen and associated controllers - bothrooms (two of)

1 item 60,000 60,000

247 Ceiling mounted digital projectors plus mounting bracketsetc (two of)

1 item 40,000 40,000

248 High level video conferencing system, screens, digitalcamera, conference microphone and speaker system

1 item 50,000 50,000

249 Cinema projection system 1 item 100,000 100,000

250 Cinema sound system 1 item 45,000 45,000

251 Cinema Screen Assume fixedpanels by

builder

252 Event / performance loose staging rostra and equipment 1 item 20,000 20,000

253 Event / performance lighting control 1 item 10,000 10,000

254 Event / performance lighting equipment from loosegeneral stock

255 Additional sound equipment, stands, leads, fold back etc from loosegeneral stock

REHEARSAL / DANCE STUDIO

256 Surround drapes and track 1 item 25,000 25,000

257 Provision of lighting grid, rigging points, 1 item 45,000 45,000

258 Event / performance lighting control 1 item 10,000 10,000

259 Event / performance lighting equipment from loosegeneral stock

260 Installed sound system, speakers, digital processing, plugand play BYOD capability

1 item 25,000 25,000

261 Roll drop projection screen and associated controllers 1 item 20,000 20,000

262 Ceiling mounted digital projectors plus mounting bracketsetc x 1

from loosegeneral stock

263 Additional sound equipment, stands, leads, fold back etc from loosegeneral stock

PROSCENIUM THEATRE

264 Power flying system with 60 lines inc panorama bars,battens winches and control

1 item 5,250,000 5,250,000

265 Fore stage (orchestra pit) lift mechanism and safety system 1 item 300,000 300,000

266 FoH speaker rigging Left / Centre / Right, pile winder hoists 1 item 60,000 60,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - THEATRE AV AND SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT (Continued)267 House curtain, cyclorama, stage drapes and stage curtain

tracks1 item 120,000 120,000

268 Variable acoustic drapes system (12 panels) 1 item 150,000 150,000

269 Stage lighting control system including console 1 item 75,000 75,000

270 Stage lighting dimmers (240 off including patch) & powerdistribution

1 item 80,000 80,000

271 Stage lighting luminaries 1 item 225,000 225,000

272 Stage lighting wired bars and cable management (5 of) 1 item 120,000 120,000

273 Stage managers systems including 4 ring headset system,link to foyer paging and display, show programme and videorelay distribution

1 item 80,000 80,000

274 Wireless comms 1 item 40,000 40,000

275 Sound system control desk and processing, inc recordingand replay systems, front fill, delay system etc

1 item 500,000 500,000

276 Seating Builders works,recommend

allow $750 perseat inst

STUDIO THEATRE

277 Cable net trampoline grid over auditorium 1 item 350,000 350,000

278 Over grid rigging beams 1 item 250,000 250,000

279 Power suspension hoist system and controls – 20 lines 1 item 400,000 400,000

280 Cable looms wired bars and accessories (5 of) 1 item 70,000 70,000

281 Stage drapes and curtain tracks 1 item 50,000 50,000

282 Stage lighting control and infrastructure system 1 item 120,000 120,000

283 Stage lighting dimming system (144 channels inc patch) 1 item 60,000 60,000

284 Performance lighting equipment 1 item 200,000 200,000

285 Stage managers systems including 4 ring headset system,link to foyer paging and display, show programme and videorelay

1 item 75,000 75,000

286 Sound system, speakers, processing and control 1 item 100,000 100,000

SALON & RECORDING STUDIO

287 Flown grid system - 3 panels 1 item 150,000 150,000

288 Stage drapes and curtain tracks 1 item 75,000 75,000

289 Stage lighting control and infrastructure system 1 item 100,000 100,000

290 Stage lighting dimming system (100 channels inc patch) 1 item 50,000 50,000

291 Cable looms wired bars and accessories 1 item 15,000 15,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - THEATRE AV AND SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT (Continued)292 Performance lighting equipment 1 item 75,000 75,000

293 Stage managers systems including 2 ring headset system,link to foyer paging and display, show programme and videorelay

1 item 50,000 50,000

294 Sound system, speakers, processing and control 1 item 120,000 120,000

295 Studio digital recording desk (36 channel), relevant computerand software (by Council), studio monitors, cable loom,digital breakout boxes

1 item 85,000 85,000

PRODUCTION SUPPORT - STAGE BACKSTAGE

296 Loose rigging accessories and consumables - whole venue 1 item 10,000 10,000

297 Chain motor hoists and control x 10 1 item 100,000 100,000

298 Truss and pipe 1 item 50,000 50,000

299 Tools and hardware 1 item 20,000 20,000

300 Storage and road-cases MX 1 item 7,500 7,500

Loose lighting accessories and consumables - wholevenue

301 Consumables, tape, bulbs, ties etc - whole venue 1 item 2,500 2,500

302 Side stage lighting ladders / booms etc 1 item 10,000 10,000

303 Cables and leads 1 item 10,000 10,000

304 Lamp racks storage and trolleys 1 item 10,000 10,000

305 Storage and road-cases LX 1 item 7,500 7,500

Loose audio accessories and consumables - wholevenue

306 Portable digital projector 8- 10K ANSI min, lens, rigging andmounts

1 item 12,500 12,500

307 Portable digital projector 12K ANSI min, lens, rigging andmounts

1 item 25,000 25,000

308 Loose audio equipment, stands, microphones, DI boxes etc 1 item 50,000 50,000

309 Portable stage monitor system 1 item 20,000 20,000

310 Cables and leads 1 item 5,000 5,000

311 Storage and road-cases Audio / AV 1 item 7,500 7,500

BUILDING SYSTEMS, SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

312 House light control and interface to building managementsystems - all venues

1 item 25,000 25,000

313 Work light control - all venues 1 item 20,000 20,000

314 OHS and manual handling equipment, vertical mast elevatedwork platform for access to lighting locations for focus

1 item 50,000 50,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


BUILDING WORKS (Continued)YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - THEATRE AV AND SPECIALIST EQUIPMENT (Continued)315 OHS and manual handling equipment, includes pallet jacks,

plate dollies for manual handling and Elevated WorkPlatform for access to lighting locations for focus

1 item 80,000 80,000

CREATIVE TENANCIES

316 Equipment racks and cable connections from theatre AVhubs

1 item 7,500 7,500

317 Equipment racks and cable connections between spaces 1 item 20,000 20,000

318 In room speakers and Vol control for BYOD (18 of) 1 item 25,000 25,000

46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - THEATRE AV ANDSPECIALIST EQUIPMENT TOTAL

10,915,000

YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - ESD TREATMENTESD PROVISIONS

319 Allowance for ESD provisions to achieve 5 star rating(Approximate 2% Budget Allowance)

1 item 2,000,000 2,000,000

46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS - ESD TREATMENTTOTAL

2,000,000

PR 00 PRELIMINARIESPRELIMINARIES

320 Allow for builder's preliminaries 1 item 12,081,000.00 12,081,000

00 PRELIMINARIES TOTAL 12,081,000

YY 46 DESIGN CONTINGENCYDESIGN CONTINGENCY

321 Allow for design contingency 1 item 3,168,000.00 3,168,000

46 DESIGN CONTINGENCY TOTAL 3,168,000

YY 46 LOCALITY FACTORLOCALITY ALLOWANCE

322 Locality Factor 1 item 1,980,000 1,980,000

46 LOCALITY FACTOR TOTAL 1,980,000

BUILDING WORKS TOTAL 84,343,946



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES

XP 32 SITE PREPARATIONDEMOLITION

323 Demolish existing 2-storey brick building (Building 468-472) 1,506 m2 250.00 376,500

324 Demolish existing 2-storey brick building (Building 474) 683 m2 250.00 170,750

325 Demolish existing carpark 4,580 m2 50.00 229,000

326 Demolish existing entrance canopy 74 m2 100.00 7,400

327 Demolish existing garden beds 252 m2 80.00 20,160

328 Demolish existing pavements 814 m2 60.00 48,840

329 Remove existing trees 6 no 500.00 3,000

330 Hazardous materials removal from existing building(provisional sum)

1 item 1,000,000 1,000,000

331 Clear site of all rubbish and vegetation 1 item 5,000 5,000

EARTHWORKS

332 Bulk site cut/fill to achieve initial bench level (excluding sitestrip)

6,485 m2 8.50 55,123

333 Trim, grade, compact and proof roll 6,485 m2 3.00 19,455

BASEMENT EXCAVATION

334 Bulk excavate to form basement, commencing from reducedlevel in fill and clay including cartage of material off site

2,276 m3 36.00 81,936

POOR GROUND CONTINGENCY

335 Allow contingency for poor ground conditions (provisionalsum - replaced with piling and suspended ground slab)

note

32 SITE PREPARATION TOTAL 2,017,164

XR 33 ROADS, FOOTPATHS AND PAVED AREASPEEL STREET FORECOURT

336 Concrete pavement and balustrades to basement ramps -measured elsewhere

note

337 Allow for development of feature paved forecourt includingsub-base, preparation etc (Peel Street Courtyard)

351 m2 350.00 122,850

338 Extra over for steps, handrails and the like 1 item 15,000 15,000

NORTH WESTERN TERRACE

339 Allow for development of terrace area over Basementcarpark including feature paving, landscaping, formingraised areas and grading and levelling (average rate usedover area)

1,853 m2 350.00 648,550

340 Extra over for steps, handrails and the like 1 item 15,000 15,000

SUNDRIES



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES (Continued)XR 33 ROADS, FOOTPATHS AND PAVED AREAS (Continued)341 Allowance for roof area to install satellite dish and tower

including access36 m2 600.00 21,600

342 Allowance for emergency generator building area 12 m2 1,500.00 18,000

343 Allow for recycling refuse yard 30 m2 400.00 12,000

33 ROADS, FOOTPATHS AND PAVED AREASTOTAL

853,000

XL 36 LANDSCAPING AND IMPROVEMENTSLANDSCAPING

344 Refer to ROADS, FOOTPATHS AND PAVED AREAS forhard pavements.

note

OUTDOOR THEATRE

345 Allow for Outdoor Theatre steps 1 item 30,000 30,000

PLAZA AND COURTYARDS

346 Plaza and Urban Courtyard treatment including fixedfurniture, lighting and metalwork

1 item 150,000 150,000

347 Allow for raised planters including garden bed plants,fertiliser, 200 minimum deep imported topsoil and 75 thickmulch

50 m2 1,200.00 60,000

SUNDRIES

348 Bike hoops 23 no 250.00 5,750

349 Tactile indicators - Stainless steel studs 6 m2 1,000.00 6,000

350 Allow for bollard including footing 10 no 1,500.00 15,000

351 Allow for stainless steel tree grates 10 no 1,100.00 11,000

Trees

352 Advanced tree 10 no 1,000.00 10,000

SIGNAGE, ETC.

353 Allow for external signage (PROVISIONAL) 1 item 50,000 50,000

36 LANDSCAPING AND IMPROVEMENTS TOTAL 337,750

XK 37 EXTERNAL STORMWATER DRAINAGEDIVERT EXISTING STORMWATER DRAINAGE

354 Allowance to divert existing 450 diameter RCP stormwaterpipe in trench including pits, excavation, backfilling and spoilremoval

1 item 80,000 80,000

STORMWATER DRAINAGE

355 300 RCP stormwater pipe in trench including excavation,backfilling and spoil removal

100 m 225.00 22,500



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES (Continued)XK 37 EXTERNAL STORMWATER DRAINAGE (Continued)356 225 uPVC stormwater pipe in trench including excavation,

backfilling and spoil removal 50 m 150.00 7,500

357 150 uPVC diameter stormwater pipe in trench includingexcavation, backfilling and spoil removal

150 m 105.00 15,750

358 100 uPVC diameter stormwater pipe in trench includingexcavation, backfilling and spoil removal

50 m 95.00 4,750

359 90 diameter agi pipe in trench including excavation,backfilling and spoil removal

100 m 32.00 3,200

360 900 x 900 Stormwater pits including excavation, backfillingand cover

20 no 1,500.00 30,000

361 Grated outlet 10 no 350.00 3,500

362 Connect to existing drainage 4 no 1,000.00 4,000

RAINWATER HARVESTING

363 20,000 Lt rainwater internally bolted panel tank and rainwatertreatment and pressurization system including pumps,power reticulation etc

1 no 40,000 40,000

37 EXTERNAL STORMWATER DRAINAGE TOTAL 211,200

XD 38 EXTERNAL SEWER DRAINAGESEWER DRAINAGE

364 100 diameter uPVC sewer pipe in trench includingexcavation and backfilling

120 m 95.00 11,400

365 225 diameter uPVC sewer pipe in trench includingexcavation and backfilling

50 m 130.00 6,500

366 100 diameter HDPE trade waste in trench includingexcavation and backfilling

50 m 120.00 6,000

367 100 diameter uPVC sewer clipped to underside of basementsoffit

50 m 65.00 3,250

368 100 diameter HDPE trade waste clipped to underside ofbasement soffit

80 m 78.00 6,240

369 Allow for 3000 Lt neutralizing pit including excavation andbackfilling

1 no 12,000.00 12,000

370 Allow for 1100Lt grease trap including excavation andbackfilling

1 no 7,500.00 7,500

371 Precast concrete pits including cover, excavation andbackfilling

5 no 3,500.00 17,500

372 Allow for connection into existing drainage 1 item 5,000.00 5,000

38 EXTERNAL SEWER DRAINAGE TOTAL 75,390

XW 39 EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLYWATER SUPPLY



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES (Continued)XW 39 EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY (Continued)373 Allow for external water service including new meter

assembly1 item 25,000

Subtotal 25,000

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 2,000 2,000

39 EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY TOTAL 27,000

XG 40 EXTERNAL GASGAS SUPPLY

375 Allow for external gas service including new meter 1 item 15,000

Subtotal 15,000

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 1,000 1,000

40 EXTERNAL GAS TOTAL 16,000

XF 41 EXTERNAL FIRE PROTECTIONEXTERNAL FIRE SERVICES

377 Allow for external fire services including connection intoexisting supply etc.

1 item 210,000 210,000

378 Allow for fire pumps and water tank backup (subject topressure testing and Building Surveyor advice)

1 item 150,000 150,000

Subtotal 360,000

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 20,000 20,000

41 EXTERNAL FIRE PROTECTION TOTAL 380,000

XE 42 EXTERNAL ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWEREXTERNAL ELECTRICAL SERVICES

380 Allow for external electrical services including LV supply,lighting etc

1 item 100,000 100,000

381 Allow for site power diversion including new substation,temporary supply and HV underground power supply cables(provisional sum - subject to solution and negotiation withauthority)

1 item 1,500,000 1,500,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES (Continued)XE 42 EXTERNAL ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER (Continued)

Subtotal 1,600,000

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 80,000 80,000

42 EXTERNAL ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWERTOTAL

1,680,000

XC 43 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONSEXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

383 Allow for external communications services 1 item 50,000 50,000

Subtotal 50,000

BUILDER'S WORK


1 item 3,000 3,000

43 EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS TOTAL 53,000

PR 00 PRELIMINARIESPRELIMINARIES

385 Allow for builder's preliminaries 1 1,018,000.00 1,018,000

00 PRELIMINARIES TOTAL 1,018,000

YY 46 DESIGN CONTINGENCYDESIGN CONTINGENCY

386 Allow for design contingency 1 267,000.00 267,000

46 DESIGN CONTINGENCY TOTAL 267,000

YY 46 LOCALITY FACTORLOCALITY ALLOWANCE

387 Locality Factor 1 item 142,000 142,000

46 LOCALITY FACTOR TOTAL 142,000

EXTERNAL WORKS AND SERVICES TOTAL 7,077,504



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


ESCALATION TO TENDER

YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONSESCALATION TO TENDER

388 Allow for cost escalation to Tender (October 2022) 1 item 5,720,000 5,720,000

46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS TOTAL 5,720,000

ESCALATION TO TENDER TOTAL 5,720,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


ESCALATION DURING CONSTRUCTION

YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONSESCALATION DURING CONSTRUCTION

389 Allow for cost escalation during Construction 1 item 1,895,000 1,895,000


ESCALATION DURING CONSTRUCTION TOTAL 1,895,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY

YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONSCONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY

390 Allow for construction contingency @ 10% 1 item 4,952,000.00 4,952,000


CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY TOTAL 4,952,000



Box Hill Vic 3128


DETAILED COST PLAN


OTHER PROJECT COSTS

YY 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONSPROFESSIONAL FEES

391 Allow for Professional Fees 1 item 18,800,000 18,800,000

AUTHORITY FEES

392 Allow for authority fees 1 item 1,100,000 1,100,000

LOOSE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT

393 Allow for loose furniture and equipment 1 item 4,200,000 4,200,000

DECANTING

394 Allow for decanting/fitout to existing spaces by others

PABX

395 PABX budget (Tamworth regional Council to advise) 1 item 112,000.00 112,000


OTHER PROJECT COSTS TOTAL 24,212,000



Box Hill Vic 3128

TA

MW

OR

TH

PE

RF

OR

MIN

G A

RT

S C

EN

TR

E -

BU

SIN

ES

S C

AS

E

10th

Oct

ob

er 2

019

SU

MM

AR

Y A

LL

OC

AT

ED

INT

O C

OS

T C

EN

TR

ES

Are

a (f

rom

FS

P

Issu

e G

)

Are

a (#

1)R

ate

(from

m

aste

rpla

n es

timat

e)

Rat

e (m

arke

d up

to a

lign

with

co

st p

lan)

Fro

nt

of

Ho

use

Cen

tre

Op

erat

ion

sC

afe

and

R

etai

lF

un

ctio

ns

and

B

oar

dro

om

Reh

ears

al/

dan

ce S

tud

ioP

rosc

eniu

m

Au

dit

ori

um

Pro

scen

ium

st

age

Ho

use

Stu

dio

T

hea

tre

Sal

on

Rec

ital

R

oo

m a

nd

R

eco

rdin

g

Stu

dio

Pro

du

ctio

n/s

tag

e S

up

po

rt –

b

acks

tag

e

Per

form

er a

nd

cr

ew s

up

po

rt –

b

acks

tag

e

Cen

tre

Ser

vici

ng

Lib

rary

an

d

Art

Gal

lery

ex

pan

sio

n

Co

nse

rvat

ori

um

T

RC

MA

BC

Stu

dio

EW

&S

To

tal

ZO

NE

1 -

FR

ON

T O

F H

OU

SE

1,33

41,

534

4,60

5.00

7,02

3.54

10,7

74,1

1010

,774

,110

'ZO

NE

2 -

CE

NT

RE

OP

ER

AT

ION

S42

749

13,

914.

005,

969.

632,

931,

088

2,93

1,08

8

'ZO

NE

3 -

CA

FE

AN

D R

ET

AIL

366

421

4,00

0.00

6,10

0.80

2,56

8,43

72,

568,

437

'ZO

NE

4A

- F

UN

CT

ION

S A

ND

B

OA

RD

RO

OM

782

899

4,51

0.00

6,87

8.65

6,18

3,90

66,

183,

906

'ZO

NE

4B

- R

EH

EA

RS

AL/

ST

EN

T S

TU

DIO

363

417

6,14

9.00

9,37

8.45

3,91

0,81

43,

910,

814

'ZO

NE

5A

- P

RO

SC

EN

IUM

AU

DIT

OR

IUM

1,18

01,

357

7,13

2.00

10,8

77.7

214

,761

,066

14,7

61,0

66

'ZO

NE

5B

- P

RO

SC

EN

IUM

ST

AG

E H

OU

SE

1,41

61,

628

5,04

5.00

7,69

4.63

12,5

26,8

5812

,526

,858

'ZO

NE

6 -

ST

UD

IO T

HE

AT

RE

753

866

6,86

3.00

10,4

67.4

49,

064,

803

9,06

4,80

3

'ZO

NE

7 -

SA

LON

AN

D R

EC

OR

DIN

G

ST

UD

IO38

344

06,

771.

0010

,327

.12

4,54

4,27

24,

544,

272

'ZO

NE

8A

- P

RO

DU

CT

ION

/ST

AG

E

SU

PP

OR

T –

BA

CK

ST

AG

E37

743

43,

706.

005,

652.

392,

453,

137

2,45

3,13

7

'ZO

NE

8B

- P

ER

FO

RM

ER

AN

D C

RE

W

SU

PP

OR

T –

BA

CK

ST

AG

E52

660

53,

909.

005,

962.

003,

607,

010

3,60

7,01

0

'ZO

NE

9 -

CE

NT

RE

SE

RV

ICIN

G39

345

22,

896.

004,

416.

981,

996,

475

1,99

6,47

5

ZO

NE

10A

- A

BC

ST

UD

IO30

234

74,

417.

006,

736.

802,

337,

670

2,33

7,67

0

ZO

NE

10B

- C

ON

SE

RV

AT

OR

IUM

TR

CM

866

996

6,17

4.00

9,41

6.58

4,81

0,50

04,

810,

500

ZO

NE

11

- LI

BR

AR

Y A

ND

AR

T G

ALL

ER

Y

EX

PA

NS

ION

(A

RE

A M

EA

SU

RE

D F

RO

M

PLA

N)

273

314

5,96

7.52

9,10

1.66

1,87

3,80

01,

873,

800

EX

TE

RN

AL

WO

RK

S A

ND

SE

RV

ICE

S (

#3)

7,07

7,50

47,

077,

504

7,07

7,50

4

TO

TA

L8,

300

11,2

018,

162

10,7

74,1

102,

931,

088

2,56

8,43

76,

183,

906

3,91

0,81

414

,761

,066

12,5

26,8

589,

064,

803

4,54

4,27

22,

453,

137

3,60

7,01

01,

996,

475

1,87

3,80

04,

810,

500

2,33

7,67

07,

077,

504

91,4

21,4

50

10,7

74,1

002,

931,

100

2,56

8,40

06,

183,

900

3,91

0,80

014

,761

,100

12,5

26,9

009,

064,

800

4,54

4,30

02,

453,

100

3,60

7,00

01,

996,

500

1,87

3,80

04,

810,

500

2,33

7,70

07,

077,

500

91,4

21,5

00

ES

CA

LAT

ION

TO

TE

ND

ER

5,72

0,00

067

4,10

818

3,39

016

0,70

038

6,91

124

4,68

992

3,56

178

3,77

356

7,16

128

4,32

315

3,48

622

5,68

112

4,91

411

7,23

930

0,98

014

6,26

244

2,82

25,

720,

000

ES

CA

LAT

ION

DU

RIN

G C

ON

ST

RU

CT

ION

1,89

5,00

022

3,32

860

,756

53,2

3912

8,18

181

,064

305,

970

259,

659

187,

897

94,1

9450

,849

74,7

6741

,383

38,8

4099

,713

48,4

5614

6,70

41,

895,

000

TO

TA

L11

,201

11,2

018,

842

11,6

71,5

463,

175,

234

2,78

2,37

66,

698,

998

4,23

6,56

715

,990

,597

13,5

70,2

909,

819,

861

4,92

2,78

92,

657,

472

3,90

7,45

82,

162,

772

2,02

9,87

95,

211,

193

2,53

2,38

87,

667,

030

99,0

36,4

50

CO

NT

RA

CT

CO

NT

ING

EN

CY

4,95

2,00

058

3,59

815

8,76

713

9,12

433

4,96

221

1,83

679

9,55

967

8,53

949

1,01

124

6,14

813

2,87

819

5,38

010

8,14

310

1,49

826

0,56

912

6,62

438

3,36

44,

952,

000

PR

OF

ES

SIO

NA

L F

EE

S18

,800

,000

2,21

5,59

960

2,75

252

8,17

61,

271,

665

804,

224

3,03

5,48

12,

576,

036

1,86

4,09

593

4,48

950

4,46

674

1,74

941

0,55

738

5,33

098

9,23

648

0,72

11,

455,

424

18,8

00,0

00

AU

TH

OR

ITY

FE

ES

AN

D C

HA

RG

ES

1,10

0,00

012

9,63

635

,267

30,9

0474

,406

47,0

5617

7,60

815

0,72

610

9,06

954

,678

29,5

1743

,400

24,0

2222

,546

57,8

8128

,127

85,1

571,

100,

000

TO

TA

L11

,201

11,2

0111

,060

14,6

00,3

793,

972,

020

3,48

0,58

08,

380,

031

5,29

9,68

320

,003

,245

16,9

75,5

9112

,284

,036

6,15

8,10

43,

324,

333

4,88

7,98

72,

705,

494

2,53

9,25

36,

518,

879

3,16

7,86

09,

590,

975

123,

888,

450

PE

RC

EN

TA

GE

OF

TO

TA

L C

OS

T

AD

JUS

TE

D F

OR

FF

E13

%4%

3%8%

5%18

%15

%11

%6%

3%4%

2%2%

6%na

na10

0%

LOO

SE

FU

RN

ITU

RE

AN

D E

QU

IPM

EN

T4,

312,

000

560,

560

172,

480

129,

360

344,

960

215,

600

776,

160

646,

800

474,

320

258,

720

129,

360

172,

480

86,2

4086

,240

258,

720

nana

4,31

2,00

0

TO

TA

L (

EX

CL

UD

ING

GS

T A

T T

EN

DE

R

OC

TO

BE

R 2

019)

11,2

0111

,201

11,4

4515

,160

,939

4,14

4,50

03,

609,

940

8,72

4,99

15,

515,

283

20,7

79,4

0517

,622

,391

12,7

58,3

566,

416,

824

3,45

3,69

35,

060,

467

2,79

1,73

42,

625,

493

6,77

7,59

93,

167,

860

9,59

0,97

512

8,20

0,45

0

TO

TA

L -

RO

UN

DE

D11

,201

11,2

0111

,445

15,1

61,0

004,

145,

000

3,61

0,00

08,

725,

000

5,51

5,00

020

,779

,000

17,6

22,0

0012

,758

,000

6,41

7,00

03,

454,

000

5,06

0,00

02,

792,

000

2,62

5,00

06,

778,

000

3,16

8,00

09,

591,

000

128,

200,

000

NO

TE

S#1

Are

as fr

om F

SP

Issu

e G

but

incl

udin

g 5%

str

uctu

re a

llow

ance

and

10%

circ

ulat

ion

cont

inge

ncy.

#2 R

ates

are

gen

eric

from

mas

terp

lan

estim

ate

date

d M

ay 2

019.

#3 V

alue

from

cur

rent

cos

t pla

nR

efer

to c

ost p

lan

for

full

deta

ils o

f oth

er n

otes

, exc

lusi

ons

and

incl

usio

ns.

H:\jo

bs\Tam

worth Perform

ing Arts Cen

tre Bu

siness C

ase\Co

ncep

t August 2

019\Co

st Plan\

sum

mar

y pa

ge 1

of 1

Proj

ect:

TAMW

ORTH

REG

IONA

L COU

NCIL

– TPA

C BU

SINE

SS C

ASE

PROP

OSAL

Repo

rt:ES

TIMA

TED

CASH

FLO

W P

ROJE

CTIO

N

Date

:9T

H OF

OCT

OBER

2019

PR

OJ

EC

T C

AS

HF

LO

W -

BA

SE

D O

N F

OR

EC

AS

T F

INA

L C

OS

T

EXPE

NDIT

URE

TO E

ND 20

19EX

PEND

ITUR

ETO

END

2020

Jan

to Ju

ne 20

21Ju

l-21

Aug-

21Se

p-21

Oct-2

1No

v-21

Dec-

21To

tal Y

r 202

1Ja

n-22

Feb-

22Ma

r-22

Apr-2

2Ma

y-22

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Pro

jec

t C

os

ts

Pro

fess

ion

al F

ee

s18

,800,0

00$

-

$

75

,200

$

$376

,000

$376

,000

$376

,000

$376

,000

$188

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

2,632

,000

$

$4

70,00

0$4

70,00

0$4

70,00

0$4

70,00

0$3

76,00

0-

$

Au

tho

ritie

s F

ee

s a

nd

Ch

arg

es

1,100

,000

$

-$

$0

$0$0

$110

,000

$275

,000

-$

L

oo

se F

urn

iure

an

d E

qu

ipm

en

t4,2

00,00

0$

-

$

Re

loca

tion

Co

sts

exclu

ded

-$

-$

P

AB

X11

2,000

$

-

$

-

$

Co

ns

tru

cti

on

Wo

rks

-$

E

arly

Wo

rks

(ye

t to

be

de

term

ine

d)

-$

M

ain

Co

ntr

act

103,9

88,45

0$

-$

$0

$0$0

$0$0

Va

riatio

ns

inclu

ded

abov

e-

$

Co

nst

ruct

ion

/ P

roje

ct C

on

ting

en

cyin

clude

d ab

ove

-$

-$

TO

TA

L12

8,200

,450

$

-$

75,20

0$

37

6,000

$

37

6,000

$

37

6,000

$

37

6,000

$

18

8,000

$

47

0,000

$

47

0,000

$

2,6

32,00

0$

470,0

00$

470,0

00$

470,0

00$

580,0

00$

651,0

01$

YEAR

Actu

alFo

reca

stTO

TAL

CUMU

LATI

VE to

end

2018

-$

-$

2019

-$

-$

-$

-$

2020

-$

75,20

0$

75

,200

$

75,20

0$

20

21-

$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,7

07,20

0$

20

22-

$

8,2

64,00

2$

8,2

64,00

2$

10

,971,2

02$

2023

-$

40,22

2,500

$

40

,222,5

00$

51,19

3,702

$

20

24-

$

77

,006,7

53$

77,00

6,753

$

12

8,200

,455

$

20

25-2

026

-$

-$

-$

128,2

00,45

5$

TOTA

LS-

$

128,2

00,45

5$

12

8,200

,455

$

Mon

thly

am

ount

s re

flect

exp

endi

ture

dat

es, n

ot re

ceip

t of i

nvoi

cing

ANNU

AL S

UMMA

RY

DESC

RIPT

ION

FORE

CAST

FIN

ALCO

ST

H:\jobs\Tam

worth Perform

ing Arts Cen

tre Bu

sine

ss Case\Co

ncep

t August 2

019\Cashflo

w\Tam

worth cashflow 01.xlsx

Page 1 of 4

PREPAR

ED BY WILDE

AND WOOLLAR

D

Proj

ect:

TAMW

ORTH

REG

IONA

L COU

NCIL

– TPA

C BU

SINE

Repo

rt:ES

TIMA

TED

CASH

FLO

W P

ROJE

CTIO

N

Date

:9T

H OF

OCT

OBER

2019

PR

OJ

EC

T C

AS

HF

LO

W -

BA

SE

D O

N F

OR

EC

AS

T F

INA

L C

OS

T

Pro

jec

t C

os

ts

Pro

fess

ion

al F

ee

s18

,800,0

00$

Au

tho

ritie

s F

ee

s a

nd

Ch

arg

es

1,100

,000

$

Lo

ose

Fu

rniu

re a

nd

Eq

uip

me

nt

4,200

,000

$

Re

loca

tion

Co

sts

exclu

ded

PA

BX

112,0

00$

Co

ns

tru

cti

on

Wo

rks

Ea

rly W

ork

s (y

et t

o b

e d

ete

rmin

ed

)

Ma

in C

on

tra

ct10

3,988

,450

$

V

aria

tion

sin

clude

d ab

ove

Co

nst

ruct

ion

/ P

roje

ct C

on

ting

en

cyin

clude

d ab

ove

TO

TA

L12

8,200

,450

$

YEAR

Actu

alFo

reca

stTO

TAL

CUMU

LATI

VE to

end

2018

-$

-$

2019

-$

-$

-$

-$

2020

-$

75,20

0$

75

,200

$

75,20

0$

20

21-

$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,7

07,20

0$

20

22-

$

8,2

64,00

2$

8,2

64,00

2$

10

,971,2

02$

2023

-$

40,22

2,500

$

40

,222,5

00$

51,19

3,702

$

20

24-

$

77

,006,7

53$

77,00

6,753

$

12

8,200

,455

$

20

25-2

026

-$

-$

-$

128,2

00,45

5$

TOTA

LS-

$

128,2

00,45

5$

12

8,200

,455

$

Mon

thly

am

ount

s re

flect

exp

endi

ture

dat

es, n

ot re

ceip

t of i

nvoi

cing

ANNU

AL S

UMMA

RY

DESC

RIPT

ION

FORE

CAST

FIN

ALCO

ST

Jun-

22Ju

l-22

Aug-

22Se

p-22

Oct-2

2No

v-22

Dec-

22To

tal Y

r 202

2Ja

n-23

Feb-

23Ma

r-23

Apr-2

3Ma

y-23

Jun-

23Ju

l-23

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

$376

,000

$0$0

$188

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

4,230

,000

$

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

-$

$275

,000

$275

,000

$0$0

$0$0

$093

5,000

$

$0

$0$0

$0$0

$0$0

-$

-

$

-$

-

$

-$

-

$

-$

-

$

$0

$0$0

$0$0

$1,50

2,000

$1,59

7,000

3,099

,000

$

$1,68

1,000

$1,64

6,500

$1,69

5,000

$2,04

5,000

$1,98

4,000

$2,01

2,000

$2,28

2,000

-$

-

$

-$

651,0

01$

275,0

01$

-$

188,0

00$

470,0

00$

1,972

,000

$

2,067

,000

$

8,264

,000

$

2,151

,000

$

2,116

,500

$

2,165

,000

$

2,515

,000

$

2,454

,000

$

2,482

,000

$

2,752

,000

$

H:\jobs\Tam

worth Perform

ing Arts Cen

tre Bu

sine

ss Case\Co

ncep

t August 2

019\Cashflo

w\Tam


Page 2 of 4

PREPAR

ED BY WILDE

AND WOOLLAR

D

Proj

ect:

TAMW

ORTH

REG

IONA

L COU

NCIL

– TPA

C BU

SINE

Repo

rt:ES

TIMA

TED

CASH

FLO

W P

ROJE

CTIO

N

Date

:9T

H OF

OCT

OBER

2019

PR

OJ

EC

T C

AS

HF

LO

W -

BA

SE

D O

N F

OR

EC

AS

T F

INA

L C

OS

T

Pro

jec

t C

os

ts

Pro

fess

ion

al F

ee

s18

,800,0

00$

Au

tho

ritie

s F

ee

s a

nd

Ch

arg

es

1,100

,000

$

Lo

ose

Fu

rniu

re a

nd

Eq

uip

me

nt

4,200

,000

$

Re

loca

tion

Co

sts

exclu

ded

PA

BX

112,0

00$

Co

ns

tru

cti

on

Wo

rks

Ea

rly W

ork

s (y

et t

o b

e d

ete

rmin

ed

)

Ma

in C

on

tra

ct10

3,988

,450

$

V

aria

tion

sin

clude

d ab

ove

Co

nst

ruct

ion

/ P

roje

ct C

on

ting

en

cyin

clude

d ab

ove

TO

TA

L12

8,200

,450

$

YEAR

Actu

alFo

reca

stTO

TAL

CUMU

LATI

VE to

end

2018

-$

-$

2019

-$

-$

-$

-$

2020

-$

75,20

0$

75

,200

$

75,20

0$

20

21-

$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,7

07,20

0$

20

22-

$

8,2

64,00

2$

8,2

64,00

2$

10

,971,2

02$

2023

-$

40,22

2,500

$

40

,222,5

00$

51,19

3,702

$

20

24-

$

77

,006,7

53$

77,00

6,753

$

12

8,200

,455

$

20

25-2

026

-$

-$

-$

128,2

00,45

5$

TOTA

LS-

$

128,2

00,45

5$

12

8,200

,455

$

Mon

thly

am

ount

s re

flect

exp

endi

ture

dat

es, n

ot re

ceip

t of i

nvoi

cing

ANNU

AL S

UMMA

RY

DESC

RIPT

ION

FORE

CAST

FIN

ALCO

ST

Aug-

23Se

p-23

Oct-2

3No

v-23

Dec-

23To

tal Y

r 202

3Ja

n-24

Feb-

24Ma

r-24

Apr-2

4Ma

y-24

Jun-

24Ju

l-24

Aug-

24Se

p-24

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

5,640

,000

$

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

-$

$0$0

$0$0

$0-

$

$0

$0$0

$0$0

$0$0

$0$0

-$

-

$

$0

$0$0

$0$0

$0$0

$0$0

-$

-

$

-$

$44,8

00$4

4,800

-$

-

$

-$

$3,31

8,000

$4,15

1,000

$4,63

7,000

$4,52

5,000

$4,60

6,000

34,58

2,500

$

$6,52

2,000

$5,90

9,000

$6,17

5,000

$8,67

0,000

$8,22

8,000

$8,14

2,000

$6,73

1,000

$4,23

5,000

$3,89

4,000

-$

-

$

-$

3,788

,000

$

4,621

,000

$

5,107

,000

$

4,995

,000

$

5,076

,000

$

40,22

2,500

$

6,992

,000

$

6,379

,000

$

6,645

,000

$

9,140

,000

$

8,698

,000

$

8,612

,000

$

7,201

,000

$

4,749

,800

$

4,408

,800

$

H:\jobs\Tam

worth Perform

ing Arts Cen

tre Bu

sine

ss Case\Co

ncep

t August 2

019\Cashflo

w\Tam


Page 3 of 4

PREPAR

ED BY WILDE

AND WOOLLAR

D

Proj

ect:

TAMW

ORTH

REG

IONA

L COU

NCIL

– TPA

C BU

SINE

Repo

rt:ES

TIMA

TED

CASH

FLO

W P

ROJE

CTIO

N

Date

:9T

H OF

OCT

OBER

2019

PR

OJ

EC

T C

AS

HF

LO

W -

BA

SE

D O

N F

OR

EC

AS

T F

INA

L C

OS

T

Pro

jec

t C

os

ts

Pro

fess

ion

al F

ee

s18

,800,0

00$

Au

tho

ritie

s F

ee

s a

nd

Ch

arg

es

1,100

,000

$

Lo

ose

Fu

rniu

re a

nd

Eq

uip

me

nt

4,200

,000

$

Re

loca

tion

Co

sts

exclu

ded

PA

BX

112,0

00$

Co

ns

tru

cti

on

Wo

rks

Ea

rly W

ork

s (y

et t

o b

e d

ete

rmin

ed

)

Ma

in C

on

tra

ct10

3,988

,450

$

V

aria

tion

sin

clude

d ab

ove

Co

nst

ruct

ion

/ P

roje

ct C

on

ting

en

cyin

clude

d ab

ove

TO

TA

L12

8,200

,450

$

YEAR

Actu

alFo

reca

stTO

TAL

CUMU

LATI

VE to

end

2018

-$

-$

2019

-$

-$

-$

-$

2020

-$

75,20

0$

75

,200

$

75,20

0$

20

21-

$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,6

32,00

0$

2,7

07,20

0$

20

22-

$

8,2

64,00

2$

8,2

64,00

2$

10

,971,2

02$

2023

-$

40,22

2,500

$

40

,222,5

00$

51,19

3,702

$

20

24-

$

77

,006,7

53$

77,00

6,753

$

12

8,200

,455

$

20

25-2

026

-$

-$

-$

128,2

00,45

5$

TOTA

LS-

$

128,2

00,45

5$

12

8,200

,455

$

Mon

thly

am

ount

s re

flect

exp

endi

ture

dat

es, n

ot re

ceip

t of i

nvoi

cing

ANNU

AL S

UMMA

RY

DESC

RIPT

ION

FORE

CAST

FIN

ALCO

ST

Oct-2

4No

v-24

Dec-

24Ba

lance

2024

-202

5To

tal Y

r 202

4-20

25To

tal

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

Fore

cast

$470

,000

$470

,000

$470

,000

$582

,800

6,222

,800

$

18,80

0,000

$

$0$0

$0$1

65,00

016

5,000

$

1,1

00,00

0$

$630

,000

$1,47

0,000

$1,47

0,000

$630

,000

4,200

,000

$

4,200

,000

$

-$

-$

-

$

$0

$0$0

$22,4

0011

2,000

$

11

2,000

$

-

$

-$

-

$

-

$

$3,12

5,000

$2,52

9,000

$2,14

0,000

$6,95

066

,306,9

50$

10

3,988

,450

$

-

$

-

$

-$

-$

-

$

-

$

-$

4,225

,000

$

4,469

,000

$

4,080

,000

$

1,407

,151

$

77,00

6,750

$

128,2

00,45

0$

H:\jobs\Tam

worth Perform

ing Arts Cen

tre Bu

sine

ss Case\Co

ncep

t August 2

019\Cashflo

w\Tam


Page 4 of 4

PREPAR

ED BY WILDE

AND WOOLLAR

D

CO

NS

TR

UC

TIO

N C

AS

HF

LO

W A

NA

LY

SIS

FO

R P

RO

JEC

T -

Mo

nth

Pai

dP

roje

cted

Ro

un

ded

Pay

men

tA

ctu

alO

ctob

er-2

2-

$

-$

C

urre

nt E

stim

ated

Con

stru

ctio

n C

ost

103,

988,

450

$

N

ovem

ber-

221,

502,

055

$

1,50

2,00

0$

R

ise

and

Fal

l Pro

visi

on P

rior

to C

onst

ruct

ion

(% p

.a.)

0.00

%D

ecem

ber-

223,

098,

646

$

1,59

7,00

0$

R

ise

and

Fal

l Pro

visi

on D

urin

g C

onst

ruct

ion

(% p

.a.)

0.00

%Ja

nuar

y-23

4,77

9,26

7$

1,

681,

000

$

Con

stru

ctio

n C

omm

ence

men

t Dat

e1-

Oct

-22

Feb

ruar

y-23

6,42

4,17

5$

1,

645,

000

$

Con

stru

ctio

n C

ompl

etio

n D

ate

1-D

ec-2

4M

arch

-23

8,11

9,50

2$

1,

695,

000

$

Pro

ject

ed F

inal

Con

stru

ctio

n C

ost i

nclu

ding

Ris

e an

d F

all P

rovi

sion

103,

989,

000

$

A

pril-

2310

,164

,124

$

2,

045,

000

$

May

-23

12,1

47,9

40$

1,98

4,00

0$

Ju

ne-2

314

,159

,855

$

2,

012,

000

$

July

-23

16,4

41,6

30$

2,28

2,00

0$

A

ugus

t-23

19,7

59,6

39$

3,31

8,00

0$

S

epte

mbe

r-23

23,9

10,7

16$

4,15

1,00

0$

O

ctob

er-2

328

,548

,156

$

4,

637,

000

$

Nov

embe

r-23

33,0

73,4

31$

4,52

5,00

0$

D

ecem

ber-

2337

,679

,557

$

4,

606,

000

$

Janu

ary-

2444

,201

,257

$

6,

522,

000

$

Feb

ruar

y-24

50,1

09,9

57$

5,90

9,00

0$

M

arch

-24

56,2

84,6

58$

6,17

5,00

0$

A

pril-

2464

,954

,701

$

8,

670,

000

$

May

-24

73,1

82,9

27$

8,22

8,00

0$

Ju

ne-2

481

,325

,215

$

8,

142,

000

$

July

-24

88,0

55,7

54$

6,73

1,00

0$

A

ugus

t-24

92,2

90,6

14$

4,23

5,00

0$

S

epte

mbe

r-24

96,1

84,1

83$

3,89

4,00

0$

O

ctob

er-2

499

,308

,884

$

3,

125,

000

$

Nov

embe

r-24

101,

837,

457

$

2,

529,

000

$

Dec

embe

r-24

103,

977,

928

$

2,

140,

000

$

Janu

ary-

2510

3,98

8,45

0$

11,0

00$

TA

MW

OR

TH

P.A

.C.

$0

$20,

000,

000

$40,

000,

000

$60,

000,

000

$80,

000,

000

$100

,000

,000

$120

,000

,000

Tim

e

Ser

ies1

2 pe

r. M

ov. A

vg. (

Ser

ies1

)

Pag

e 1

10/1

0/20

19

21: Concept Design Technical Budgets


21 CONCEPT DESIGN TECHNICAL BUDGET

S21 Concept Design Stage Technical Budgets, version 6, 210205.pdf Setting Line Theatre Consultants S21 Concept Design Stage Technical Budgets V6 210205.pdf

TAMWORTH PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE

Concept Design Stage Technical Budgets V6 210205.xlsx

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

A B C D E

ZONE DESCRIPTION / ITEM AMOUNT

COMMENTS / NOTES

NON EQUIPMENT ITEMS

Preliminairies,

Shop drawings

Height Access equipment

Training and Commissioning

As Built documentation

Acceptance testing

Operating and Maintenance manuals $ 150,000

SUB TOTAL $ 150,000 150,000$

TECHNICAL PANELS AND TEC CABLE TERMINATIONS

Equipment racks, technical panels, patch leads and TEC cable terminations $ 100,000 Cabling by others

SUB TOTAL $ 100,000 100,000$

1 FOYER SYSTEMS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

Front of House managers panel includes zoned foyer paging system, back ground music, including

wireless microphone functionality in foyers $ 35,000 Fully zone controlled system

Small performance system and programme display in café area $ 20,000 Installed elements only, loose equipment from general stock

Digital signage system for box office and foyer spaces (software, PC and monitors (6 of) $ 50,000 assume Brightsign or equiv

Multi Channel RF/IR hearing assist system $ 80,000

Separate systems for the 4 main venues (Studio / Theatre / Salon /

outdoor event space)

SUB TOTAL $ 185,000 185,000$

2 CENTRE OPERATIONS

Meeting room video conference system $ 50,000 Cisco, QSYS or equiv

SUB TOTAL $ 50,000 50,000$

3 3.1 FUNCTIONS / 3.2 BOARD ROOM / 3.3 EVENTS TERRACE

3.1Installed sound system, zone controlled speakers, digital processing, plug and play BYOD capability

$ 25,000 plug and play Ipod etc

3.1 Roll drop projection screen and associated controllers - both rooms (two of) $ 60,000

3.1 Ceiling mounted digital projectors plus mounting brackets etc (two of) $ 40,000

3.2

High level video conferencing system, screens, digital camera, conference microphone and speaker

system $ 50,000 Cisco, QSYS or equiv

3.3 Cinema projection system $ 100,000 Digital cinema projctor

3.3 Cinema sound system $ 45,000

3.3 Cinema Screen $ - Assume fixed panels by builder

3.3 Event / performance loose stageing rostra and equipment $ 20,000

3.3 Event / performance lighting control $ 10,000 built in to venue room

3.3 Event / performance lighting equipment $ - from loose general stock

3.3 Additional sound equipment, stands, leads, fold back etc $ - from loose general stock

SUB TOTAL $ 350,000 350,000$

4 REHEARSAL / DANCE STUDIO (2 of)

Surround drapes and track $ 25,000

Provision of lighting grid, rigging points $ 45,000 inc fixed pipe grid, should be in builders works

Event / performance lighting control $ 10,000 built in to venue room

Event / performance lighting equipment $ - from loose general stock

Installed sound system, speakers, digital processing, plug and play BYOD capability $ 20,000 plug and play Ipod etc

Roll drop projection screen and associated controllers $ 15,000 approx 110" motorised roll drop

Ceiling mounted digital projectors plus mounting brackets etc x 1 - from loose general stock

Additional sound equipment, stands, leads, fold back etc $ - from loose general stock

SUB TOTAL $ 115,000 total for both 115,000$

5 PROSCENIUM THEATRE

Removal, service and installation into new venue of exisitng hoists (9 of) $ 65,000 Could be used for panorama bars or sound system winches etc

Power flying system with 64 lines inc panorama bars, battens winches and control $ 4,500,000

Forestage (orchestra pit) lift mechanism and safety system $ 300,000

inc orchestra pit rail,

carpentry works (deck) by builder

FoH speaker rigging Left / Centre / Right, pile winder hoists $ 60,000

House curtain, cyclorama, stage drapes and stage curtain tracks $ 120,000

Variable acoustic drapes system (12 panels) $ 150,000

Stage lighting control system including console $ 75,000

Pathport, Artnet or eqiv

Desk to be min ETC EOS twin screen etc

Stage lighting dimmers (240 off including patch) & power distribution $ 80,000 Could change subject to client discussions re LED extent

Stage lighting luminaires $ 225,000 assumes reuse of existing stock + additional

Stage lighting wired bars and cable management (5 of) $ 120,000

Stage managers systems including 4 ring headset system, link to foyer paging and display, show

programme and video relay distribution $ 80,000 wireless system preferred

Wireless comms $ 40,000

Sound system control desk and processing, inc recording and replay systems, front fill, delay system etc $ 500,000

Seating $ - Builders works, recommend allow $950 per seat installed

SUB TOTAL $ 6,250,000 6,250,000$

6 STUDIO THEATRE

Cable net trampoline grid over auditorium $ 350,000 should be inc in builders works?

Over grid rigging beams $ 250,000 Rolling beam system on I beams

Power suspension hoist system and controls – 20 lines $ 400,000 fixed speed electric winches not high speed power flying

Cable looms wired bars and accessories (5 of) $ 70,000

Stage drapes and curtain tracks $ 50,000

Stage lighting control and infrastructure system $ 120,000

Stage lighting dimming system (144 channels inc patch) $ 60,000 Could change subject to client discussions re LED extent

Performance lighting equipment $ 200,000


programme and video relay $ 75,000 wireless

Sound system, speakers, processing and control $ 100,000

Seating $ - Builders works, recommend allow $1150 per seat installed

SUB TOTAL $ 1,675,000 1,675,000$


TAMWORTH PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE


1

A B C D E

ZONE DESCRIPTION / ITEM AMOUNT

COMMENTS / NOTES

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

7 SALON & RECORDING STUDIO

Flown grid system - 3 panels $ 150,000 Inc trussing,motors and control and energy chain cable reticulation

Stage drapes and curtain tracks $ 75,000

Stage lighting control and infrastructure system $ 100,000

Stage lighting dimming system (100 channels inc patch) $ 50,000 Could change subject to client discussions re LED extent

Cable looms wired bars and accessories $ 15,000

Performance lighting equipment $ 75,000


programme and video relay $ 50,000 wireless


Studio digital recording desk (36 channel), relevant computer and software (by Council), studio

monitors, cable loom, digital breakout boxes $ 85,000 Upper mid range professional quality

SUB TOTAL $ 720,000 720,000$

8 OUTDOOR THEATRE / CINEMA

Digital laser projector, cooler,server and lens, $ 95,000 Assume use of building surface for projection screen

Digital audio processor $ 5,000

Switcher scaler 4 x HDMI input $ 2,500

Pedestal stand and equipment rack $ 10,000


SUB TOTAL $ 142,500 142,500$

PRODUCTION SUPPORT - STAGE BACKSTAGE

Loose rigging accessories and consumables - whole venue 10,000$ Spansets, brackets, shackles etc

Chain motor hoists and control x 10 $ 100,000

Truss and pipe $ 50,000

Tools and hardware 20,000$ plus bring existing from Capitol

Storage and roadcases MX 7,500$

SUB TOTAL $ 187,500 187,500$

Loose lighting accessories and consumables - whole venue

Consumables, tape, bulbs, ties etc - whole venue 2,500$

Side stage lighting ladders / booms etc 10,000$

Cables and leads 10,000$ power distribution units, UPS, 3 phase and 240V

Lamp racks storage and trolleys 10,000$

Storage and roadcases LX 7,500$

SUB TOTAL $ 40,000 40,000$

Loose audio accessories and consumables - whole venue

Portable digital projector 8- 10K ANSI min, lens, rigging and mounts 12,500$

Portable digital projector 12K ANSI min, lens, rigging and mounts 25,000$

Loose audio equipment, stands, microphones, DI boxes etc 50,000$

Portable stage monitor system 20,000$ case mounted for use across entire venue

Cables and leads 5,000$

Storage and roadcases Audio / AV 7,500$

SUB TOTAL $ 120,000 120,000$

BUILDING SYSTEMS, SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

House light control and interface to building management systems - all venues $ 25,000 Assumes Qsys, Crestron control or equiv (Dali or CBUS - unacceptable)

Work light control - all venues $ 30,000 Control only, cable and fittings by builder

OHS and manual handling equipment, vertical mast elevated work platform for access to lighting

locations for focus $ 50,000 1 x Haulotte Star 10 or equiv

OHS and manual handling equipment, includes pallet jacks, plate dollies for manual handling and

Elevated Work Platform for access to lighting locations for focus $ 80,000

2 x JLG MVL 20 EWP or equiv,

pallet jacks, trolleys, dollies, etc

SUB TOTAL $ 185,000 185,000$

10 CREATIVE TENANCIES

ABC Equipment racks and cable connections from theatre AV hubs $ 7,500

TRCM Equipment racks and cable connections between spaces $ 20,000

TRCM In room speakers and Vol control for BYOD (18 of) $ 40,000

SUB TOTAL $ 67,500 67,500$

COMBINED TOTALS 10,337,500$

DESCRIPTION / ITEM AMOUNT COMMENTS / NOTES

NOTES

No allowances for loose seating , functions furniture or equipment

No allowances for technical services or equipment to:

Library expansion

Art Gallery expansion

Art Gallery meeting room


22: Business Case Concept Design Drawings


22 BUSINESS CASE CONCEPT DESIGN DRAWINGS

The following updated business case concept design drawings (November 2020) are attached. They include some changes in the design proposal arising out of the functional brief development process and preparation of the Twinmotion flyover, particularly the Service Dock, Outdoor Performance Area tiered seating and expanded brief for the TRCM. The concept design does not purport to be a complete or optimum design of the required facilities, nor to be fully functionally resolved. The concept design depicts a design proposal which has been approved by Council for the purposes of identifying an acceptable approach to locating the proposed facilities on the site, to identify an indicative development cost for the proposal and to inform a design team as to a possible approach to the development. The appointed design team is to review the concept design and may develop alternative proposals subject to Council approval. Drawing No. Title 00 Cover sheet 01 Events Plaza View 02 Site Plan 03 Demolition Plan 04 Level 0 – Basement 05 Level 1 – Main Foyer, Proscenium & Salon 06 Level 2 – Studio Theatre 07 Level 3 – Rehearsal studios, TRCM 08 Level 4 – Technical Galleries 09 Level 5 – Stagehouse Grid 10 Studio and Proscenium Section 11 Studio and Proscenium Section – 3D 12 Peel street Frontage Section – 3D 13 Peel Street Twilight View

TAMWORTH PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE AND ...

Documents

Transcript of TAMWORTH PERFORMING ARTS CENTRE AND ...